May 02, 2024  
2018-2019 Course Catalog 
    
2018-2019 Course Catalog [ARCHIVED CATALOG]

Course Descriptions & Competencies


The following are standard, approved subjects. Availability of any subject depends on the scheduling, program and student needs at the time. The receiving college or university determines the transferability of courses.

Course Types

Adjunct Adjunct courses may be temporary or experimental and may be used to fulfill elective credit in programs that lead to a degree or diploma. Adjunct courses may not be used to fulfill or substitute for required or option courses in any degree or program.

General Noncore courses identified as freshman-sophomore courses.

Open Occupationally specific courses corresponding to courses in certain professional programs at four-year institutions.

Voc/Tech Occupationally specific courses. Transferability is generally limited. Only 16 credits can apply to the AA/AS degree.

Core Traditional liberal arts courses in the first two years of a baccalaureate degree.

College preparatory (Coll Prep) College preparatory and skill building courses. College Preparatory courses cannot be used to fulfill degree requirements.

P/F Indicates courses taken pass/fail.

Prerequisites Successful completion of a course or other criterion necessary for a student to succeed in a higher level course.

Corequisites A course that must be taken concurrently or prior to the course.

*An instructor may deny enrollment in or drop a student from a specific course if a course
Prerequisite has not been met.

 

Criminal Justice

  
  • CRJ 111 - Police and Society

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 3
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    An examination of the role of the police in American society and a discussion of prominent issues. The course will examine the various eras of policing agencies. The structure and style of various policing agencies will also be covered. Agency application of internal and ethical issues including use of force will be examined. Strategies and policies to improve policing work environment will also be discussed.
    Competencies
    1. Discuss the historical foundations of American policing.
      1. Describe how policing in England influenced American policing
      2. Explain the Political Era of policing
      3. Explain the Professional Era of policing
      4. Explain the Community Era of policing
    2. Analyze the various types of law enforcement agencies which exist within the American criminal justice system
      1. Describe law enforcement agencies at the federal level.
      2. Describe law enforcement agencies typical to the state level
      3. Describe law enforcement agencies typical to the county level
      4. Describe law enforcement agencies typical to the municipal level
      5. Explain the functions and duties of law enforcement agencies at the various levels of government
    3. Explain the typical organizational structure of a policing agencies.
      1. Describe the various components of law enforcement agency?s organizational structure
      2. Understand the division of labor within a law enforcement agency?s organizational structure.
      3. Discuss the traditional role of officers assigned to patrol functions
      4. Discuss the traditional role of officers assigned to investigative functions
      5. Discuss the traditional role of officers assigned to other functions within the organization such as staff and services, and administration
      6. Discuss the traditional role of ranking officers such as sergeants, lieutenants, captains, commanders, assistant chiefs, chief deputies, sheriffs, commissioners, and superintendants
    4. Discuss various styles of policing employed in America
      1. Describe the evolution and use of community policing strategies
      2. Describe the evolution and use of problem-oriented policing strategies.
      3. Describe the evolution and use of Compstat policing strategies
      4. Discuss the perceived successes and failures of the various styles of policing and corrections
      5. Describe the various procedural safeguards in the criminal justice system
    5. Describe the foundations of criminal justice ethics
      1. Discuss the use of discretion in decision-making
      2. Become familiar with the components of the Law Enforcement Code of Ethics
      3. Explain various types of misconduct
      4. discuss the possible reasons for misconduct
      5. Identify common ethical dilemmas often encountered
      6. Offer strategies to bolster a strong foundation of ethical behavior
    6. Analyze the various issues associated with use of force
      1. Define the term “deadly force”.
      2. Define the term “non-deadly force”.
      3. Identify and explain the rationale behind recent U.S. Supreme court cases related to use of force
      4. Explain the factors officers must consider in determining the appropriate level of force to use
      5. Identify the various less-than-lethal tools officers may have at their disposal
      6. Explore the physical and emotional impact on officers who employ physical and deadly force
    7. Identify the various controls placed upon the officers.
      1. Discuss police power and the rule of law
      2. Describe the constitutional implications of an officer?s intent to stop, arrest, interrogate, or search
      3. Explain how officers can be held criminally responsible for their acts
      4. Explain how officers and their agencies can be held civilly responsible for their acts
      5. Explain how officers can be held administratively responsible for their acts
    8. Discuss other issues which have a profound impact on policing in America
      1. Identify various sources of stress for officers, and the physical and emotional effects it has on them
      2. Identify various strategies to combat the negative effects of stress on officers
      3. discuss substance abuse issues among officers
      4. Discuss the issue of officer suicide
      5. Discuss the issue of officer burnout
      6. Describe effective strategies to recruit quality candidates into the policing profession.
      7. Identify various types of technology being used by the police to make them more effective in carrying out their duties.
  
  • CRJ 120 - Introduction to Corrections

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 3
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    A survey course reviewing the history, development, and function of the correctional system and programs.  Introduces the history, philosophies, goals, and processes of the correctional system with an emphasis on the U.S. correctional system. Students learn about the purposes and goals, the methods to achieve the goals of the corrections system, and examine the system components from the legal, ethical, and functional perspectives.  
    Competencies
    1. Analyze the historical development of corrections.
      1. Explain the origins of corrections.
      2. Compare the different types of corrections used historically.
    2. Differentiate the purposes or philosophies of punishment.
      1. Identify the sentencing process, its goals, decision-making mechanisms, and strategies.
      2. Describe trends in sentencing and corrections.
    3. Compare and contrast institutional and community-based corrections.
      1. Identify the functions of diversion, intermediate sanctions and probation.
      2. Describe jail, prison, parole, and reentry into the community.
    4. Analyze major challenges in corrections.
      1. Recall principles and practices of treatment of individuals in various correctional settings.
      2. Explain rise in individuals with mental disorders.
      3. Summarize issues regarding gender and sex, youth, and issues involving other special populations.
    5. Examine emerging issues in corrections.
      1. Demonstrate knowledge of core controversies surrounding the capital punishment.
      2. Describe development and types of prisoners’ legal rights.
      3. Explain the history and status of private corrections.
    6. Compare different ethical frameworks.
      1. Analyze why people are motivated to commit ethical violations.
      2. Describe the importance of professionalism in the field of corrections.
  
  • CRJ 128 - Victimology

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 3
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    This course is an overview of the study of victims. The course covers the history of victimology, the plight of crime victims, society’s changing view of victims, along with the role of law enforcement, the courts and corrections in dealing with victims. Victim groups with special needs, such as police officers/ correctional officers who are injured or killed in the line of duty, are also examined.
    Competencies
    1. Define victimology
      1. Discuss origins of victimology
      2. Compare victimology with criminology
      3. Describe what victimologists do
      4. Delineate the need for victimologist to remain neutral
      5. Define direct versus indirect victimization.
    2. Describe how victimology contributes to rediscovery process
      1. List overlooked problems and group of victims
      2. Explain companion social movements
      3. Define the role of research
    3. Describe how to analyze data from the Unifrom Crime Report and national Crime victimization Survey.
      1. Use statistics to reveal patterns of criminal behavior and victimization.
      2. Delineate trends over time
      3. Draw profiles of what is typical of crime
      4. Draw profiles of what is typical of victims
    4. Describe how to use research to reduce risk
      1. List risk-reduction activities
      2. List avoidance strategies
      3. List risk management tactics
    5. Write a risk deduction strategy
      1. Describe victim/offender shared responsibility
      2. List victim precipitations and provocations
      3. Define reasonable precautions
    6. Describe the law enforcement’s role with victims
      1. State reasons for accurate report writing
      2. List reasons for quick response time
      3. Explain need of proper handling/care of victims
    7. Describe the state prosecutor’s role with victims
      1. State reasons for assisting victims
      2. List ways to protect victims
      3. Explain why victims need to be kept informed
    8. Compare and contrast maximalists and minimalists
      1. Describe how the lack of data perpetuates the issue
      2. Explain the Stockholm Syndrome
      3. List response techniques
      4. List controversies surrounding childhood sexual abuse
    9. Outline issues involved in victims of violence by lovers/family members
      1. Explain the history of family violence in America
      2. Describe the battered-woman syndrome
      3. Describe how to aid victims who feel trapped
      4. List why restraining orders can be ineffective
      5. Explain if and when slaying of a wife beater is justified
      6. List reasons why elders may not advise authorities
    10. Describe the plight of rape victims
      1. Compare “stranger rapes” with “date rapes” with “spousal rape”.
      2. List the consequences of the rape victim
      3. Describe the ?victim blaming views?.
      4. Elaborate on unwanted publicity by the media
      5. Discuss issues surrounding sexually assaulted males
    11. Elaborate on solutions for victims of special problems
      1. Understand the issues surrounding school violence
      2. Understand the issues surrounding workplace violence
      3. Understand the issues surrounding of law enforcement officers killed or injured in line of duty
      4. Understand the issues surrounding targets of hate crimes
      5. Understand the issues surrounding the causalities of terrorism
    12. List restitution and methods of repaying the victims.
      1. Describe court ordered victim restitution
      2. Elaborate on “winning” in civil court
      3. Describe the process of collecting from insurance companies
      4. List pros/cons of victim compensation programs
  
  • CRJ 137 - Juvenile Law

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 3
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: General
    The social and legal aspects of juvenile delinquency, plus theories on procedures, legislation, juvenile court and prevention programs.
    Competencies
    1. Demonstrate overall understanding of juvenile justice system
      1. Identify the major stages in the development of juvenile justice system
      2. Identify the major stages in the development of the juvenile justice system in the United States and Iowa
      3. Define the jurisdiction of juvenile court
      4. Define the major role of juvenile court
      5. Define juvenile and juvenile delinquent
      6. Compare and contrast juvenile delinquents, status offenders and dependent juveniles
    2. Demonstrate comprehension of the scope, causes, extent, and effects of juvenile delinquency
      1. Define problems in measuring delinquency and victimization
      2. Name various physiological conditions that might be linked to delinquency
      3. Identify the social/psychological influences on juvenile delinquency
    3. Trace the development of the legal handling of juveniles from ancient codes to the present
      1. Recognize how juveniles have been legally protected throughout history
      2. Evaluate the modern statutory law development of juvenile court
      3. Identify major court cases and congressional acts in the development of juvenile law
    4. Explain significant concepts of current juvenile law
      1. Define the legal classes of juvenile cases
      2. Analyze the conflicting legal goals of juvenile court
    5. Identify significant roles in the contemporary juvenile justice system
      1. Define the role of law enforcement in the juvenile justice system
      2. Define the role of the intake officer
      3. Define the role of the juvenile court officer
      4. Define the role of the prosecutor and the defense lawyer
      5. Define the role of the courts
    6. Evaluate the alternatives available in the disposition of juvenile cases
      1. Identify the dispositional alternatives available to juvenile court
      2. Understand why probation is used much more frequently than incarceration
      3. Define the major issues involved in the juvenile facilities/institutions and parole
    7. Identify major issues in juvenile law
      1. Compare and contrast parens partriae versus the strict “juvenile justice” view
      2. Compare and contrast juvenile court and adult court
  
  • CRJ 141 - Criminal Investigation

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 3
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    Rudiments of criminal investigation: techniques, principles, problems, sources of information and evidentiary processes.
    Competencies
    1. Explain general contemporary issues associated with criminal investigation
      1. Understand criminal investigation terminology
      2. Describe the goals of criminal investigations
      3. Elaborate on proper criminal investigation protocol
      4. Develop knowledge in computer-aided criminal investigation technology
      5. Understand the interrelationships between the criminal investigator and others in the criminal justice system
    2. Describe procedures for the proper documentation of a crime scene
      1. Understand the importance of, and proper way to make field notes
      2. Understand the importance of, and proper way to photograph crime scenes
      3. Understand the importance of, and proper way to make sketches of crime scenes
      4. Describe the security steps taken to maintain the integrity of documentation evidence
      5. Discuss the admissibility of photos and sketches in court
    3. Appreciate the virtues of writing effective reports
      1. Analyze the components of a well-written report
      2. Become familiar with computer-aided report writing technology
      3. Understand the procedure for self-evaluation of a report
      4. Describe how a well-written report benefits the individual officer, their department, and the criminal justice system as a whole
    4. Develop an understanding of legal principles associated with criminal investigations
      1. Analyze the constitutional standards relating to searches and seizures of evidence
      2. Analyze the constitutional standards relating to interviews and interrogations of criminal suspects
      3. Analyze the legal principles for arrests with, and without warrants
      4. Analyze the legal principles associated with the identification of criminal suspects
    5. Explain procedures used for the proper identification, preservation, and collection of physical evidence
      1. Discuss the various types of evidence storage containers
      2. Describe the various methods used to collect physical evidence
      3. Define procedures used to maintain evidence integrity for presentation in court
    6. Discuss the various types of commonly identified and examined physical evidence
      1. Analyze the types and significance of friction ridge evidence
      2. Analyze the types and significance of D.N.A. evidence
      3. Analyze the types and significance of blood evidence
      4. Analyze the types and significance of hair and fiber evidence
      5. Analyze the types and significance of impression evidence, including footwear, vehicle tires, tool marks, and bite marks
      6. Analyze the types and significance of firearms and ballistics evidence
      7. Analyze the types and significance of other types of physical evidence
    7. Discuss and analyze criminal investigations as related to crimes against persons
      1. Identify the criminal investigation and legal standards for homicides and other death investigations
      2. Identify the criminal investigation and legal standards for the crime of assault
      3. Identify the criminal investigation and legal standards for sex offenses
      4. Identify the criminal investigation and legal standards for crimes against children
      5. Identify the criminal investigation and legal standards for the crime of robbery
    8. Discuss and analyze criminal investigations as related to property crimes
      1. Identify the criminal investigation and legal standards for the crime of burglary
      2. Identify the criminal investigation and legal standards for crimes related to theft, fraudulent practices, and so-called “white-collar” crimes
      3. Identify the criminal investigation and legal standards for crimes related to arson and explosives
    9. Develop and understanding of other formidable challenges to the modern-day criminal investigator
      1. Discuss computer crime and the evolution of Cybercrime
      2. Discuss drug-related crime
      3. Discuss organized crime
      4. Discuss the criminal activities of street gangs and other subversive groups in our society
      5. Discuss issues relating to domestic and international terrorism and homeland security
    10. Explain the importance of preparing for, and presenting cases in a court of law
      1. Understand the role of the prosecutor
      2. Discuss the proper ways to prepare a case for prosecution
      3. Develop an understanding of trial processes and procedures
      4. Develop an understanding of the court process
      5. Explain the reason and proper ways to testify in court
  
  • CRJ 167 - Operating Sys. for Forensics

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 2
    Lab Hours: 2
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    This course provides a comparative study of popular PC-class operating systems. Upon completion of this course, students will be familiar with the interface, file management, resource allocation and common administration procedures of various popular operating systems. Additionally, the course describes data organization and file properties that contribute to forensic investigation. Many discussion topics are reinforced with hands-on exercises and assignments.
    Prerequisite:  Instructor approval
    Competencies
    1. Examine the basic operation of a computer
      1. Describe the boot process
      2. Describe memory usage
      3. Discuss hardware basics
    2. Interpret computer codes and numbering systems
      1. Describe BCD and ASCII codes
      2. Explain Binary numbering systems
      3. Explain octal numbering systems
      4. Explain Hexadecimal numbering systems
    3. Describe purpose of a computer operating system (OS) and its components
      1. Define kernel
      2. Differentiate between single-user and multi-user systems
      3. Explain file management
      4. Explain memory management including virtual memory/swap space
      5. Explain job management
      6. Explain device management
      7. Explain OS security
    4. Compare and contrast the main user features and typical user data of various, PC-class, operating systems including but not limited to
      1. DOS
      2. Windows 9x
      3. Windows NTx (NT, 2K, XP, Vista, Server 20xx, Win7)
      4. UNIX/POSIX (Linux/OS X).
      5. Windows 2003 Server
      6. Windows XP
      7. Windows Vista
      8. UNIZ/POSIX (Linux/OS X)
    5. Compare and contrast the main administrative capabilities, system files, job/process management of various, PC-class, operating systems including, but not limited to
      1. DOS
      2. Windows 9x
      3. Windows NTx (NT, 2K, XP, Vista, Server 20xx, Win7)
      4. UNIX/POSIX (Linux/OS X).
      5. Windows 2003 Server
      6. Windows XP
      7. Windows Vista
      8. UNIZ/POSIX (Linux/OS X)
    6. Demonstrate effective use of a Hex Editor application.
      1. Explain the term offset.
      2. Practice inserting, altering, deleting, and carving data using the software tool.
      3. Describe HPFS
      4. Describe NFS
      5. Describe Extended File System (ext2/ext3/ext4)
      6. Describe HFS Plus
      7. Describe ReiserFS
      8. Describe UDF and ISO9660
    7. Recognize significance and key components of boot records.
      1. Contrast Master Boot Record (MBR) and BUID Partition Table (GPT) organizational schemes.
      2. Decode appropriate data structures to identify volume parameters on a storage device.
      3. Identify file attributes and permissions
      4. Recognize common file extensions including, but not limited to: .txt, .pdf, .doc, .xls, .jpg, .gif, .bmp, .tmp, .htm, .xml, .log
      5. Explain the correlation of ?magic numbers? and specific application data
      6. Describe metadata
      7. Describe beneficial OS-specific artifacts and logs
    8. Understand and identify different files sytems, inclduing respective data saving, recall and deletion methods.
      1. Describe FAT/GAT16/FAT32.
      2. Describe NTFS
      3. Describe exFAT.
      4. Describe Extended File System (ext2/ext3/ext4).
      5. Describe HFS Plus.
      6. Describe Reiser FS.
      7. Describe UDF and ISO9660.
    9. Identify and analyze primary user data and OS artifacts.
      1. Describe file naming conventions.
      2. Describe dating mehtods (creation/modification/access).
      3. Identify file attributes and permissions.
      4. Recognize common file extensions including, but not limited to: .txt, .pdf, .doc, .docs, .xls, .jpg, .gif, .bmp, .tmp, .htm, .xml, .log, .zip.
      5. Explain the correlation of “magic numbers”/file signatures and specific application data.
      6. Describe metadata.
      7. Describe beneficial OS-specific artifacts and logs.
  
  • CRJ 176 - Computer Forensics I

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 2
    Lab Hours: 2
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    This course serves as a technical introduction to the search, seizure and processing of electronic evidence. Topics covered in the course include a strong emphasis on investigative documentation, recognition of potential evidence sources, sterile evidence acquisition and analysis, and data recovery methodologies. State-of- the-art hardware and software will be used in hands-on labs and case studies.
    Prerequisite: Instructor approval
    Competencies
    1. Understand and demonstrate court-acceptable investigation procedures and documentation
      1. Identify/plan the chain-of-custody
      2. Utilize fact-based reporting
      3. Describe the importance of logging search, seizure, and processing of all electronic evidence
      4. Keep notes/ongoing documentation pertinent to investigation
      5. List details contained in typical post-examination reports
    2. Identify and generally describe the steps of a forensic investigation: verification of legal authority, collecting preliminary data, investigative environmental impact determination, securing and transporting evidence, acquisition of evidence, examination
    3. Describe appropriate methods for securing and transporting evidence
      1. Locate and document potential evidence
      2. Tag evidence
      3. Bag evidence
      4. Transport evidence
    4. Describe and demonstrate appropriate evidence acquisition techniques
      1. Document system physical topology
      2. Document logical system characteristics including BIOS properties, boot configurations and date/time settings
    5. Describe common secondary data storage
      1. Identify physical interfaces
      2. Differentiate between magnetic and solid state storage
      3. Describe standard hard drive geometry, addressing, and configuration
      4. Describe purpose/functionality of RAID
      5. Define slack
      6. Describe optical storage solutions
    6. Describe required hardware and software for forensic investigations
    7. Describe and demonstrate appropriate procedures for forensic duplication
      1. Describe the purpose of and demonstrate proper wiping techniques
      2. Describe and demonstrate proper write-blocking using accepted methods
      3. Describe the function of hash values in authentication of data acquisition
      4. Describe the function of compression in data acquisition
    8. Describe evidence examination
      1. Describe physical extraction/examination techniques
      2. Describe logical extraction/examination techniques
    9. Analyze data
      1. Use manual methods to retrieve data
      2. Use popular tools to automate analysis including EnCase and FTK
      3. Apply data hash value comparisons to improve efficiency
    10. Examine typical user data and system files using automated tools
      1. Perform searches using various keywords and contextual indicators
      2. Examine data contained in compressed data files/containers
  
  • CRJ 178 - E-Crime Investigative Methods

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 3
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    This course identifies electronic crime, instructs the student on current laws, and teaches the investigative methods used in law enforcement today to gather evidence to prosecute and testify regarding these criminal acts.
    Competencies
    1. Explain computer crime
      1. Define cyber computer fraud
      2. Define identify theft and list the steps to prevent identify theft
      3. Define cyber stalking
      4. Define and describe juvenile cyber crime
      5. Define and describe pornography on the web
      6. Demonstrate knowledge of electronic banking and money laundering
      7. Demonstrate knowledge of gambling in cyberspace
    2. Describe search and seizure as it relates to electronic crime
      1. Describe the Fourth Amendment ?Reasonable Expectation of Privacy?
      2. Define reasonable expectation of privacy in computers as storage devices
      3. Define reasonable expectation of privacy and third-party possession
      4. Define and outline consent searches
      5. Define exigent circumstances
      6. Define plain view searches
      7. Define and describe special cases such as searches in the work place
    3. Describe searching and seizing electronic evidence with a warrant
      1. Describe basic strategies for planning and executing electronic searches
      2. Describe when hardware is merely a storage device for evidence of a crime
      3. Describe when hardware is itself contraband, evidence, or an instrumentality of the fruit of the crime
    4. Explain the Privacy Protection Act
      1. Outline a brief history of the privacy Protection Act
      2. List the terms of the Privacy Protection Act
      3. Define how the Privacy Protection Act applies to computer searches and seizures
      4. Explain the civil liability under the Electronic communications Privacy Act
      5. Define privileged communications in regards to lawyers, physicians, and clergyman
    5. Search warrants.
      1. Explain and understand the search warrant application process appropriate to electronic evidence at a single location crime scene
      2. Explain an affidavit
      3. Explain probable cause to search
      4. Describe chain of custody as it relates to processing evidence
      5. Describe search methods to utilize when executing a search warrant
      6. Identify hardware and storage devices potentially containing evidence of a crime
      7. Define return of service
      8. Describe the best current practices for the collection, preservation, transportations, and storage of electronic evidence
    6. Understand the nature of victimization that can occur in cyber crime
      1. Describe the groups affected by cyber exploitation, stalking, and obscenity
      2. Describe the offenders who typically prey on victims in cyber stalking and exploitation case via the Internet
      3. Understand the law and legislation in the areas of cyber stalking, cyber exploitation and pornography
      4. Describe the Supreme Court cases that have recently been decided concerning federal effort to target cyber criminals and protect children online
      5. Understand and describe the issues with pornography online, child pornography, and child exploitation facilitated by the Internet
      6. Understand and describe difficulties faced by law enforcement in detecting, investigating, and prosecuting case of cyber stalking and cyber exploitation
      7. Describe the elements of the crime for cyber stalking
      8. Describe the elements of the crime for child pornography
    7. Analyze topics pertaining to anarchy and hate on the World Wide Web
      1. Legally define a hate crime and describe how specific groups use the internet to spread their messages of hate
      2. Explain the relationship of ?special interest or single-issue extremist? groups
      3. Describe recent terrorist activities of activist groups in the United States
      4. Describe some of the techniques that hate groups use to spread their propaganda
      5. Discuss the primary issues associated with the USA PATRIOT Act and list traditional tools or surveillance that have been expanded with the act
      6. Explain the conflicting roles and activities observed within law enforcement pertaining to investigation versus intelligence gathering
    8. Analyze topics pertaining to digital laws and legislation
      1. Explain the intent and fundamental concepts of search and seizure laws as it applies to digital crime
      2. Identify situations where search and seizure is possible without a warrant
      3. Describe the federal statutes that govern electronic surveillance in communication networks
      4. Discuss the issues presented regarding the admission of digital evidence at trail
      5. Identify and discuss significant court cases on scientific evidence and digital crime
    9. Discuss law enforcement roles and responses to digital crime and digital terrorism
      1. Discuss federal law enforcement roles and responses to digital crime and digital terrorism
      2. Describe state law enforcement responses to computer crime
      3. Describe local law enforcement responses to computer crime
      4. Identify the factors that have limited law enforcement efforts against electronic crime.
    10. Discuss the investigation of computer-related crime
      1. Explain and understand the search warrant application process appropriate to electronic evidence at a single-location crime scene
      2. Identify hardware and storage devices potentially containing evidence of a crime
      3. Explain and understand the legal standard and best current practices for the documentation of a single-location electronic crime scene
      4. Explain and describe the best current practices for the collection, preservation, transportation, and storage of electronic evidence
      5. Distinguish between sing-scene, multiple-scene, and network crimes
      6. Be able to communicate an understanding of network architectures and standards relevant to network investigations
      7. Identify sources of assistance for multiple-scene and network operations
      8. Identify categories of evidence and probable locations of that evidence
    11. Explain digital terrorism
      1. Define the concepts of ?information warfare? and ?cyber terrorism?.
      2. List the four categories of attacks that encompass cyber terrorism and/or information warfare: infrastructure attacks, information attacks, technological facilitation and promotion
      3. Identify critical infrastructure elements that are potentially vulnerable to cyber terrorism and/or information warfare
      4. Define and describe an information attack
      5. Describe some tactics used in cyberspace to share information and promote terrorist ideologies
      6. Define the words “stenography” and “cryptography” with relation to their use in information warfare in cyber terrorism
      7. Explain the active role of global entities in recent cyber attacks against the United States
    12. Describe digital criminals and hackers
      1. Distinguish between computer crime, criminal hacking, and non criminal hacking
      2. Recognize the role media hype plays in influencing young hackers
      3. Describe the role of technology that drives the hacker subculture
      4. Predict hacker actions based on their type
      5. Explain the terminology used to describe hackers in the media
    13. Analyze and describe white collar crimes using computer technologies
      1. Describe how computer technologies have altered the ways in which embezzlement is committed
      2. Describe how computer technologies have increased the opportunities to commit money laundering
      3. Describe how computer technologies have affected the crime of corporate espionage
      4. Describe how computer technologies and the increasing use of the Internet have affected identity and fraud crimes
    14. Analyze topics pertaining to viruses and malicious code
      1. Identify and distinguish the various type of viruses and malicious code
      2. Understand the differences between the differing types of viruses, including file viruses, boot viruses, macro viruses, and network viruses
      3. Understand the differences between a virus and a worm
      4. Understand the definition and operation of a ?Trojan Horse? and how it differs from a standard virus
      5. Describe adware and spy ware and explain why such applications are controversial
      6. Describe and understand other types of malicious code and attacks, including denial of service attacks and blended threats
      7. Describe the impact of virus hoaxes
      8. Understand who the virus writers are and why they write viruses
    15. Court testimony
      1. Describe how a witness is made an expert witness
      2. Describe the order of a trial
      3. Explain the term procedural fairness
      4. Describe testimonial evidence
      5. Outline the best practices for presenting testimonial evidence
      6. Describe the best practices for preparing for trial
      7. Define the importance of integrity in legal proceedings
  
  • CRJ 179 - White Collar Crime

    Credits: 1
    Lecture Hours: 1
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    This course provides basic understanding of white-collar crime and some of its ramifications. Special attention will be paid to the study of white collar crimes pertaining to corporate crime, occupational crime, governmental and political crime, enterprise/ organized crime, prevention/control mechanisms and societal responses to these crimes.
    Competencies
    1. Define white collar crime and differentiate white collar crimes from other types of crime.
    2. Identify various examples of white collar crime, deceptive practices and fraud.
      1. List and recognize examples of corporate crime.
      2. List and recognize examples of occupational crime.
      3. List and recognize examples of governmental crime including state crime and political crime.
      4. List and recognize examples of enterprise or organized crime.
      5. List and recognize examples of technology-related crime.
    3. Explain the effects of white collar crime.
      1. Describe the economic effects in both macro and micro perspectives.
      2. Identify potential environmental effects of white collar crime.
      3. Recognize the human impact of white collar crime both directly to the victim and indirectly to society.
    4. Describe legal responses and social controls of white colar crime.
      1. Provide examples of common methods to police and regulate against white collar crimes.
      2. Engage in case studies that explore the prosecution, defense, and adjudication of white collar crime.
    5. Compare and contrast the effects of white collar crime within cultural institutions of American society, specifically taking in to account financial, political, media and religious institutions.
  
  • CRJ 196 - Crime Scene Investigation 1

    Credits: 2
    Lecture Hours: 1
    Lab Hours: 2
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: General
    The study of the nature of crime scenes and physical evidence including descriptions of forensic analysis, techniques for proper collection and preservation of evidence, and interpreting the significance of scientifically evaluated evidence. Specifically, the use of such techniques as they relate to homicide and death investigations, police personnel response to crime scenes, the gathering of information from witnesses, victims, and suspects, and the preparation of cases for presentation in court.
    Competencies
    1. Summarize a basic crime scene investigation.
      1. Define a crime scene.
      2. Identify the types of crime scenes and the steps used to process a crime scene.
      3. Describe the technologies and techniques employed in crime scene analysis.
      4. Identify who responds to crime scenes and their rolls in the investigation.
    2. Plan establishment for first responders to the crime scene.
      1. Provide emergency assistance to victims.
      2. Securing the crime scene.
      3. Obtaining information from witnesses, victims, suspects.
      4. Identifying suspects.
      5. Notifying appropriate personnel for assistance.
    3. Describe basic evidence.
      1. Define evidence and the rules of evidence.
      2. Assess evidence and what is important at a crime scene.
      3. Explain the chain of custody and its purpose.
      4. Evaluate proper collection and preservation of various types of evidence.
      5. Describe how evidence is analyzed and processed using various techniques and resources.
    4. Formulate and complete written reports.
      1. Explain the purpose and demonstrate taking field notes.
      2. Demonstrate the ability to complete a written report.
      3. Describe the importance of a written report, who reads reports and reports purpose in court proceedings.
    5. Document the crime scene.
      1. Explain the purpose of documenting crime scenes.
      2. Know the different techniques used to document a crime scene and evidence (photography, sketching, casting) and when to utilize them.
      3. Prepare rough sketches and scaled drawings.
      4. Be familiar with the latest technology used to document and preserve scenes.
    6. Conduct investigative photography.
      1. Demonstrate how to document a scene using Crime scene photography strategies.
      2. Understand the difference between aerial photography, night photography, laboratory photography, mug shot photography, and lineup photography and when to utilize each type of photography.
    7. Establish an identity through fingerprinting.
      1. Practice the mechanics of fingerprinting individuals.
      2. Describe latent print development and analysis.
      3. Collect latent finger prints from a variety of surfaces.
      4. Describe the computer systems employed in the analysis of latent prints (AFIS and IAFIS).
    8. Prepare for court testimony.
      1. Review a written report.
      2. Describe the purpose of conferring with the prosecuting attorney.
      3. Explain appropriate courtroom demeanor and dress.
      4. Understand the “CSI effect” and how it impacts court proceedings.
  
  • CRJ 197 - Crime Scene Investigation 2

    Credits: 2
    Lecture Hours: 1
    Lab Hours: 2
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: General
    A continuation of Crime Scene Investigation 1; the in-depth study of the nature of physical evidence including descriptions of forensic analysis, techniques for proper collection and preservation of evidence, and interpreting the significance of scientifically evaluated evidence.
    Competencies
    1. Collect and analyze trace evidence.
      1. Define trace evidence.
      2. Discuss the various sources of trace evidence.
      3. Describe the analytical instruments and techniques used in the collection of trace evidence.
    2. Collect and analyze blood and DNA evidence.
      1. Describe the methods of collecting blood and DNA evidence from crime scene.
      2. Describe the instruments, techniques, and interpretive methods employed with blood and DNA evidence.
      3. Analyze blood spatter evidence.
    3. Collect and analyze toxicological evidence.
      1. Define toxicological evidence.
      2. Discuss the various sources of toxicological evidence.
      3. Describe the analytical instruments and techniques used in the collection of toxicological evidence.
    4. Collect and analyze impression evidence.
      1. Define impression evidence, the types of impression evidence and its use in investigations.
      2. Collect and analyze footprint evidence.
      3. Collect and analyze tool mark evidence.
    5. Analyze ballistics evidence and firearms.
      1. Compare a variety of bullets and cartridge cases.
      2. Investigate automated firearm search systems.
      3. Describe the instruments, technologies, and comparison methods employed when collecting and analyzing ballistics evidence.
    6. Understand cyber-crime and computer forensic investigations.
      1. Define cyber-crime terms.
      2. Describe the extraction and preservation of electronic evidence from various devices.
      3. Explain the forensic analysis of digital evidence as it relates to criminal investigations.
  
  • CRJ 220 - Community-Based Corrections

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 3
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    An in-depth examination of the components of community based corrections; the study of the principles and practices of evidence-based approaches used in today’s community corrections field; and an exploration of the use of research-proven treatment strategies by parole, probation, and community corrections practitioners in helping offenders change their behavior and live a more prosocial and law-abiding life.
    Competencies
    1. Elaborate on the history of Community based corrections.
      1. Identify the value of using evidence based practices.
      2. Discuss the importance of the Community-based Corrections Act.
      3. Describe the goals of community based corrections.
    2. Explore the impact of legislation on corrections.
      1. Elaborate on the impact of “Get tough on crime” and “The war on drugs”.
      2. Contrast the difference between intermediate, determinate, and mandatory sentencing.
    3. Describe the necessity for a theoretical roadmap for offender treatment.
      1. Contrast Classical school of thought, the Positivist school of thought, the Psychological school of thought, and the Sociological school of thought.
      2. Identify the policy implications of each of the theories
    4. Discuss the history and the development of evidence based practices.
      1. Describe the components of risk assessments.
      2. Explain the difference between the risk principle, the need principle, and responsivity.
      3. Define the process of using intermediate sanctions.
    5. Describe the history of pre-trial release and diversion.
      1. Explain the process of pre-trial release and diversion.
      2. Explain the process of bail.
      3. Contrast bail and release on recognizance.
    6. Explore the impact of economic sanctions on the criminal justice system, the offender, and the victims.
      1. Explain how restitution is a restorative justice function.
      2. Describe how community service is a restorative justice function.
    7. Describe how Intensive supervision and house arrest has helped reduce prison overcrowding.
      1. Contrast traditional probation/parole and Intensive supervision probation/parole.
      2. Describe the special sanction of intensive probation/parole and house arrest.
    8. Probe the crucial phase of offender reentry.
      1. Describe the impact of being incarcerated to immediate release with no supervision.
      2. Explain the process of parole through the parole board.
      3. Define the rationale behind the parole conditions.
      4. Explain the importance of establishing a collaborative working relationship between prison and community corrections practitioners in planning and shaping the offender’s successful reentry into the community.
  
  • CRJ 222 - Correctional Treatment Methods

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 3
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    Institutional options for preventing recidivism. Introduction to therapeutic techniques. Comparison of punishment, Freudian treatments and behavior modification systems. Student presentation required.
    Competencies
    1. Evaluate the justice/law system and the society of which it is a part
      1. Weigh the effects of the justice/law system on society
      2. Assess the control of society on the justice/law system
    2. Compare treatment goals
      1. List a number of alternate goals for the system
      2. Evaluate the alternatives
    3. Compare treatment models developed from the ideas of Punishment, Freud, and Skinner
      1. Identify salient features of the models
      2. Assess the theories behind the models
      3. Recognize the Buzz words of the models
    4. Assess the limitations of these models in treating criminals
      1. Attack the theories behind the models
      2. Criticize the applicability of the models in a correctional setting
    5. Explain the concepts, assumptions and practical limits of one specific treatment approach
      1. Identify the salient features of their model
      2. Criticize their models
  
  • CRJ 237 - Criminal & Constitutional Law

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 3
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    The course will review the historical development of constitutional law, the philosophy of law and the current impact on law enforcement officials. The judicial process will be examined to better understand the societal and political influences that impact current-day constitutional decisions and a review of the current constitutional protections afforded to an individual. The course will also provide an examination of the elements of common offenses and the procedural safeguards in the criminal process.
    Prerequisite: CRJ 100  or PRL 103  or ITR 101  
    Competencies
    1. Examine the history and general application of the Constitutional provisions and limitations on the prohibition of criminal conduct.
      1. Explain the effects pre-Constitution events had on the U.S. Constitution.
      2. Explain the federalist system and distinguish between powers granted by the Constitution to the federal government and those retained by the respective states.
      3. Identify the relevant amendments in the Bill of Rights and understand the importance of each.
      4. Understand how the Bill of Rights became applicable to the States.
      5. Describe the meaning and effect of the concept of “Due Process”.
      6. Explain how a constitutional question reaches the United States Supreme Court.
    2. Understand the basic purpose of the legal system.
      1. Explain the process and development of the law.
      2. Identify the role of law enforcement, courts and corrections.
      3. Understand the structure of the court system.
    3. Be familiar with the protections afforded to a citizen under the First Amendment.
      1. Identify what may be included in the concept of “speech”.
      2. Identify the legal boundaries of subject areas and circumstances which lack First Amendment protection.
    4. Understand the Fourth Amendment requirements of search and seizure.
      1. Compare and contrast when, where and to whom the Fourth Amendment applies.
      2. Assess the scope of privacy protected by the Fourth Amendment.
      3. Define the scope of the warrant clause of the Fourth Amendment.
      4. Describe the exclusionary rule.
      5. Discuss ethical dilemmas that arise from poor preparation and execution of a search warrant.
      6. Explain the use of informants and their limitations when acting as government agents.
    5. Understand law enforcement authority to detain and arrest and the issues therein.
      1. Compare and contrast an arrest and an investigatory detention.
      2. Explain the requirements for an arrest with and without a warrant.
      3. Explain the authority of police to enter premises with or without a warrant.
      4. Explain the rules regarding the use of force in making an arrest.
      5. Recognize the ethical responsibilities accompanying the authority to arrest.
    6. Examine the law relating to interrogations and confessions.
      1. Identify limits of application of the “fruit of the poisonous tree” doctrine.
      2. Describe Miranda warning requirements and exceptions.
      3. Identify ethical issues which arise during interrogation.
    7. Assess the elements of crimes and parties to crimes.
      1. Define actus reus and mens rea.
      2. Evaluate when a failure to act can be a criminal act.
      3. Compare the difference between actual and constructive possession.
      4. Compare the differences between general and specific intent crimes.
      5. Identify strict liability offenses.
      6. Recognize causation and its importance.
      7. Recognize the differences between principals and accessories.
    8. Demonstrate familiarity with the major concepts of inchoate law.
      1. Compare and contrast attempt, solicitation, and conspiracy.
      2. Discuss the ethical “traps” that are inherent in enforcing inchoate crimes.
    9. Assess the general elements of the various homicide offenses.
      1. Define murder: first-degree, second-degree, and felony.
      2. Define manslaughter: voluntary and involuntary.
      3. Define vehicular homicide.
      4. Assess the prosecutorial burdens in homicide cases.
    10. Assess the elements of the various offenses against persons.
      1. Compare and contrast assaultive offenses.
      2. Describe the development of laws regarding sexual offenses.
      3. Compare and contrast abusive offenses.
      4. Compare and contrast false imprisonment and kidnapping.
      5. Define hate crimes.
      6. Identify vice crimes.
      7. Discuss the issues of freedom of choice and beliefs compared to ethical issues imposed by law.
    11. Assess the elements of the various property crimes.
      1. Distinguish between common law and modern day approaches to theft offenses.
      2. Compare and contrast robbery and burglary.
      3. Define carjacking.
      4. Define extortion.
      5. Compare and contrast forgery, worthless checks, and fraud.
      6. Define arson.
    12. Evaluate the different criminal defenses and responsibilities.
      1. Distinguish between negative and affirmative criminal defenses.
      2. Define lack of capacity defenses.
      3. Define excuse and justification defenses.
      4. Compare use of force defenses: self, others, and property.
      5. Identify defenses based upon constitutional and statutory limitations and governmental misconduct.
      6. Recognize nontraditional defenses.
    13. Analyze the Sixth Amendment.
      1. Distinguish between the provisions of State and Federal Constitutions.
      2. Explain “invoking the right to counsel” and the effects of denying counsel rights.
      3. Identify the circumstances in which the right to counsel is guaranteed and when the government must provide counsel.
    14. Review the criminal trial process.
      1. Understand the differences between a grand jury and a petit jury.
      2. Recognize constitutional rights pertaining to the criminal trial.
      3. Understand the Voir Dire process of selecting a jury.
      4. Understand the various roles of the courtroom participants.
      5. Recognize the importance of the rules of evidence.
      6. Summarize the criminal trial process, to include the various stages.
      7. Understand the concept of double jeopardy.
    15. Review sentencing and punishment procedures, options and limitations.
      1. Describe contemporary forms of criminal punishment.
      2. Recognize the death penalty and its controversy.
      3. Recognize the sentencing stage of the criminal process.
      4. Identify the ethical issues and constitutional limitations involved in setting, imposing and implementing criminal punishments
  
  • CRJ 238 - Corrections & Constitutional Law

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 3
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    This course covers law in the field of corrections: procedural and substantive rights of both inmates and the state, “good time” detainers and how the constitutional amendments, Supreme Court rulings and case law apply to institutional, correctional and community-based settings.
    Prerequisite: CRJ 100  
    Competencies
    1. Describe the process of the criminal justice system.
      1. Detail the role of the police in the criminal justice system.
      2. Detail the role of the coursts in the criminal justice system.
      3. Detail the role of corrections in the criminal justice system.
      4. Evaluate recent governmental directives on the sentencing process.
    2. Demonstrate understanding of the impact of governmental ruling in the correctional system.
      1. Demonstrate understanding of torts on the correctional system.
      2. Demonstrate understanding of Habeas Corpus on the correctional system.
      3. Demonstrate understanding of Section 1983 on the correctional system.
      4. Demonstrate understanding of case law on the correctional system.
    3. Compare the rights of inmates to the rights of “free” individuals.
      1. Summarize the conditions of prisons prior to Section 1983.
      2. Assess how correctional workers can protect themselves from civil suits.
      3. Assess the use of inmate grievances.
      4. Compare procedural rights in disciplinary hearings with those in the criminal process.
      5. Assess the use of the Prison Litigation Reform Act.
    4. Describe the impact of inmate access to the courts.
      1. Evaluate the Court’s rulings on the 1st Ammendment as it applies to institutions.
      2. Evaluate the Court’s rulings on the 4th Ammendment as it applies to institutions.
      3. Evaluate the Court’s rulings on the 5th Ammendment as it applies to institutions.
      4. Evaluate the Court’s rulings on the 8th Ammendment as it applies to institutions.
      5. Evaluate the Court’s rulings on the 14th Ammendment as it applies to institutions.
    5. Trace the impact of courts rulings on probation, parole, and community corrections.
      1. Analyze the impact of the court’s ruling on probation/parole work.
      2. Evaluate the impact of the court’s ruling on revocation procedures.
      3. Evaluate the impact of the court’s rulings on parole status.
      4. Evaluate the court’s ruling on the use of fines.
  
  • CRJ 239 - Special-Need Offenders

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 3
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: General
    This course will focus on special needs topics of those under correctional supervision including mental health, female health/pregnancy, physical disabilities, terminal illness, aging/elderly offenders, veterans, protective custody, immigrants, and LGBT offenders.
    Prerequisite: CRJ 100  
    Competencies
    1. Evaluate the impact of special needs offenders on correctional policies.
      1. List various special need offender groups.
      2. Describe the impact on the daily correctional routine.
    2. Compare and contrast the treatment of juveniles in the community and in the detention centers.
      1. Describe history of treatment of juveniles in the criminal justice system.
      2. Summarize the impact of Supreme Court rulings on the treatment of juveniles in the criminal justice system.
      3. Analyze how risk factors are used in the juvenile system.
      4. Investigate issues involved in placing juveniles in the adult prisons.
    3. Evaluate correctional policies of males and females.
      1. Describe history of females in criminal justice system.
      2. List the popular crimes committed by females.
      3. List the drugs used most by female offenders.
      4. Compare and contrast the differences of males and females in the correctional setting.
      5. Analyze issues of pregnancy and motherhood behind bars.
    4. Describe the history of medical care in U.S. prisons.
      1. Describe the screening process for medical and mental illness.
      2. List the legal requirements of medical care in the correctional system.
    5. Assess the impact the mentally ill offenders have on the daily operations of the correctional facility.
      1. Describe the history of mental illness care in corrections.
      2. Analyze the issues between the psychologist/mental health staff and the correctional staff.
    6. Critique the issues involving older /geriatric offenders in the correctional setting.
      1. Describe the issues of housing the older/geriatric offenders.
      2. Compare and contrast programs for healthy aging and end of life programming.
      3. Evaluate the impact of older/geriatric offenders on correctional policy.
    7. Analyze the issues involving sexuality and sexual coercion behind bars.
      1. Contrast male sexual hierarchy versus female sexual hierarchy.
      2. Discuss the issues of male-on-male sexual assault and female-on-female sexual assault in prison.
    8. Evaluate the impact of protective custody on correctional policy.
      1. List the common categories of inmates placed in protective custody.
      2. Describe the legal considerations of protective custody.
    9. Examine the issues involving sex offenders in the correctional setting.
      1. Compare adult sex offenders to juvenile sex offenders.
      2. Describe the impact of sex offenders upon correctional policy.
    10. Discuss the issues involving incarcerated veterans.
      1. List the services and programs targeting veteran offenders.
      2. Describe how PTSD has impacted correctional programs.
    11. Analyze the issues involving immigrants in the correctional setting.
      1. List the needs of immigrants in the correctional setting.
      2. Describe how immigrants have impacted correctional policy.
  
  • CRJ 245 - Scientific Investigation

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 3
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open


    An in-depth study into forensic science examinations and analysis techniques with a focus on the crime laboratory. 
    Competencies
    1.     Examine the history and scope of forensic science.

    1. Define forensics and criminalistics and describe their functions.

    2. Describe the history and development of forensic science.

    3. Explain the organization of a crime laboratory

     

    2.     Assess the services provided by a crime laboratory.

    1. Identify evidence associated with each discipline.

    2. Examine forensic biology, controlled substances, trace analysis, toxicology, latent fingerprints, questioned documents, fire debris, firearms and tool marks, and digital evidence.

     

    3.     Evaluate physical evidence.

    1. Describe the common types and nature of physical evidence.

    2. Identify the proper processes and procedures related to searches for evidence, as well as the documentation, handling and collection of located evidence.

     

    4.     Assess proper analytical techniques.

    1. Examine Chromatography: Gas Chromatography, HPLC, TLC, Ion Chromatography

    2. Differentiate Spectrophotometry and mass spectrometry

    3. Explain Emissions, continuous, and Line Spectrum

     

    5.     Analyze forensic anthropology and entomology.

    1. Define anthropology.

    2. Describe locating and properly recovering remains.

    3. List the criteria used in the identification of remains.

    4. Identify the factors taken into consideration when estimating the time of death.

    5. Discuss the uses for insects in death investigation.

     

    6.     Evaluate blood and body fluids.

    1. Describe the identification and testing of blood.

    2. Discuss the identification and testing of seminal fluid.

    3. Explain the identification and testing of saliva and other body fluids.

     

    7.     Evaluate DNA typing.

    1. Identify DNA characteristics.

    2. Discuss DNA admission into court evidence.

    3. Assess the types of DNA typing and testing, to include PCR, STR, mitochondrial, and touch.

     

    8.     Analyze toxicology and seized drug testing.

    1. Identify the applications of forensic toxicology.

    2. Describe the type of poison and drug testing, along with the methods of testing.

    3. Examine Describe the screening and confirmatory testing.

    4. Identify drug types and describe the Controlled Substances Act.

    5. Illustrate the analysis of plant matter.

    6. Identify and discuss the types of chemical examination.

     

    9.     Examine arson and explosives investigations.

    1. Describe the chemistry of fire.

    2. Discuss a fire scene search for evidence.

    3. Explain the testing of flammable residues and materials.

    4. Describe various types of explosives.

    5. Describe explosives scene protocols

     

    10.  Assess firearms and their related tool marks.

    1. Explain bullet comparisons.

    2. Discuss weapons and cartridge cases and how they function.

    3. Evaluate gunpowder residue and residue testing.

    4. Explain serial number restoration.

    5. Discuss impression evidence analysis, to include footwear, tire, bite mark, tool, and other types of impressions.

     

    11.  Evaluate trace evidence.

    1. Identify instruments of microanalysis and sample types.

    2. Identify the types and functions of various microscopes.

    3. Analyze microscopic evidence, to include glass, hairs, fibers, pain, soils, and gunshot residue.

     

    12.  Appraise questioned documents.

    1. Explain handwriting and ink impressions.

    2. Describe photocopy and photocopier comparison.

    3. Discuss paper and watermark comparison.

     

    13.  Apply ethics in forensic science.

    1. Describe the Code of Professional Ethics.

    2. Describe conflict of interest.

    3. Define professional integrity.

    4. Discuss objectivity.

    5. List professional obligation

     

  
  • CRJ 264 - Effective Courtroom Testimony

    Credits: 1
    Lecture Hours: 1
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    An examination of the proper methods for preparing and delivering effective testimony as a criminal justice professional in a court of law.
    Prerequisite: Instructor Approval OR
    Corequisite: CRJ 100  
    Competencies
    1. Learn the environment and format in which testimony occurs:
      1. Be familiar with the judicial process, procedure and roles of which testimony is an important component.
      2. Understand the role of testimony in the criminal proceeding and its importance.
    2. Learn how to plan and prepare to provide testimony.
      1. Describe the function of the arrest report, incident report, pre-sentence investigation, violation report in the court process.
      2. Understand and be familiar with all reports, documents, etc. in preparation of oral testimony.
    3. Learn how to properly deliver testimony in court.
      1. Demonstrate proper demeanor and dress for court testimony.
      2. Understand non-verbal factors, posture and expected courtroom behavior.
      3. Demonstrate the proper technique for answering questions using clear and effective verbal techniques.
      4. Understand ethical obligations and the consequences of false testimony
  
  • CRJ 276 - Computer Forensics II

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 2
    Lab Hours: 2
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    This course is a continuation of study relating to computer forensics and data recovery topics. Topics discussed in this course include the investigation and analysis of password-protected and encrypted data, slack space, swap files and portable data storage/ communication devices including PDAs and mobile phones. Software and hardware tools are widely used through various case studies and exercises to reinforce discussion topics.
    Prerequisite: CRJ 176  
    Competencies
    1. Identify and analyze web browser-based data.
      1. Identify common web browser applications
      2. Define “cache” and “cookies”.
      3. Describe web browser data artifacts
      4. Recover data from browser catches, stored form information and other cookies
      5. Recognize “secure site” artifacts
    2. Identify and analyze e-mail evidence
      1. Identify common email applications
      2. Compare and contrast online versus offline email storage
      3. Describe email header contents
      4. Describe attachment encoding schemes
      5. Describe privacy/encryption typically used with email
    3. Describe simple data encryption and decryption techniques
      1. Document encryption breaking processes
      2. Describe brute-force encryption breaking attempts
      3. Describe dictionary-base encryption breaking attempts
      4. Utilize software tools to automate encryption breaking attempts and custom dictionary creation
    4. Describe and demonstrate “slack” space analysis
      1. Define “slack” as it applies to drives, partitions, clusters, and sectors
      2. Describe how data in slack originates through standard operations
      3. Describe clandestine use of slack for storage
      4. Identify and recover data in slack using common software tools
    5. Describe and demonstrate “swap” space analysis
      1. Define “swap space” and “virtual memory”.
      2. Identify BIOS/operating systems specific system-settings used to configure swap
      3. Demonstrate analysis of swap space using common software tools 
    6. Describe and demonstrate recovery of user-intended, deleted data using common software tools
      1. Identify operating system specific deletion schemes
      2. Compare and contrast data recovery and analysis from deleted versus re-formatted media
    7. Perform “real-time” investigation using investigative methods and software-based tools
      1. Maintain use forensic duplicates for investigation unless absolutely unavailable
      2. Describe use of virtualization for investigation
      3. Demonstrate appropriate documentation procedures 
    8. Describe and demonstrate proper procedures for investigating mobile devices
      1. Compare and contrast portable data/communication devices from standard computers
      2. Define “SIM Cart”, “iDen”, “SMS”, “MMS”, “TDMA”, “CDMA”, “GSM”.
      3. Describe the purpose and demonstrate the implementation of network isolation techniques during acquisition and investigation
      4. Use common software tools for mobile device analysis to obtain pertinent information including Handset Time and Date, Serial Numbers, Dialed Calls, Received Calls, Phonebook, SMS, Calendar, Memos, To Do Lists, Pictures, Video, and Audio
  
  • CRJ 277 - Adv Digital Forensic Methods

    Credits: 4
    Lecture Hours: 2
    Lab Hours: 4
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    This course provides a forum for discussion and experimentation with contemporary topics relating to digital/computer forensics. Topics include evidence analysis specific to networked environments and nonconventional data devices, low-level data recovery procedures, advanced cryptography and steganography, and “live” analysis and recovery of server-oriented storage technologies. Software and hardware tools are widely used through various case studies and exercises to reinforce discussion topics.
    Prerequisite: CRJ 276  or instructor approval
    Competencies
    1. Recognize network equipment as potential sources of evidence
      1. Identify wire/wireless networking equipment and expected functionality of such devices
      2. Utilize appropriate wireless/wired detection tools ” both hardware and software
      3. Demonstrate appropriate retrieval of pertinent data from network hardware
    2. Analyze network traffic and network software artifacts
      1. Define “news groups”, “chat rooms”, “IRC”, “instant messaging”, and “p2p”.
      2. Identify software and/or data artifacts associated with news groups, chat room and instant messaging
      3. Identify software and/or data artifacts associated with file sharing and peer-to-peer protocols
    3. Identify data prevalent to Internet fraud
      1. Recognize personal identification
      2. Recognize financial information including banking and credit card data
    4. Identify, acquire, and analyze evidence from non-conventional data storage devices including but not limited to
      1. gaming consoles
      2. digital music/media players
      3. cameras
    5. Describe and demonstrate contemporary encryption/decryption methods
      1. Compare and contrast various encryption methods ” both software and hardware
      2. Identify legal issues pertaining to data encryption
      3. Describe time-memory trade-offs pertaining to cryptography, including rainbow table applications for password cracking
      4. Describe and demonstrate specific hardware/software intended for decryption
      5. Describe distributive computing solutions for decryption
    6. Describe common data hiding techniques
      1. Define “steganography”, “obfuscation”, “plausible deniability”, “host protected area”.
      2. Describe steganographic implementation and strategies for detecting their use
    7. Describe/demonstrate contemporary “live” forensic analysis techniques
      1. Describe and demonstrate battery power cutover solutions
      2. Perform “live” memory images
      3. Analyze memory images using contemporary software tools
    8. Describe and demonstrate procedures for investigating/recovering data in multi-source and redundant/RAID implementations
      1. Identify RAID hardware and software implementations
      2. Compare and contrast evidence analysis from single-device and multi-device sources
    9. Describe appropriate “clean” environment equipment for data recovery
      1. Define ISO “clean” standards
      2. Identify consequences of improper environmental protections during low-level, hardware examination
      3. Compare and contrast laminar flow hoods versus isolated clean rooms
      4. Identify other required components and equipment for a “clean” environment including filters and user tools and garments
    10. Describe and demonstrate appropriate “clean” environment procedures for data recovery
      1. List consequences of improper procedures during low-level examination
      2. Identify physical components of secondary storage devices especially magnetic platter hard drives
      3. Demonstrate proper procedure for swapping faulty components of a secondary storage device
    11. Describe low-level, hardware recovery methods of solid state data storage devices
      1. Define write-leveling
      2. Describe low-level data-hardware communication protocols and appropriate tools
    12. Perform basic scripting.
      1. Write batch scripts.
      2. Write BASH scripts.
  
  • CRJ 292 - Police Phys Fitness and Cond

    Credits: 1
    Lecture Hours: 0
    Lab Hours: 2
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    This course presents the specific requirements of the State of Iowa police physical fitness entry standards (Cooper Test) and academy physical training for the police officer. A fitness exam will be conducted and a personal exercise and nutrition program will be developed to meet each student’s needs. Students will be evaluated at the beginning of the course to ensure they meet at least a 35% fitness level (as outlined in the State of Iowa Police Fitness Standards, Cooper Institute Standards). Each student’s fitness levels will be monitored throughout the course and student adherence to exercise and nutrition prescription will be assessed. Students will be expected to improve at a minimum of 15% above the 35% level of fitness.
    Prerequisite: CRJ 100  
    Competencies
    1. Explain the specific requirements of the Cooper Test.
      1. Differentiate between the requirements based on age and gender.
      2. Design an individual exercise and nutrition plan.
    2. Explain the safe use of various exercise equipment and techniques.
      1. Examine the use of exercise equipment and/or weight machines, etc.
      2. Describe the purpose of each exercise.
    3. Demonstrate personal improvement in executing specific requirements of the Cooper Test.
    4. Develop a personal plan to continue to improving in all the Cooper test requirements.
  
  • CRJ 293 - Crim Justice Report Writing

    Credits: 1
    Lecture Hours: 1
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    This course will help Criminal Justice students master the ability to translate actions and observations into complete, accurate and understandable written reports for law enforcement and/or corrections professionals. Emphasis will be on the purpose of reports in the criminal justice field, the uses of reports, basic report components and guidelines for good report writing.
    Prerequisite: CRJ 100  and ENG 105  or instructor permission
    Competencies
    1. Explain the fundamentals of proper report writing for criminal justice.
      1. Identify the common purposes and uses of reports
      2. Describe the issues of liability and responsibility as they relate to criminal justice reports 
    2. Understand the basic organizational structure of report writing.
      1. Demonstrate how to construct a report with clarity
      2. Demonstrate methods to convey information so that it can be understood by anyone
      3. Recognize criminal justice jargon and bias language and its detriment on reports
    3. Identify, organize, and report pertinent facts in chronological order.
    4. Develop review techniques for written reports.
      1. Identify appropriate proofreading methods
      2. Demonstrate effective report editing techniques
  
  • CRJ 296 - Latent Friction Ridge Evidence

    Credits: 1
    Lecture Hours: 1
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    This unit of study is intended to introduce the student to the basic preservation, development and collection of friction ridge evidence commonly found at crime scenes.
    Prerequisite:  Instructor Approval OR
    Corequisite: CRJ 100  
    Competencies
    1. Understand the importance of friction ridge impressions and how such evidence can help solve crimes.
    2. Become familiar with common terms regarding friction ridge evidence.
    3. Identify locations where latent prints might be located.
    4. Appreciate the importance of not disturbing, and preserving those areas likely to contain such friction ridge evidence.
    5. Become familiar with the types of friction ridge evidence likely to be encountered.
    6. Understand how to document the location of latent print impressions, and maintain a chain-of-custody for such evidence.
    7. Achieve proficiency in the use of powders and brushes to develop and visualize latent prints.
    8. Achieve proficiency in lifting those developed prints using tape and applying those lifts to a backing card.
    9. Become familiar with cyanacrylate (super glue) to develop and visualize latent prints on various items.
  
  • CRJ 297 - Death & Injury Investigations

    Credits: 1
    Lecture Hours: 1
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    This unit of study is intended to present a wide range of topics related to the investigation of death and injury to the human body, from the standpoint of the investigating police officer. The presentation is intended primarily for law enforcement officers.
    Prerequisite: CRJ 100  or Instructor Approval
    Competencies
    1. Understand the nature of postmortem changes in the human body, and how important those changes are in death investigations.
    2. Be familiar with common terms regarding death and injury investigations.
    3. Understand the mechanics of how certain injuries occur to, and appear on, the human body as it relates to investigating such matters.
    4. Discuss the various causes of death including homicide, suicide, accidents, and natural.
    5. Distinguish between equivocal and unequivocal deaths, and the approach to such investigations.
    6. Discuss the various professionals commonly involved in death investigations including law enforcement officials, medical professionals, and medical examiners.
    7. Be familiar with identification procedures for human skeletal remains, and how those remains are to be preserved and recovered for investigative purposes.
    8. Understand the nature of injuries common to child abuse victims when investigating such occurrences.
    9. Explain how fire and heat affect the human body when that is present in such investigations.
  
  • CRJ 298 - Bloodstain Pattern Analysis

    Credits: 1
    Lecture Hours: 1
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    This course of study is intended to introduce the student to the basic recognition, preservation, development, and collection of bloodstain evidence commonly found at crime scenes.
    Prerequisite:  Instructor Approval OR
    Corequisite: CRJ 100  
    Competencies
    1. Understand the importance of bloodstain evidence and how it can be used to recreate what occurred at the crime scene.
    2. Be familiar with common terms, concepts, and descriptions of the typical bloodstain types found at the scene.
    3. Define and identify the basic bloodstain patterns.
    4. Become proficient in preserving, documenting, and examining bloodstain evidence.
    5. Appreciate the importance of bloodstain evidence and its value as a source of D.N.A. for the purposes of criminal investigation and identification.
    6. Understand the dynamics of how blood travels through the air, and how gravity and force creates certain types of bloodstains.
    7. Determine motion, direction, and point of convergence.
    8. Evaluate and understand how surface texture, height, and force affect bloodstains.
    9. Understand the various presumptive and confirmatory testing, and blood enhancement chemicals and how they function.
    10. Understand and define issues with presenting bloodstain evidence in court.
  
  • CRJ 301 - Intro to Homeland Security

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 3
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    The course is an examination of the role government and, more specifically, first responders play in the current threat to our nation from terrorism. The course will examine the role, authority and history of the government when faced with these threats. The structure, style and current practices will be covered along with an attempt to discover best practices and cost-effective solutions.
    Competencies
    1. Construct a historical timeline reflecting significant terrorist threats and events in the United States and globally.
      1. Identify the role of the U.S. Constitution defines for federal, state and local governments in the area of emergency management and public safety.
      2. Identify which president established the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), identify which president established the Department of Homeland Security,
      3. Explain the history of emergency management in the United States and its priorities.
      4. Outline the essential characteristics of national and international acts of terrorism.
    2. Demonstrate very clear written and oral skills that describe:
      1. Essential characteristics of national and international acts of terrorism.
      2. Factual information in order to coordinate law enforcement agencies.
      3. Explain the statutory authority of the government in terrorism related events.
    3. Compose a historical timeline reflecting methods and outcomes used by national and international law enforcement and military agencies to counter and combat terrorism.
      1. Classify the roles, functions, of and interdependency between local, federal and international law enforcement and military agencies to counter and combat terrorism.
      2. Classify the roles, functions and interdependency between local, federal and international law.
      3. Explain the law enforcement and military interdependency between local, federal and international agencies to counter terrorist and criminal activity.
    4. Differentiate between ethical and unethical attitudes and actions regarding the execution of Homeland Security practices.
      1. Define unethical attitudes regarding race, religion and national identity.
      2. Explain how societies can view similar or same activities as having different levels of acceptance.
    5. Identify the characteristics, ideologies, motives, and behaviors of various extremist and terrorist groups.
      1. Explain how these characteristics foster and support terrorist activities
      2. Explain how these characteristics foster and support criminal behaviors.
    6. Examine and interpret forensic evidence to reconstruct crime and terrorism.
      1. Explain the role of physical evidence and its use in securing search and arrest warrants.
      2. Explain the “chain of evidence” regarding physical and forensic evidence and its value in a court of law.
    7. Craft effective strategies to generate useful information for local, national and international law enforcement agencies.
      1. Explain how this information is “vetted” and released.
      2. Explain the difference between information sources.
    8. Solve problems as an individual and in coordinated team setting.
      1. Define the cultures that may cause problems in this coordination.
      2. Define the problems inherent in team building during a crisis.
    9. Write clear and concise reports.
      1. Explain how these reports provide factual information, and accurate data analysis, and sound recommendations.
      2. Explain the consequence of poor reporting and inaccurate analysis and their effect on recommendations.
  
  • CRJ 302 - Transportation & Border Sec

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 3
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    This course is an examination of the field of transportation and border security. The course will examine the role of both government and private enterprise in securing one of the most vulnerable and important industries worldwide. The course will discuss the threats to this industry with a view toward passenger, cargo and infrastructure protection. Strategies and policies to improve and protect the system will be discussed.
    Prerequisite: CRJ 301  
    Competencies
    1. Outline the essential characteristics of acts of terrorism.
      1. Describe the characteristics of national terrorism.
      2. Describe the characteristics of international terrorism.
    2. Construct a historical timeline relfecting significant transportation related terrorist threats and events in the United States and globally.
      1. Discuss the interdependency between nations regarding transnational terrorist organizations.
      2. Explain both military and law enforcement options available to nations and the problems inherent to these options.
    3. Differentiate between natural and unnatural threats to transportation systems and how to detect the difference.
      1. Discuss how a natural threat can morph into an unnatural threat to the transportation system.
      2. Explain how an unnatural threat can affect the policy makers and affect worldwide transportation systems. 
    4. Identify the characeristics of vulnerabilities in transportation systems.
      1. Discuss current attempts to remove these vulnerabilities.
      2. Articulate an understanding of developing research designed to harden the transportation system against future threats.
    5. Demonstrate knowledge of the impact of technology on countering threats to transportation systems.
      1. Discuss current “threat” and “no fly” lists and their impact on passenger transportation systems.
      2. Articulate an understanding of “next generation” systems that might impact the freight and passenger systems.
    6. Discuss differences in dealing with security threats various tranportation systems.
      1. Describe security threats related to passenger transportation systems.
      2. Describe security threats related to freight transportation systems.
    7. Classify the roles, functions of, and interdependency between local, Federal and International law enforcement agencies and the military to foster border security.
    8. Create effective strategies to generate useful information for local, national and international law enforcement agencies.
      1. Explain how these strategies are designed to concur with current United States and international law.
      2. Explain cultural differences that might impact the initiation of these strategies.
    9. Solve problems as an individual and in a coordinated team settings.
      1. Describe the issues regarding combining subcultures and organizational expertise while preserving team integrity.
      2. Describe the issues inherent in team building during a crisis.
    10. Write clear, concise and accurate reports.
      1. Discern relevant, factural information.
      2. Demonstrate accurate data analysis.
      3. Make sound recommendations.
  
  • CRJ 303 - Intel Analysis & Sec Mgmt

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 3
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    This course is an examination of the field of intelligence analysis and its role in the security of the United States and its citizens. The course examines current trends in the intelligence world. Additionally, the course explores the role of operations, operators, source development and the ever-changing world of spy versus spy.
    Prerequisite: CRJ 301  
    Competencies
    1. Demonstrate operational knowledge of intelligence gathering and analysis pertinent to homeland security and other threats facing government and private sectors.
      1. Define the value of raw intelligence in operational planning.
      2. Define the use of finished intelligence in policy making.
    2. Outline basic intelligence policies and functions of the United States Government.
      1. Identify the “major players” and their use and misuse of intelligence.
      2. Define both the providers and end users of intelligence and analysis.
    3. Articulate the meaning and purposes for the Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004 (P.L. 108-458).
      1. Explain the structure fix recommended by this Act.
      2. Identify the major changes to the intelligence community provided by this Act.
    4. Evaluate the dependability and reliability of source information.
      1. Define the difference between a dependable source and a reliable source.
      2. Define the inherent weakness of source reporting. 
    5. Enumerate specific methods and/or techniques for obtaining intelligence, synthesizing it and analyzing it.
      1. Explain the importance of the Attorney General Guidelines to intelligence agencies operating in the United States.
      2. Discuss the value and dangers of other nations’ source information and the danger of circular reporting.
    6. Test and challenge intelligence in light of critical judgment and evidentiary analysis.
      1. Understand the difference between evidence that will stand in a court of law and intelligence that is actionable.
      2. Test and challenge intelligence in light of policy makers and end users.
    7. Implement basic intelligence gathering techniques and analysis.
      1. Understand source develoment and confirmation.
      2. Understand source vetting and test tecnique.
    8. Using various forms of intelligence, apply sound reasoning, formulates predictions and forecasts terrorist activities.
    9. Describe the foundation and goals for security.
      1. Describe and identify the stakeholders regarding security.
      2. Describe the lead agencies regarding security of the United States.
    10. Identify, describe and analyze threats to national and international safety and security.
      1. Understand the critical threats to the United States both domestically and internationally.
      2. Understand and describe the most likely actors that threaten the United States and those nations with whom it shares an interest.
    11. Apply ethical and professional behaviors to intelligence gathering and operations.
      1. Explain the difference between actions that are legal, moral and ethical, and actions that might serve to violate any of those principals.
      2. Explain a value system that might place actionable intelligence ahead of human rights.
  
  • CRJ 305 - Introduction to Cyber Terrorism

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 3
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    This course explores methods cyber terrorists use to plan, communicate, fund and ultimately wage cyber attacks.  Students will consider motivators of prospective actors as well as identify the associated risks to critical infrastructure and key resources through scenarios and case studies.  Lastly, an overview of policy and procedural/technical measures will allow participants to consider possible means to protect and defend vulnerable public and private resources.
    Competencies
    1. Categorize Cyber Attacks scenarios.
      1. Define Cyber Terrorism.
      2. Differentiate Exploitation, Disruption, Destruction
      3. Classify historical and fictional examples
    2. Evaluate motivators of Cyber Terror entities.
      1. Analyze motivations of Nation-State / Foreign Interests
      2. Classify motivations of Domestic challengers
      3. Examine motivations of economic competitors
      4. Differentiate motivations of rogue elements
      5. Interpret motivations Hacktivists
    3. Outline vulnerabilities of cyber-related critical infrastructure and key resources.
      1. Name Physical/Infrastructure elements
      2. Describe Internet of Things (IoT)
      3. Generalize Virtual/Logical constructs
      4. Summarize ?Big data? concepts
    4. Dissect Techniques of attacks.
      1. Distinguish Human (social) Engineering
      2. Summarize Malicious Software (malware)
      3. Identify Insider Attacks
    5. Analyze methods of Information Gathering by Cyber Terror entities.
      1. Discuss Sympathetic/Freedom-of-Information Sites including but not limited to: Wikileaks, Cryptome, and Leaked policies/procedures/legal guides/handbooks/”recipes”
      2. Review Open-Source Information including but not limited to: Published procedures, Floor-plans of public buildings, Maps of critical infrastructure, Public cameras, Crowd-sourced media/information, Social Network Divulgence
      3. Explain the cyber-relevance of Formal Education including but not limited to: Online courses, and Digital-versions of Texts
    6. Examine Methods of Communication by Cyber Terror entities.
      1. Describe how Websites are utilized including but not limited to: Rumors and Misinformation, Recruitment, and Remote attack deployment
      2. Explain cyber-related covert communication including but not limited to: Codes, Encryption, Steganography, One-time Use Channels
    7. Relate Methods of Financial Gain by Cyber Terror entities.
      1. List Direct/Indirect Contribution methods including but not limited to: ?Charity? sites, Protection Money/Ransom ? Physical Harm, Reputation, Data
      2. Discuss methods of theft and fraud including but not limited to: ID Theft/Credit Fraud, Banking Interception/Impersonation, Money Laundering through barter or virtual currency
      3. Extend the implications of Market Influence/Disturbance
    8. Examine Technical “Tools” used by Cyber Terror entities.
      1. Describe characteristics of Open-Source Tools including: Free, Less-regulated, Modifiable
      2. Explain concepts and uses of Concealment Software including: Encryption, Data Hiding/Steganography, Anonymizers (TOR)
      3. Discuss Malware concepts including Automated Scripts and Documented Author Tools
      4. Summarize Simulation, Virtual Reality & Virtualization products that could prepare attackers for control and programming of real-world assets
      5. Discuss impact of Prototypes / Distributed Fabrication methods including 3D Printing and Materials/Parts access
    9. Discuss prevention/deterrence/mitigation efforts of cyber terror activities.
      1. Outline efforts related to SCADA / Control Systems, Business / Governmental Computer Systems, Personal and computers/phones
      2. Describe other technical and non-technical countermeasures
  
  • CRJ 333 - CSI & Forensic Photography

    Credits: 2
    Lecture Hours: 1
    Lab Hours: 2
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    This course emphasizes photography fundamentals and practical techniques for crime scene and evidence documentation. Concentrating on technical aspects specific to creating images for investigative purposes, topics include alternate light sources as well as an exploration of special considerations for analysis, documentation, and presentation.
    Competencies
    1. Understand and demonstrate the basic concepts of the crime scene photography.
      1. Explain why the careful photographic documentation of a crime scene is necessary and explain the procedures for properly document a crime scene.
      2. Understand the history of crime scene photography and the technological advancements that led to digital imaging.
      3. Explain and demonstrate the purpose of a photograph log and how there are completed.
      4. Describe three types of photographs that are taken at crime scenes. (Overall, mid-range, close up) and how they relate to different aspect of the crime scene.
      5. Demonstrate how to take overall, mid-range and close up photographs.
    2. Develop fundamental knowledge of digital imaging technologies.
      1. Define the components of a digital image.
      2. Describe what image quality means as it relates to a digital image.
      3. Identify and explain the differences between the image file formats used in digital cameras.
      4. Portray the best practices for photographing evidence to maximize image quality.
    3. Demonstrate control and use of a professional camera using focus, depth of field, and lenses.
      1. Understand the functions of a digital camera.
      2. Demonstrate how to manually operate a digital camera for best image quality.
      3. Demonstrate photographic techniques using a professional digital camera.
      4. Define and demonstrate understanding of f-stops, shutter speed, exposure and aperture and how each affect images.
      5. Explain the techniques to maximize depth of field.
    4. Explain the various designations of lenses: focal length, “fast” or “slow,” and the widest aperture of the particular lens.
      1. Describe the functions and operations of various professional camera lenses and at what times they are most useful.
      2. Understand the effects on a photograph produced by telephoto lenses.
      3. Understand the effects on a photograph produced by wide-angle lenses.
      4. Explain the magnification ratios related to macro lenses.
      5. Create images using a “zoom” lens and macro lens.
    5. Generate images using basic knowledge of exposure without a flash.
      1. Explain the exposure variables and their interrelationships.
      2. Define shutter speed and demonstrate how they are not only exposure controls but also motion controls.
      3. Demonstrate how a light meter works.
      4. Reveal what “tools” are available to help determine the proper exposure for a tricky scene.
      5. Explain the typically encountered “non-normal” scenes requiring exposure adjustments.
      6. Describe the various exposure modes available with different cameras.
      7. Show how to bracket in manual and automatic exposure modes.
      8. Explain the f/16 sunny day rule.
      9. Make clear the basic uses of filters as lens protection, reflection, and glare removers, and “sunglasses”. 
    6. Generate images using an electronic flash.
      1. Explain the function and use of a flash
      2. Identify the basics of the automatic flash exposure mode.
      3. Identify the basics of the dedicated flash exposure mode.
      4. Describe the benefits that these modes have over the manual flash exposure mode.
      5. Explain how to use fill-in flash to obtain a proper exposure with various lighting conditions.
      6. Explain the meaning of the flash sync speed.
      7. Show the various ways that the flash output could be reduced or softened to provide for precise flash control at different distances.
      8. Show how to take photographs using the oblique flash technique.
      9. Understand when painting with light (PWL) would be the preferred photography technique.
      10. Demonstrate how to paint with light using a tripod. 
    7. Control images using the concepts of ultraviolet, infrared, and fluorescence.
      1. Describe the various results of light striking different surfaces.
      2. Illustrate where on the electromagnetic spectrum the UV range is located.
      3. Justify the various uses of UV light to visualize otherwise “invisible” evidence.
      4. Explain where on the electromagnetic spectrum the visible light range is located.
      5. Explain some of the different types of evidence that can be made to fluoresce so they can more easily be located and collected.
      6. Clarify where on the electromagnetic spectrum the IR wavelengths are located.
      7. Describe several types of evidence that can be visualized in the IR range of the electromagnetic spectrum. 
    8. Describe the types of photographic concerns related to documenting the wounds of suspects and victims.
      1. Explain the complete photographic documentation of a homicide victim.
      2. Demonstrate proper photograph of victim and suspect injuries.
      3. Utilize an ABO scale for accurate wound size representation at 90 degree angle.
    9. Learn the essentials of special photography situations.
      1. Explain why prioritizing perishable evidence is important at scenes.
      2. Explain how to photograph the approach to the actual accident scene.
      3. Clarify the necessary photographs required to adequately photograph a vehicle.
      4. Demonstrate how to select the appropriate shutter speed to eliminate the potential blur from hand-holding the camera during surveillance situations or painting with light situations. If this is not acceptable, then using a tripod is recommended.
      5. Show how the appropriate shutter speed is selected to freeze the movement of the suspect under surveillance or an object in motion.
      6. Demonstrate how to select the appropriate ISO film speed for the dim lighting conditions that may be present at nighttime scenes.
      7. Explain the difference between reflection and refraction and their effects on underwater photography.
      8. Explain the difference between scatter and backscatter and their effects on underwater photography.
    10. Demonstrate how a professional photographer can use a simple point-and-shoot camera more effectively than a novice photographer can use a sophisticated camera system.
      1. Show how the same subject can be composed differently in various images.
      2. Justify why good composition partly depends on the point of view of the photographer and what this point of view is.
    11. Gain knowledge of the legal issues related to photographs and digital images.
      1. Identify the elements for a photograph to be considered “a fair and accurate representation of the scene.”
      2. Explain what is meant by requiring the photograph to be “authentic”.
      3. Describe why all photographs taken at a crime/accident scene may not be admissible in court: to be admissible they have to be “relevant” and “material”.
      4. Explain the requirement that a photograph has to be more probative than prejudicial.
  
  • CRJ 932 - Internship

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 0
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 12
    Course Type: Open
    Involves 150 hours of active internship for students in an agency other than the one in which they may be employed. Synthesis paper required.
    (This course is Pass/Fail).
    Prerequisite: Criminal History Background Check to determine eligibility
    Competencies
    1. Evaluate the justice/law system and the society of which it is a part
      1. Weigh the effects of the justice/law system on society
      2. Assess the control of society on the justice/law system
    2. Keep a log of significant activities
    3. Evaluate the internship
      1. Determine the agency’s strengths and weaknesses
      2. Criticize the agency’s performance
    4. Evaluate their education to date
      1. Determine the strengths and weaknesses of criminal justice courses
      2. Determine the strengths and weaknesses of the core curriculum 
    5. Keep commitments in a work environment
      1. Meet time commitments
      2. Function appropriately for conditions
    6. Discuss the historical development of the criminal justice system
      1. Trace major trends in the rise of the criminal justice system
      2. Project future trends in criminal justice 

Collision Repair/Refinishing

  
  • CRR 101 - Sheet Metal Welding

    Credits: 2
    Lecture Hours: 0
    Lab Hours: 4
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    Basic skills will be developed in oxygen-acetylene fusion welding and flame cutting. Gas metal arc (MIG) welding equipment and basic understanding of procedures related to auto collision area. Safety is emphasized.
    Competencies
    1. Identify and take precautions with hazardous operations and materials according to federal, state, and local regulations
      1. Personal safety, selecting the proper eye protection and welding helmet
      2. Use the proper clothing required
      3. Show proper use of correct hand and foot protection
      4. Store, handle, and install high-pressure gass cylinders
    2. Identify safety and personal health hazards according to OSHA guidelines and the “Right-to-Know Law”
      1. Identify personal safety; eye, skin and respiratory protection
      2. Understand OSHA requirements for the work place
      3. Complete the “Right-to-Know Law” requirement
      4. Identify the safety procedures shown on the safety video tape
    3. Identify weldable and non-weldable materials used in collision repair
      1. Identify types of materials used in vehicle construction
      2. Differentiate types and thicknesses of steel
      3. Differentiate types and thicknesses of aluminum
      4. Reproduce the three types of flames to the instructor with Oxy-Acetylene equipment
    4. Weld and cut high-strength steel and other metals
      1. Identify cutting process for different materials and locations; perform cutting operation
      2. Demonstrate proper set-up and operation of Oxy/Acetylene welding/cutting equipment and perform basic welds
      3. Determine the correct GMAW (MIG) welder type, electrode, wire type, diameter, and gas to be used in a specific welding situation
      4. Set up and adjust the GMAW (MIG) welder to “tune” for proper electrode stickout, voltage, polarity, flow rate, and wire-feed speed required for t6he material begin welded
      5. Determine work clamp (ground) location and attach
      6. Set up, adjust, and weld using Oxy/Acetylene welding equipment
      7. Weld and cut aluminum
    5. Perform the following welds: continuous, stitch, tack, plug, butt weld with and without backing, and fillet weld
      1. Clean and prepare the metal to be weleded, assure good metal fit-up, apply weld through primer if necessary, and clamp as required
      2. Use the proper angle of the gun to the joint and direction of gun travel for the type of weld being made in the flat, horizontal, vertical, and overhead positions
      3. Determine the joint type (butt joint with backing, lap, etc.) for weld being made.
      4. Determine the type of weld (continuous, stitch, plug, etc.) for each specific joint type
    6. Perform visual and destructive tests on each weld type
      1. Identify the causes of various welding defects; make necessary adjustments
      2. Identify cause of contact tip burn-back and failure of wire to feed; make necessary adjustments
    7. Demonstrate knowledge in the proper set up and shut down of GMAW equipment
      1. Complete video #2, #3, #4 and workbook assignments
      2. Demonstrate proper set up and shut down
      3. Determine proper shielding gas and flow rate
    8. Practice running beads on sheet metal with pushing and pulling technique
    9. Practice making welds on laps, tees and butt joints in the flat position
    10. Practice making welds on laps, tees, and butt joints in the horizontal position
    11. Practice welding tee joints in the vertical down position
    12. Practice making spot welds, plug welds, and stitch welds in the flat position
    13. Practice running beads in the flat position with aluminum, .030 diameter electrode and Argon shielding gas
    14. Perform manual flame cutting on various thicknesses of metals
      1. Select videos #8 and #9 and complete workbook assignments
      2. Set up cutting torch with proper tip and fuel mixture
      3. Manually flame cut, 1/4”, 1/2” plate, pierce holes and cut bevels
    15. Lab test over Oxy-Acetylene and Gas Metal Arc Welding for final grade
  
  • CRR 150 - Basic Shop Safety

    Credits: 1
    Lecture Hours: 1
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    A course designed to acquaint the student with the hazards in an auto collision facility. Emphasis on EPA regulations, OSHA guidelines, and personal health and safety in the shop area.
    Competencies
    1. Draft a floor plan of the auto collision repair labs
      1. Identify areas in the lab for welding
      2. Identify areas in the lab used to store welders and welding supplies
      3. Identify paint/primers and related material storage area(s).
      4. Identify area used for mixing of paints/primers.
      5. Identify area for vehicle prep and vehicle refinishing.
      6. Identify location(s) of electrical fuse panels.
      7. Identify air supply location (air compressor(s).
    2. Complete a list of all lab safety equipment.
      1. Define and list all lab areas requireing the use of safety glasses/goggles.
      2. Define and list areas requireing the use of face shields/welding helmets.
      3. Describe the purpose of hearing protection, list styles of hearing protection.
      4. Describe and list types of hand and foot protection.
      5. Explain the safety purpose of the use of paint and dust masks.
      6. Describe the proper method of storing a charcoal-activated paint mask.
      7. Locate and list classification of all fire extinguishers.
      8. Locate all first aid kits.
      9. Describe emergency procedures for fire, weather, or campus security emergency.
    3. Identify safety and personal health hazards according to OSHA guidelines and the “Right-to-Know Law”.
      1. Select and use NIOSH approved personal sanding respirator. Inspect condition and ensure fit and operation. Perform proper maintenance in accordance with OSHA regulation 1910.134 and applicable state and local regulation.
      2. Select and use the NIOSH approved (Fresh Air make-up System) personal painting/refinishing resporator system. Perform proper maintenance in accordance with OSHA Regulation 1910.134 and applicable state and local regulation.
      3. Interpret Material Data Sheets (MSDS).
      4. Explain MSDS contents
      5. Identify MSDS requirements.
      6. Discuss location of MSDS sheets
      7. Complete “Right-to-Know Law” exercise.
    4. Identify and take necessary precautions with hazardous operations and materials according of federal, state, and local regulations.
      1. Observe EPA storage requirements for hazardous waste.
      2. Differentiate between hazardous material/waste and non-hazardous waste.
      3. Determine proper disposal of hazardous waste.
      4. Determine hazardous paint materials that can be re-cycled.
      5. Storage and handling of high pressure gas cylinders.
    5. Select and use the proper safety equipment for surface preparation, spray gun and related equipment operation, paint mixing, matching and application, paint defects and detail (gloves, suites, hoods, eye and ear protection, etc..).
      1. Select and use proper protective clothing.
      2. Select and use correct respiratory protection.
      3. Select and use correct hand, ear, and eye protection.
      4. Maintain a safe work area “Good House Keeping”.
      5. Describe purpose of a hearing protective device
      6. Explain the safety purpose of the use of paint/dusk masks
      7. Explain safety equipment used with chemical strippers
      8. Describe safety procedure for storage of paint and solvents
      9. Identify area for painting and prep
    6. Hand tools and power tool safety; shop equipment use and safety.
      1. Understand personal hand-tool use and care.
      2. Understand power tool maintenance and safe operation (air tools).
      3. Paint lab/refinishing equipment, operation and maintenance.
      4. Structural/repair lab equipment operation and maintenance.
    7. Vehicle safety.
      1. Understand proper vehicle electrical system safety concerns.
      2. Understand vehicle air bag safety.
      3. Determine correct vehicle lifting points.
      4. Determine proper placement of vehicle support stands.
    8. Differentiate between hazardous material/waste
    9. Observe EPA storage requirements for hazardous waste
    10. Follow EPA regulations in the disposal of hazardous waste
    11. Prepare folder to include MSDS and product information for repair and referral products
  
  • CRR 202 - Plastic Repair

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 2
    Lab Hours: 2
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    The wide variety of solid plastics, flexible panels, plastic compounds and reinforced plastic panels now used in automobile manufacturing require separate repair procedures. Repair, replacement and refinishing of the substrates will be studied in classroom and the lab.
    Prerequisite: CRR 841  
    Competencies
    1. Identify and take necessary precautions with hazardous operations and materials according to federal, state, and local regulations (HP-I).
      1. Identify safety and personal health hazards according to OSHA guidelines and the “Right to Know Law?” (HP-I).
      2. Select and use the NIOSH approved personal sanding respirator. Inspect condition and ensure fit and operation. Perform proper maintenance in accordance with OSHA Regulation 1910.134 and applicable state and local regulations (HP-I).
      3. Select and use the NIOSH approved (fresh air make-up system) personal painting/refinishing respirator system. Perform proper maintenance in accordance with OSHA Regulation 1910.134 and applicable state and local regulations (HP-I)
      4. Select and use the proper personal safety equipment for surface preparation, spray gun and related equipment operation, paint mixing, matching and application, paint defects, and detailing (gloves, suits, hoods, eye and ear protection, etc.) (HP-I)
    2. Identify type(s) of plastic, analyze damage, and determine repair process
      1. Identify the types of plastics; determine reparability (HP-I).
      2. Identify the types of plastic repair procedures; clean and prepare the surface of plastic parts (HP-I)
    3. Demonstrate appropriate surface preparation for composite repairs
      1. Demonstrate and use proper cleaning methods and techniques
      2. Select and use recommended abrasives
      3. Demonstrate and use backing panels (build when applicable) or prepare back side of repair
      4. Use recommended adhesion promoter (when applicable).
    4. Repair composite panels, flexible and rigid using approved methods and materials
      1. Remove paint finish (HP-I) (V-groove or U-groove).
      2. Replace or repair rigid and flexible plastic panels (HP-G).
      3. Remove or repair damaged areas from rigid exterior composite panels (HP-G)
      4. Replace bonded rigid exterior composite body panels; straighten or align panel supports (HP-G).
      5. Using a plastic welder (airless) demonstrate repairs on rigid and flexible plastics
      6. Using adhesives, demonstrate repairs to rigid and flexible plastics/composites.
      7. Demonstrate repairs to fiberglass reinforced composites
      8. Apply two component finishing filler to minor surface imperfections (HP-I).
      9. Dry sand area to which two-component finishing filler has been applied (HP-I).
    5. Demonstrate surface preparation for primers.
      1. Determine and use correct abrasives for finishing of the repair area
      2. Determine and use correct abrasives for featheredging of the repair area
      3. Determine use of adhesion promoters
      4. Mix primer, primer surface or primer sealer (HP-I).
      5. Apply primer onto surface or repaired area (HP-I).
      6. Explain removal of damaged sheet molded compound (SMC) panels
      7. Demonstrate repair of damaged sheet molded compound (SMC) panel
      8. Explain removal of damaged bulk molded compound panel
      9. Explain repair of damaged bulk molded compound panel
      10. Explain partial panel replacement of bulk molded compound
      11. Explain partial panel replacement of sheet molded compound (SMC)
    6. Demonstrate proper refinishing techniques for composites
      1. Dry or wet sand area to which primer-surfacer has been applied (HP-I).
      2. Remove, with a tack rag, any dust or lint particles from the area to be refinished (HP-I).
      3. Apply suitable sealer to the area being refinished when sealing is needed or desirable (HP-I).
      4. Refinish rigid, semi-rigid and flexible plastic parts (HP-G).
      5. Identify the types of rigid, semi-rigid or flexible plastic parts to be refinished; determine the materials, preparation, and refinishing procedures (HP-I).
      6. Apply single stage topcoat (HP-I).
      7. Apply basecoat/clearcoat for overall refinishing (HP-I).
      8. Denib, buff, and po9lish finishes where necessary (HP-I).
    7. Apply finish color coats to plastic
      1. Explain refinish of an interior plastic part
      2. Demonstrate refinish of an interior plastic part
      3. Demonstrate retexture exterior plastic part
      4. Identify the types of rigid plastic parts to be refinished
      5. Identify the correct procedure to refinish rigid plastic parts
      6. Identify the types of flexible plastic parts to be refinished
      7. Identify the correct procedure to refinish flexible plastic parts
      8. Demonstrate refinish technique to rigid plastic parts
      9. Demonstrate refinish technique to flexible plastic parts
  
  • CRR 325 - Sheet Metal Fundamentals

    Credits: 5
    Lecture Hours: 2
    Lab Hours: 6
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    Automobile design, the materials used in construction, collision, corrective forces, procedures for repair and services are analyzed through class and lab study.
    Prerequisite: CRR 101  must be taken concurrently or prior to this course
    Competencies
    1. Identify and take necessary precautions with hazardous operations and materials according to federal, state, and local regulations
      1. Identify safety and personal health hazards according to OSHA guidelines and the “Right-to-know Law”
      2. Select and use the NIOSH approved personal sanding respirator. Inspect condition and ensure fit and operation. Perform proper maintenance in accordance with OSHA Regulation 1910.134 and applicable state and local regulation
      3. Select and use personal safety equipment, hand eye, ear, and respiratory protection
      4. Select and use the recommended proper protective clothing and footwear
      5. Use hammer and dolly to rough contour
      6. Use pick hammer to bring up small low areas
      7. Use file to eliminate surface irregularities
    2. Vehicle construction and welding requirements
      1. Understand general vehicle construction for full frame and uni-body vehicles
      2. Describe proper heating techniques and general vehicle manufacture requirements for heating of metal throughout the metal repair process
      3. Describe proper welding techniques used for repairing Mild, HSS (high strength) and HSLA (high strength low alloy) steel
      4. Use water to cool panel
    3. Straighten and rough-out contours of damaged panels to a suitable condition for body filling or metal finishing using power tools, hand tools, and weld-on pull attachments
      1. Determine direction of impact
      2. Plan the order of repair
      3. Locate and reduce surface irregularities on damaged body panel
      4. Demonstrate hammer and dolly techniques
      5. Metal finish selected areas of repair project
      6. Demonstrate proper grinder techniques
      7. Heat shrink stretched panel areas to proper contour
      8. Cold shrink stretched panel areas to proper contour
      9. Identify and repair a gouge, tear, and puncture in sheet metal
      10. Remove paint finish
      11. Determine the proper metal finishing techniques for aluminum
    4. Metal Welding procedures
      1. Identify weldable and non-weldable materials used in collision repair
      2. Clean and prepare the metal to be welded, assure good metal fit-up, apply welding through primer if necessary and clamp as required
      3. Determine the correct GMAW (MIG) welder type, electrode, wire type, diameter, and gas to be used in a specific welding situation
      4. Determine the type of weld (continuous, butt weld with backing, plug, etc.) for each specific welding operation
      5. Determine work clamp (ground) location and attach
    5. Select and apply filler material
      1. Mix body filler
      2. Demonstrate proper mixing equipment and application technique
      3. Apply body filler, shape during curing
      4. Identify and use varying abrasive grits to shape, finish, and featheredge filler
      5. Rough sand cured body filler to contour; finish sand
      6. Determine applications of body filler to aluminum
    6. Preparation of filler, metal surface, and surrounding area for primers/surfacers
      1. Dry or wet sand areas to be refinished
      2. Featheredge damaged areas to be refinished
      3. Define time frame for application
    7. Display ability to shape and contour plastic filler
      1. Use cheese grater file to rough shape plastic filler
      2. Use varying grits of sandpaper to shape, featheredge, and finish plastic filler
  
  • CRR 502 - Frame Damage Analysis

    Credits: 2
    Lecture Hours: 1
    Lab Hours: 2
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    Unibody design and construction has created a need for methods of damage analysis, gauging, measuring and sequencing total collision repair. This course emphasizes new technologies.
    Competencies
    1. Identify and take necessary precautions with hazardous operations and materials according to federal, state, and local regulations (HP-I).
      1. Identify safety and personal health hazards according to OSHA guidelines and the “Right to Know Law” (HP-I).
      2. Select and use personal safety equipment, hand, eye, ear, and respiratory protection.
      3. Select and use recommended proper protective clothing and footwear.
      4. Describe the influence of impact to unibody structure
    2. Identify and properly use measuring tools and equipment
      1. Explain and use a standards (SAE) and metric tape measure.
      2. Diagnose and measure structural damage using tram and self-centering gauges (HP-I).
      3. Demonstrate installation of strut tower gauges on a unibody vehicle
      4. Diagnose and measure structural damage using a computerized measuring system (HP-G).
      5. Diagnose and measure structural damage to vehicles using a dedicated (fixture) measuring system (HP-G).
    3. Describe three measuring methods used to diagnose vehicle structures
      1. Explain “point-to-point” measurements
      2. Explain “tram” measurements
      3. Explain “center line” measurements
      4. Choose proper dimensional manual for project vehicle
    4. Identify vehicle structures
      1. Explain different types of full frame structures
      2. Describe impact influence to full frame structure
      3. Describe impact influence to full frame structures
      4. Explain types of unibody/space frame structures
      5. Define primary and secondary damage
      6. Show the use of a tram gauge on length measurements
      7. Demonstrate installation of centerline gauges on a unibody structure
      8. Demonstrate installation of strut tower gauges on a unibody vehicle
      9. Demonstrate installation of a ladder type of measuring system on a unibody vehicle
      10. Demonstrate installation of a laser type of measuring system on a unibody vehicle
    5. Distinguish the amount of structural and non-structural damage
      1. Analyze, side sway damage (HP-I).
      2. Analyze, sag damage (HP-G).
      3. Analyze, mash (collapse) damage (HP-G).
      4. Analyze, diamond frame damage (HP-G).
      5. Analyze, twist damage (HP-G).
      6. Analyze and identify crush/collapse zones (HP-I).
      7. Determine the extent of damage to aluminum body panels; repair or replace (HP-G).
      8. Determine and inspect the locations of all suspension, steering, and powertrain component attaching points on the vehicle (HP-G).
  
  • CRR 655 - Advanced Collision Repair

    Credits: 5
    Lecture Hours: 1
    Lab Hours: 8
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    This course builds upon the knowledge and skill in previous auto collision courses to prepare the student to diagnose and repair conventional frame and unibody structural components. The theory and operating principles of unibody structural components will be emphasized. Lab instruction on late model vehicles will be included.
    Prerequisite: CRR 502 , CRR 101  
    Competencies
    1. Identify and take necessary precautions with hazardous operations and materials according to federal, state, and local regulations (HP-I).
      1. Identify safety and personal health hazards according to OSHA guidelines and the “Right to Know Law” (HP-I).
      2. Select and use the NIOSH approved personal sanding respirator. Inspect condition and ensure fit and operation. Perform proper maintenance in accordance with OSHA Regulation 1910.134 and applicable state and local regulations (HP-I)
      3. Select and use personal safety equipment, hand, eye, ear, and respiratory protection.
      4. Select and use recommended proper protective clothing and footwear
    2. Determine the extent of the direct and indirect damage and the direction of impact; document the methods and sequence of repair (HP-I).
      1. Diagnose and measure struct6ural damage using tram and self-centering gauges (HP-I).
      2. Determine and inspect the locations of all suspension, steering and powertrain component attaching points on the vehicle (HP-G).
      3. Diagnose and measure unibody vehicles using a dedicated (fixture) measuring system (HP-G).
      4. Diagnose and measure unibody vehicles using a universal measuring system (mechanical, electronic, and laser) (HP-G).
      5. Remove corrosion protection, undercoatings, sealers, and other protective coatings necessary to perform repairs (HP-I).
      6. Inspect, remove, and replace repairable plastics and other components that are recommended for off-vehicle repair (HP-I)
    3. Analyze structural components on unibody and full frame structures.
      1. Analyze and identify crush/collapse zones (HP-I).
      2. Analyze, straighten and align mash (collapse) damage (HP-G).
      3. Analyze, straighten and align sag damage (HP-G).
      4. Analyze, straighten and align side sway damage (HP-G).
      5. Analyze, straighten and align twist damage (HP-G).
      6. Analyze, straighten and align diamond frame damage (HP-G).
      7. Identify proper cold stress relief methods (HP-I).
      8. Identify heat limitations in unibody vehicles (HP-I).
      9. Identify heat limitations in structural components (HP-I).
    4. Repair and replace structural components on unibody and full frame structures
      1. Attach anchor devices to vehicle, remove or reposition components as necessary (HP-I).
      2. Straighten and align front-end sections (aprons, strut towers, upper and lower rails, steering, and suspension/powertrain mounting points etc.) (HP-G)
      3. Straighten and align quarter panels, wheelhouse assemblies, and rear body sections (including rails and suspension/powertrain mounting points) (HP-G).
      4. Remove and replace damaged sections of structural steel body panels (HP-G).
      5. Remove and replace damaged structural components (HP-G).
      6. Restore corrosion protection to repaired or replaced frame areas (HP-I).
      7. Restore corrosion protection to repaired or replaced unibody structural areas (HP-I).
      8. Restore structural foam (HP-G).
      9. Determine the extent of damage to aluminum structural components; repair, weld, or replace (HP-G).
      10. Identify cutting process for different materials and locations; perform cutting operation (HP-I).
      11. Straighten and rough-out contours of damaged panels to a suitable condition for body filling or metal finishing using power tools, hand tools, and weld-on pull attachments (HP-I).
    5. Demonstrate proper repair of non-structural misalignment of body panels.
      1. Attach vehicle to anchoring devices (HP-I).
      2. Straighten and align cowl assembly (HP-G).
      3. Straighten and align roof rails/headers and room panels (HP-G).
      4. Straighten and align hinge and lock pillars (HP-G).
      5. Straighten and align vehicles openings, floor pans, and rocker panels (HP-G)
      6. Repair damage using power tools and hand tools to restore proper contours and dimensions (HP-I).
      7. Replace door skins (HP-G).
      8. Perform panel bounding (HP-G).
      9. Restore sound deadeners and foam materials (HP-I).
      10. Determine the extent of damage to aluminum body panels; repair or replace (HP-G).
    6. Demonstrate proper preparation and welding procedures
      1. Determine the correct GMAW (MIG) welder type, electrode, wire type, diameter, and gas to be used in a specific welding situation (HP-I).
      2. Determine work clamp (ground) location and attach (HP-I)
      3. Protect adjacent panels, glass, vehicle interior, etc, from welding and cutting operations (HP-I).
      4. Protect computers and other electronic control modules during welding procedures (HP-I).
      5. Clean and prepare the metal to be welded, assure good metal fit-up, apply welding through primer if necessary, and clamp as required (HP-I)
      6. Determine the joint type (butt weld with backing, lap etc.) for weld being made (HP-I).
      7. Determine the type of weld (continuous, butt weld with backing, ;lug, etc.) for each specific welding operation (HP-I).
      8. Weld damaged or torn steel body panels; repair broken welds (HP-I).
      9. Identify different methods of attaching structural components (squeeze type resistance sport welding (STRSW), riveting, structural adhesive, silicon bronze, etc.) (HP-G).
      10. Weld and cut high-strength steel and other steels (HP-I).
      11. Weld and cut aluminum (HP-G).
      12. Restore corrosion-resistant coatings; caulking; and seam sealers to repaired areas (HP-I).
    7. Practice proper handling and storage of vehicle components
      1. Inspect, remove, store, and replace non-structural body panels and components that may interfere with or be damaged during repair (HP-I).
      2. Inspect, remove, store, and replace exterior trim and moldings (HP-I)
      3. Inspect, remove, store, and replace interior trim and components (HP-I).
      4. Inspect, remove, store and replace all vehicle mechanical and electrical components that may interfere with or be damaged during repair (HP-G)
      5. Protect panels, glass, and parts adjacent to the repair area (HP-I).
      6. Inspect, remove and replace bolted, bonded and welded steel panel or panel assemblies (HP-I).
    8. Demonstrate correct procedures for outer body panel alignment
      1. Inspect, remove, replace, and align front fenders, headers, and other panels (HP-I).
      2. Inspect, remove, replace, and align bumper bars, covers, reinforcement, guards, isolators, and mounting hardware (HP-I).
      3. Inspect, remove, replace, and align doors, tailgates, hatches, lift gates, latches, hinges, and related hardware (HP-I)
      4. Inspect, remove, replace, and align deck lid, lid hinges, and lid latch (HP-I).
      5. Inspect, remove, replace, and align hood, hood hinges, and hood latch (HP-I).
      6. Inspect, remove, reinstall, and align convertible top and related mechanisms (HP-G).
      7. Diagnose and repair water leaks, dust leaks, and wind noises; inspect, repair, and replace weather-stripping (HP-G
      8. Restore corrosion protection (HP-I).
    9. Demonstrate proper procedures for aligning and replacement of structural and non-structural glass
    10. Remove and reinstall or replace fixed glass (heated and non-heated) using recommended materials (HP-G).
    11. Remove and reinstall or replace modular glass using recommended materials (HP-G).
    12. Inspect, adjust, repair or replace window regulators, run channels, glass, power mechanisms, and related controls (HP-I).
    13. Inspect, repair or replace, and adjust removable, manually or power operated roof panel and hinges, latches, guides, handles, retainer, and controls of sunroofs (HP-G)
    14. Replace mechanical parts
    15. Demonstrate a knowledge of and importance of restoring corrosion protection
      1. Describe methods used
      2. Describe chemicals used
      3. Tell why manufacturer’s specifications are important
  
  • CRR 742 - Estimating Theory

    Credits: 2
    Lecture Hours: 1
    Lab Hours: 2
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    Vehicle damage estimating skills are needed to provide a written report. This report can then be used as a repair guide, a legal document, an analysis report and for business evaluation. Ability to use estimating guides and write estimates accurately will be emphasized.
    Competencies
    1. Differentiate among various estimating manuals
      1. Explain the advantage of different collision estimating manuals
      2. Describe the procedure explanations in the manuals
      3. Examine the contents of the estimating manuals
      4. Describe the refinish procedure explanations in the manuals
      5. Demonstrate an understanding of the symbols and abbreviations in estimating manuals
      6. Identify interior damage on vehicle
      7. Identify trim damage
    2. Demonstrate proper procedures for completing an estimating form
      1. Select the proper estimating form
      2. List the appropriate customer information
      3. List the appropriate vehicle information
      4. Estimate the damage to the vehicle
      5. Locate VIN number for vehicle to be estimated
      6. Record paint code number for vehicle to be estimated
      7. List the damage to vehicle
      8. Determine type and color of paint already on vehicle by manufacturer’s vehicle information label
    3. Write a damage report in proper sequence
      1. Use correct symbols and abbreviations in writing estimates
      2. List the damage in proper sequence (front to back, outer to inner)
      3. Write a complete damage estimate to industry standards
      4. List the proper parts, labor, and material costs
      5. Calculate the total cost from parts, labor, and materials
      6. Review damage report and analyze damage to determine appropriate methods for overall repair; develop and document a repair plan
    4. Identify primary and secondary damage
      1. Describe primary damage
      2. Differentiate straightening or replacement of primary damage
      3. Describe secondary damage
      4. Differentiate straightening or replacement of secondary damage
      5. Determine damage force flow
      6. Determine the extent of direct and indirect damage and direction of impact; develop and document a repair plan
      7. Determine the extent of the direct and indirect damage and the directions of impact; document the methods and sequence of repair
    5. Diagnose collision damage to vehicle
      1. Identify frame damage on damaged vehicle
      2. Investigate structural damage on damaged vehicle
      3. Investigate suspension damage on damaged vehicle
      4. Assess sheet metal damage on vehicle
      5. Investigate mechanical damage on vehicle
      6. Identify interior damage on vehicle
      7. Identify trim damage
      8. Determine the extent of damage to aluminum body panels; repair or replace
  
  • CRR 760 - Advanced Estimating

    Credits: 2
    Lecture Hours: 2
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    Estimating, customer relations and service selling are all important skills of ownership and managership. Hand and computer estimates will be written. Labor, parts and material costs and profits will be studied. Customer and employee relations will be studied.
    Prerequisite: CRR 742  
    Competencies
    1. Identify an Estimator’s Position
      1. Explain an estimator’s position in a dealership body shop
      2. Explain an estimator’s position in an independent body shop
    2. Explain an Owner’s Position
      1. Investigate an independent body shop owner
      2. Investigate an independent body shop owner’s background
      3. Investigate an independent body shop owner’s earnings
      4. Determine relationships between independent body shop and insurance company
    3. Explain a Manager’s Position
      1. Investigate a dealership body shop manager’s position
      2. Investigate a dealership body shop manager’s background
      3. Investigate a dealership body shop manager’s earnings
      4. Investigate a dealership body shop manager’s job opportunities
      5. Determine relationships between dealership body shop and insurance company
    4. Describe Sequence of Inspection of Damage
      1. Identify frame damage
      2. Identify suspension damage
      3. Identify structural damage
      4. Identify sheet metal damage
      5. Identify mechanical damage
      6. Identify interior damage
      7. Identify trim damage
    5. Give Examples of Different Pay Systems
      1. Investigate the different ways workers are paid in our industry
      2. Explain how the salary/bonus system works
      3. Explain how the commission system works
    6. Illustrate Scheduling Methods
      1. Investigate an independent body shop organizational chart
      2. Develop an independent body shop organizational chart
      3. Investigate an automobile dealership body shop organization chart
      4. Develop an automobile dealership body shop organizational chart
      5. Develop a chart from estimate to schedule
    7. Summarize Overhead Costs
      1. Create a graph of overhead costs to a late model collision shop
      2. Create a graph of overhead costs to a custom/restoration shop
    8. Develop Handwritten Estimates
      1. Estimate a vehicle with frame damage
      2. Estimate a vehicle with suspension damage
      3. Estimate a vehicle with structural damage
      4. Estimate a vehicle with sheet metal damage (replacement).
      5. Estimate a vehicle with sheet metal damage (straighten time).
      6. Estimate a vehicle with mechanical damage
      7. Estimate a vehicle with interior damage
      8. Estimate a vehicle with trim damage
    9. Create Computer Estimates
      1. Estimate a vehicle with frame damage
      2. Estimate a vehicle with suspension damage
      3. Estimate a vehicle with structural damage
      4. Estimate a vehicle with sheet metal damage (replacement).
      5. Estimate a vehicle with sheet metal damage (straightening time)
      6. Estimate a vehicle with mechanical damage
      7. Estimate a vehicle with interior damage
      8. Estimate a vehicle with trim damage
    10. Describe the Importance of Employee Relationships
      1. Create a list of benefits derived from good employee relationships
      2. Create a list of problems derived from poor employee relationships
  
  • CRR 841 - Principles of Refinishing

    Credits: 5
    Lecture Hours: 3
    Lab Hours: 4
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    This course will give the student an overall understanding of the complexities of today’s auto refinishing. Developing industry standard preparation habits and spray painting skills with various chemicals will be studied.
    Competencies
    1. Identify and take necessary precautions with hazardous operations and materials according to federal, state, and local regulations
      1. Identify safety and personal health hazards according to OSHA guidelines and the Right-to-know Law
      2. Demonstrate understanding of isocyanate absorption
      3. Select and use the NIOSH approved personal sanding respirator. Inspect condition and ensure fit and operation. Perform proper maintenance in accordance with OSHA Regulation 1910.134 and applicable state and local regulation
      4. Select and use the NIOSH approved (Fresh Air Make-up System) personal painting/refinishing respirator system. Perform proper maintenance in accordance with OSHA regulation 1910.134 and applicable state and local regulation
      5. Select and use the proper personal safety equipment for surface preparation, spray gun and related equipment operation, paint mixing, matching and application, paint defects, and detailing (gloves, suits, hoods, eye and ear protection, etc.)
      6. Inspect spray environment to ensure compliance with federal, state and local regulations, and for safety and cleanliness hazards
    2. Inspect, clean, and determine condition of spray guns and related equipment (air hoses, regulators, air lines, air source, and spray environment)
      1. Check and adjust spray gun operation for HVLP (high volume, low pressure) or LVLP (low volume, low pressure) guns
      2. Set-up (fluid needle, nozzle, and cap) adjust, and test spray gun using fluid, air, and pattern control valves
    3. Apply two-component finishing filler to minor surface imperfections
      1. Dry sand area to which two-component finishing filler has been applied
      2. Apply suitable metal treatment or primer in accordance with total product systems
      3. Mask and protect other areas that will not be refinished
      4. Mix primer, primer-surface or primer sealer
      5. Apply primer onto surface or repaired area
      6. Dry or wet sand area to which primer-surface has been applied
    4. Apply suitable sealer to the area being refinished when sealing is needed or desirable
      1. Remove dust from area to be refinished, including cracks or moldings of adjacent areas
      2. Remove, with a tack rag, any dust or lint particles from the area to be refinished
      3. Clean areas to be refinished using a final cleaning solution
      4. Scuff sand to remove nibs or imperfections from a sealer
    5. Apply finish using appropriate spray techniques for the finish being applied
      1. Shake, stir, reduce, catalyze/activate, and strain paint
      2. Apply single state topcoat
      3. Apply basecoat.clearcoat for overall refinishing
      4. Denib, buff, and polish finishes where necessary
    6. Describe irregular paint conditions
      1. Identify a dry spray appearance in the paint surface; determine the cause(s) and correct the condition
      2. Identify overspray; determine the causes(s) and correct the condition
      3. Identify orange peel; determine the causes(s) and correct the condition
      4. Identify sags and runs in paint surface; determine the causes(s) and correct the condition
      5. Identify sanding marks (sandscratch swelling); determine the causes(s) and correct the condition
      6. Identify contour mapping (shrinking and splitting) while finish is drying; determine the causes(s) and correct the condition
      7. Identify the presence of fish-eye (crater-like openings) in the finish; determine the causes(s) and correct the condition
      8. Identify the clouding (mottling and streaking in metallic finishes); determine the causes(s) and correct the condition
      9. Identify dirt or dust in the paint surface; determine the causes(s) and correct the condition
      10. Identify poor adhesion; determine the causes(s) and correct the condition
    7. Dispose of waste materials properly
      1. Discuss proper disposal methods of both filters
      2. Demonstrate proper use of thinner recycler
      3. Demonstrate use of appropriate material
      4. Apply tape appropriately
    8. Apply color coats to panel
      1. Follow manufacturer’s specifications for paint application
      2. Use proper sequencing of applying color coat to panel
      3. Determine blend area
    9. Dispose of waste materials properly
  
  • CRR 876 - Refinishing Production

    Credits: 6
    Lecture Hours: 3
    Lab Hours: 6
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    Industry application of colors and clear coats requires the latest information on repair and refinishing of today’s vehicles. This course covers the latest manufacturers’ preferred methods for repair using current colors and chemicals. Color matching will be emphasized.
    Prerequisite: CRR 877 , CRR 202  
    Competencies
    1. Identify and take necessary precautions with hazardous operations and materials according to federal, state, and local regulations (HP-I).
      1. Identify safety and personal health hazards according to OSHA guidelines and the “Right to Know Law” (HP-I).
      2. Describe and demonstrate safety precautions related with isocyanate absorption.
      3. Select and use the NIOSH approved personal sanding respirator. Inspect condition and ensure fit and operation. Perform proper maintenance in accordance with OSHA Regulations 1910.134 and applicable state and local regulation (HP-I).
      4. Select and use the NIOSH approved (fresh air make-up system) personal painting/refinishing respirator system. Perform proper maintenance in accordance with OSHA regulation 1910.134 and applicable state and local regulation (HP-I).
      5. Select and use the proper personal safety equipment for surface preparation, spray gun and related equipment operation, paint mixing, matching and application, paint defects, and detailing (gloves, suits, hoods, eye and ear protection, etc.) (HP-I).
      6. Inspect spray environment to ensure compliance with federal, state, and local regulations and for safety and cleanliness hazards (HP-I).
      7. Explain the purpose of adhesion promoter over areas to be painted
      8. Explain the purpose of adhesion promoter over areas to be blended
      9. Demonstrate the application of adhesion promoter over areas to be painted
      10. Demonstrate the application of adhesion promoter over areas to be blended
    2. Inspect, clean, and determine condition of spray guns and related equipment (air hoses, regulators, air lines, air source, and spray environment) (HP-I)
      1. Identify HVLP spray equipment.
      2. Identify LVLP spray equipment
      3. Identify the components of a spray gun
      4. Set-up (fluid needle, nozzle, and cap), adjust, and test spray gun using fluid, air, and pattern control valves (HP-I).
      5. Check and adjust spray gun operation for HVLP (high volume, low pressure) or LVLP (low volume, low pressure) guns (HP-I).
      6. Demonstrate proper cleaning procedures for spray equipment
    3. Inspect and identify substrate, type of finish, surface condition, and film thickness; develop and document a plan for refinishing using a total product system (HP-I).
      1. Soap and water wash entire vehicle; use appropriate cleaner to remove contaminants from those areas to be repaired (HP-I).
      2. Inspect, remove, and replace repairable plastics and other components that are recommended for off-vehicle repair (HP-I).
      3. Protect panels, glass, and parts adjacent to the repair area (HP-I)
      4. Remove paint finish (HP-I).
      5. Remove paint from the damaged area of a body panel (HP-I)
      6. Mask and protect other areas that will not be refinished (HP-I).
      7. Featheredge damaged areas to be refinished (HP-I).
      8. Apply suitable metal treatment or primer in accordance with total product systems (HP-I).
      9. Mix primer, primer-surfacer or primer sealer (HP-I).
      10. Apply primer to surface or repaired area (HP-I).
    4. Demonstrate proper surface preparation.
      1. Dry or wet sand area to which primer-surfacer has been applied (HP-I).
      2. Dry or wet sand areas to be refinished (HP-I).
      3. Remove dust from area to be refinished, including cracks or moldings of adjacent areas (HP-I).
      4. Clean area to be refinished using a final cleaning solution (HP-I).
      5. Remove dust or lint particles from the area to be refinished (HP-I).
    5. Demonstrate top coat application procedures
      1. Apply suitable sealer to the area being refinished when sealing is needed or desirable (HP-I).
      2. Scuff sand to remove nibs or imperfections from a sealer (HP-I)
      3. Determine type and color of paint already on vehicle by manufacturer?s vehicle information label (HP-I).
      4. Identify and mix paint using a formula (HP-G).
      5. Shake, stir, reduce, catalyze/activate, and strain paint (HP-I).
      6. Determine proper air pressure.
      7. Demonstrate proper spray pattern overlap.
      8. Determine fluid flow
      9. Determine proper fan width for application
      10. Demonstrate shake and stir technique
    6. Demonstrate proper refinishing, color tinting, and blending techniques.
      1. Apply selected product on test and let-down panel; check for color match (HP-I).
      2. Apply finish using appropriate spray techniques (gun arc, gun angle, gun distance, gun speed, and spray pattern overlap) for the finish being applied (HP-I)
      3. Apply basecoat/clearcoat for panel blending or partial refinishing (HP-I).
      4. Identify tape tracking; determine the cause(s) and correct the condition (HP-G)
      5. Apply basecoat/clearcoat for overall refinishing (HP-G).
      6. Demonstrate sport repair with basecoat/clearcoat using proper blending techniques.
      7. Identify poor hiding colors; determine necessary action (HP-G).
      8. Identify color difference (off-shad); determine the cause(s) and correct the condition (HP-G).
      9. Identify alternative color formula to achieve a blendable match (HP-G).
      10. Tint color using formula to achieve a blendable match (HP-G).
      11. Describe application of three-stage paint system.
      12. Apply multi-stage coats for panel blending or overall refinishing (HP-G).
      13. Describe tinting techniques
    7. Demonstrate proper application of clearcoat.
      1. Determine base color flash time.
      2. Identify clearcoat flash time
      3. Determine number of coats required for clearcoat.
      4. Determine gun angle
      5. Determine gun distance
      6. Determine gun speed
      7. Demonstrate proper spray pattern overlap
      8. Demonstrate proper mixing techniques
      9. Determine fluid flow
      10. Determine proper fan width for application
    8. Denib, buff, and polish finishes where necessary (HP-I).
      1. Describe final sanding techniques for buffing and polishing.
      2. Restore corrosion protection (HP-I).
      3. Demonstrate strain technique
    9. Apply single stage color
      1. Select product in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations
      2. Demonstrate spot repair with acrylic enamel
      3. Describe overall refinishing with acrylic enamel
      4. Demonstrate spot repair with urethane enamel
      5. Describe overall refinishing with urethane enamel
      6. Examine for color matching of all applied finishes
      7. Demonstrate final sanding techniques for buffing and polishing
      8. Demonstrate blending techniques
      9. Demonstrate tinting techniques
    10. Apply base coat/clear coat color system
      1. Demonstrate spot repair with base cost/clear coat
      2. Describe overall refinishing with base coat/clear coat
      3. Describe final sanding techniques for buffing and polishing
      4. Identify proper materials for Three-Stage paint system
      5. Describe application of Three-Stage paint system
      6. Describe blending techniques
      7. Describe tinting techniques
  
  • CRR 877 - Refinishing Applications

    Credits: 7
    Lecture Hours: 3
    Lab Hours: 8
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    This course covers the application techniques and equipment used in auto collision repair shops for refinishing, and will deal with potential problems with chemicals. Sheet metal and plastic parts repair and replacement in preparation for painting will also be studied in the lab. Shop and personal safety will be emphasized.
    Prerequisite: CRR 841  
    Competencies
    1. Identify and take necessary precautions with hazardous operations and materials according to federal, state, and local regulations (HP-I)
      1. Identify safety and personal health hazards according to OSHA guidelines and the “Right to Know Law” (HP-I).
      2. Describe and demonstrate safety precautions related with isocyanate absorption.
      3. Select and use the NIOSH approved personal sanding respirator. Inspect condition and ensure fit and operation. Perform proper maintenance in accordance with OSHA regulation 1910.134 and applicable state and local regulations (HP-I).
      4. Select and use the NIOSH approved (fresh air make-up system) personal painting/refinishing respirator system. Perform proper maintenance in accordance with OSHA regulation 1910.134 and applicable state and local regulation (HP-I).
      5. Select and use the proper personal safety equipment for surface preparation, spray gun and related equipment operation, paint mixing, matching and application, paint defects, and detailing (gloves, suits, hoods, eye, and ear protection, etc.) (HP-I).
      6. Inspect spray environment to ensure compliance with federal, state, and local regulations, and for safety and cleanliness hazards (HP-I).
      7. Discuss the purpose of proper airhose
      8. Identify proper spray mask, inspect the mask to insure proper fit and operation, inspect the condition of the mask filters and other components
    2. Inspect, clean, and determine condition of spray guns and related equipment (air hoses, regulators, air lines, air source, and spray environment) (HP-I).
      1. Identify HVLP spray equipment
      2. Identify LVLP spray equipment
      3. Identify the components of a spray gun
      4. Set-up (fluid needle, nozzle, and cap), adjust, and test spray gun using fluid, air and pattern control valves (HP-I).
      5. Check and adjust spray gun operation for HVLP (high volume, low pressure) or LVLP (low volume, low pressure) guns (HP-I).
      6. Demonstrate proper cleaning procedures for spray equipment.
    3. Demonstrate proper masking techniques
      1. Identify masking materials
      2. Use plastic masking materials
      3. Use liquid masking materials
      4. Use paper masking techniques
      5. Use aperture tape
    4. Demonstrate proper maintenance on paint booth equipment
      1. Demonstrate proper filter replacement
      2. Demonstrate booth cleaning and maintenance of light fixtures, inside walls, ventilation chambers, and related mechanical components of the paint booth
      3. Describe operations of an air make-up system (including intake filters, exhaust filters, fan and other mechanical components of the system).
      4. Identify and maintain paint mixing and storage areas
    5. Inspect and identify substrate, type of finish, surface condition, and film thickness; develop and document a plan for refinishing using a total product system (HP-I).
      1. Soap and water wash entire vehicle; use appropriate cleaner to remove contaminants from those areas to be repaired (HP-I).
      2. Inspect, remove, and replace repairable plastics and other components that are recommended for off-vehicle repair (HP-I).
      3. Protect panels, glass, and parts adjacent to the repair area (HP-I).
      4. Remove paint finish (HP-I).
      5. Remove paint from the damaged area of a body panel (HP-I).
      6. Featheredge damaged areas to be refinished (HP-I).
      7. Apply suitable metal treatment or primer in accordance with total product systems (HP-I*)
      8. Mix primer, primer-surfacer or primer sealer (HP-I).
      9. Apply primer onto surface or repaired area (HP-I).
      10. Dry or wet sand area to which primer-surfacer has been applied (HP-I).
      11. Dry or wet sand areas to be refinished (HP-I).
    6. Demonstrate proper surface preparation
      1. Remove dust from area to be refinished, including cracks or moldings of adjacent areas (HP-I).
      2. Clean area to be refinished using a final cleaning solution (HP-I).
      3. Remove, with a tack rag, any dust or lint particles from the area to be refinished (HP-I).
      4. Apply suitable sealer to the area being refinished when sealing is needed or desirable (HP-I).
      5. Scruff sand to remove nibs or imperfections from a sealer (HP-I).
    7. Describe proper paint preparation and application
      1. Determine type and color of paint already on vehicle by manufacturer?s vehicle information label (HP-I).
      2. Identify and mix paint using a formula (HP-I).
      3. Shake, stir, reduce, catalyze/activate, and stain paint (HP-I).
      4. Apply finish using appropriate spray techniques (gun arc, gun angle, gun distance, gun speed, and spray pattern overlap) for the finish being applied (HP-I)
      5. Apply basecoat/clearcoat for panel blending or partial refinishing (HP-I).
      6. Apply basecoat/clearcoat for overall refinishing (HP-I.
      7. Denib, buff, and polish finishes where necessary (HP-I).
      8. Apply stone chip resistance coating (HP-G).
      9. Restore corrosion protection (HP-I).
    8. Demonstrate proper application of clearcoat
      1. Determine base color flash time
      2. Identify clearcoat flash time
      3. Determine number of coats required for clearcoat
      4. Determine texture before polishing
      5. Select proper air pressure according to manufacturer’s specifications
      6. Demonstrate spraying techniques (gun arc, gun angle, gun distance, gun speed, and spray pattern overlap) for finish being applied
      7. Examine for dirt in the painted surface
      8. Identify the cause of the dirt in finish and correct the condition
      9. Identify a dry spray pattern in the paint surface; determine the causes(s) and correct the condition
      10. Identify the appearance of fish-eyes in the finish; determine the cause(s) and correct the condition
      11. Identify bleed through and determine the cause(s) and correct the condition
      12. Identify poor adhesion; determine the cause(s) and correct the condition
      13. Examine for rust spots on the surface; determine the cause(s) and correct the condition
    9. Analyze refinishing concerns
      1. Identify blistering (raising of the paint surface); determine the cause(s) and correct the condition (GP-G).
      2. Identify blushing (milky or hazy formation); determine the cause(s) and correct the condition (HP-G).
      3. Identify lifting; determine the cause(s) and correct the condition (HP-G).
      4. Identify tape tracking; determine the cause(s) and correct the condition (HP-G).
      5. Identify low gloss condition; determine the cause(s) and correct the condition (HP-G).
      6. Identify poor adhesion; determine the cause(s) and correct the condition (HP-G).
      7. Identify paint cracking (crowsfeet or line-checking; micro-checking, etc); determine the cause(s) and correct the condition (HP-G).
      8. Identify corrosion; determine the cause(s) and correct the condition (HP-G).
    10. Perform Guide Coat/Block Sanding Procedure
      1. Use dry or wet sanding techniques of primer surfacer that was applied
      2. Show compounding around the repaired area to be refinished
      3. Use air blower to blow dust from the entire vehicle including cracks and moldings in the areas to be refinished
      4. Identify proper solvent to clean area before refinishing
      5. Show proper use of cleaning solvent before refinishing
      6. Demonstrate chemical and mechanical removal
      7. Use dry or wet sanding techniques to area to be refinished
      8. Demonstrate feather edging around repaired areas to be refinished

Computer Science

  
  • CSC 105 - Computer Essentials

    Credits: 1
    Lecture Hours: 0
    Lab Hours: 2
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: General
    The basics of the Windows operating system, electronic communications and internet research will be covered. Students will use basic features of word processing and presentation software. This course is intended for students with limited or no computer skills.
    Competencies
    1. Perform basic computer operations.
      1. Correctly identify user interface components of a computer.
      2. Correctly start up and shut down computer system and peripherals.
      3. Demonstrate the various functions of a mouse.
      4. Differentiate between computer hardware and software.
    2. Use the Windows operating system to manage files.
      1. Define an operating system.
      2. Use tools on the Taskbar.
      3. Open and close programs utilizing icons.
      4. Manipulate windows by opening, resizing, moving, scrolling, and closing.
      5. Use menus, toolbars, and online help.
      6. Create, copy, move, delete, and restore files and folders.
      7. Save files on a hard drive, removable media, and network drive.
      8. Compress and extract files using compression software.
      9. Locate saved and downloaded files.
    3. Demonstrate the basic use of email.
      1. Access the email system using login name and password.
      2. Open, close, delete, reply to, forward, print, and save messages.
      3. Compose and send a message.
      4. Demonstrate basic email etiquette.
      5. Add attachments to an email
      6. Download, save, and open attachments.
      7. Maintain a contact list.
    4. Use the Internet to access information.
      1. Launch a browser and access specific web pages.
      2. Use a search engine and search function to locate information.
      3. Navigate web pages by using the browser’s toolbar functions.
      4. Manage a list of frequently visited web pages.
      5. Download files.
      6. Print text and images found on a web page.
      7. Manage history and cookies in the web browser.
      8. Navigate the DMACC website.
      9. Access Blackboard for course information.
    5. Demonstrate basic skill in word processing software.
      1. Enter text, use word wrap, and delete text.
      2. Create, edit, save, print, close, and reopen a word processing document.
      3. Format text by modifying fonts and styles.
      4. Use formatting tools for text alignment, margins, line spacing, and indents.
      5. Move, copy, paste, cut, and delete text.
      6. Insert headers/footers and page numbers in documents.
    6. Demonstrate basic skill in presentation software.
      1. Create, save, and close new presentations.
      2. Add slides and apply slide layouts.
      3. Format slides with text and graphics.
      4. Reopen and edit presentations.
      5. Print slides and handouts.
      6. Switch between different views and advance slides through normal view and slide show view.
    7. Perform Basic Troubleshooting
      1. Determine Internet connectivity
      2. Differentiate between basic user errors and system errors
      3. Interpret basic error statements in operating systems and applications
      4. Discuss printing errors
      5. Understand basic hardware malfunctions
      6. Know when, where, and from whom to get help
  
  • CSC 109 - Experience Information Technology

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 2
    Lab Hours: 2
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    This course will assist students in selecting the appropriate career path in the IT field through hands-on, lab-orientated assignments.
    Competencies
    1. Create an example web page
      1. Define the client server structure of web applications
      2. Examine HTML and its role in web applications
      3. Define CSS and its role in web applications
      4. Examine Javascript and its role in web applications
      5. Use a code editor to build a web page
      6. Apply HTML elements to define and structure a web page
      7. Apply CSS rules to define the presentation of a web page
      8. Implement an image on a web page
      9. Implement a Javascript slide show on a web page
      10. Demonstrate the web page using one or more web browsers
    2. Evaluate features of a basic IP based communication system
      1. Use and connect basic copper and fiber optic lines needed for a communications system
      2. Compare and contrast fiber optic, copper and wireless communication systems for business and residential users
      3. Experiment and use various communications software for both wired and wireless technology
      4. Describe the basics of voice and data communication systems
    3. Assess the fundamentals of computer programming
      1. Compare current programming languages
      2. Discuss the primary structures used in a software program
      3. Explain variables and data types
      4. Understand the software development cycle
      5. Install an Integrated Development Environment (IDE)
      6. Design a software program in a designated programming language
      7. Compile a software program using the appropriate IDE
      8. Develop and execute a test plan
      9. Explore object oriented programming
    4. Design relational databases
      1. Develop a logical data model
      2. Develop a conceptual schema
      3. Define the data dictionary
      4. Model and Entity-Relationship Diagram
      5. Discuss normalization techniques
      6. Determine the difference in logical and physical database design
    5. Generate a relational database using a popular PC RDBMS
      1. Select the database software
      2. Create a new, empty database
      3. Create a table
      4. Change the design of a table
      5. Enter and edit data in a table
      6. Describe relationships between tables in the database
      7. Enforce relationships between tables in the database
    6. Create a simple mobile application
      1. Install the Android Software Development Kit
      2. Configure application settings including the application name, package name, target SDK and theme
      3. Create a simple user interface using various views (buttons, text boxes, check boxes) and layouts
      4. Modify resource files to add strings, drawables, and colors
      5. Describe the relationship between activities, services, content providers and intents
      6. Utilize buttons to initiate activities
      7. Create and configure an emulator using the Android Virtual Device Manager
      8. Implement API demos to an application
      9. Deploy applications to an emulator
      10. Describe the process of publishing an app to an app store
    7. Demonstrate the features and use of hardware basics
      1. Understand the concept of geometry
      2. Identify the various types of hard drives
      3. Perform a hard drive swap
      4. Discuss partitioning and formatting
      5. Perform a memory upgrade
    8. Evaluate the concept of networking
      1. Identify the components of a local area network
      2. Describe the advantages of networking
      3. Analyze a peer-to-peer and server-based network
    9. Examine career paths within business and industry
      1. Interact with guest lecturers in the classroom
      2. Explore Iowa Technology-TAI Tour(s)
      3. Attend at least one Technology Fair
      4. Define the roles and careers available in IT
      5. Interview one manager and one entry level employee in an IT field of choice
  
  • CSC 110 - Intro to Computers

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 2
    Lab Hours: 2
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    This course presents the basic concepts of computers and the effect that computers are having and will continue to have in the future. The course incorporates theory as well as hands-on practice. The course focuses on using Microsoft Excel spreadsheets and Microsoft Access databases to input, store, process manipulate, query, and analyze data for business and industrial applications.
    Competencies
    1. Create and edit spreadsheets
      1. Understand the basic terms of a spreadsheet application, including row, column, cell, cell reference, formula, formula bar, sort, filter, fill handle, merged cells, relative reference, and absolute reference
      2. Manipulate the text and numbers in a spreadsheet application by performing entrances, selections, editing, finds, copying, replacements, alterations, rearrangements, rotations, formatting, reviews, corrections, printing, and saves
      3. Work a range of cells in a worksheet, including selecting a range, copying a range, clearing a range, referencing a range, applying format changes, changing width or height, use Auto Calculate and applying other functions to calculate values
      4. Insert and delete rows and columns from a worksheet
      5. Enhance the spreadsheet with tables, hyperlinks, illustrations, format painter, and charts derived from data in the workbook
      6. Manage worksheets in the workbook by coloring and rearranging worksheet tabs, renaming tabs, and using page setup, formatting, scaling, backgrounds, breaks, borders, and titles
      7. Implement conditional formatting
      8. Employ commands available to review and correct the spreadsheet such as spell check, track changes, freeze and unfreeze rows or columns, add comments, and change workbook views
      9. Alter standard document properties
      10. Save a spreadsheet in multiple formats including the default format, PDF and as a Web page
      11. Print, publish, submit, or otherwise share a workbook
      12. Identify advanced features such as nested functions, formula audits, PivotTables, PivotCharts, retrieving external data, and Web integration
    2. Apply functions and formulas in a spreadsheet
      1. Understand the formula ribbon
      2. Enter formulas using the keyboard and Point mode
      3. Incorporate absolute and relative cell references in a formula
      4. Verify formulas and the results of a formula
      5. Use math functions to calculate values
      6. Execute logical tests using the IF function
      7. Utilize date and time functions
      8. Manipulate text with functions
      9. Display the formulas in cells rather than the resulting value
      10. Perform What-if analysis and Goal Seek in a worksheet
      11. Import data from a Web source using a Web query
    3. Demonstrate fundamental skills in a database management system
      1. Describe the features of the application windows
      2. Create, save, store, and retrieve a database and various database objects, including tables, queries, forms and reports
      3. Manipulate a table, open a table, close a table, update table design, edit field properties, change the primary key, add records, change records, delete records, search records, sort records, filter records, and print the contents of a table
      4. Understand the purpose and necessity of queries and querying a database
      5. Produce and save queries that provide accurate results when executed
      6. Construct various queries using parameters, joins, calculated fields, and compound criteria
      7. Change how the results of a query are displayed; filter, sort, group and omit duplicates
      8. Apply mass changes to a database using a query
      9. Create and use forms
      10. Develop and print a report
      11. Print, publish, submit, or otherwise share objects in the database
      12. Identify advanced uses such as integration features
    4. Practice principals for effective database design and maintenance
      1. Explain databases and database management systems and related terms, including data, database, database object, table, datasheet, query, form, report, expression, filter, and controls
      2. Design a database to satisfy a collection of requirements
      3. Determine an appropriate storage location for the database
      4. Develop naming conventions to be used in database objects
      5. Identify the requirements of database tables including primary keys, fields, data types, table relationships, and steps that can be taken to reduce redundancy
      6. Establish relationships between tables
      7. Discern the best candidates for primary key and foreign key fields
      8. Specify and enforce referential integrity
      9. Create validation rules
      10. Use lookup fields and multi-valued look-up fields
      11. Alter standard database properties
      12. Try special database operations, including backup, recover, repair, compacting, and checking for dependent objects
    5. Utilize a word processing application to display graphs and charts generated from spreadsheets and databases in a professionally formatted document
    6. Develop a PowerPoint slideshow with presentation graphics software to display graphs and charts generated from spreadsheets and databases in a professionally formatted presentation
    7. Demonstrate an Understanding of the Windows operating system.
      1. Start and use a Windows App
      2. Explain how to create folders and rename files
      3. Summarize how to modify and save documents
      4. Search help topics
    8. Evaluate digital citizenship through class discussions
      1. Discuss Digital Literacy a World of Technology
      2. Describe Internet Searching, Sharing & Communicating
      3. Review Computers and Mobile Devices
      4. Summarize Digital Safety and Security
      5. Discuss Computer & Mobile Device Hardware
      6. Define Digital Device Input and Output
      7. Examine Operating Systems Resources
      8. Assess Communication & Networks
      9. Illustrate Information and Data Management

Dental Assistant

  
  • DEA 253 - Dental Science I

    Credits: 4
    Lecture Hours: 4
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    Introduction to the various sciences necessary for the dental assistant. Microbiology and oral pathology are covered.
    Prerequisite: DEA 256  must be taken concurrently or prior to this course
    Competencies
    1. Recognize basic cell anatomy and explain their associated functions
      1. Describe the functions of the major cell organelles
      2. Describe the path of energy from the sun to the ATP molecule in cells
      3. Describe the functions of mitosis and meiosis and their differences
      4. Describe the basic differences between animal and non-animal cell anatomy
      5. Describe that mechanisms of ion and molecule transport across cell membranes
    2. Identify the pioneers of microbiology
      1. List the historical pioneers of microbiology
      2. Identify the pioneers to the contributions that they made
      3. Identify the inventions used by the pioneers
      4. Recognize the various contributions chronologically 
    3. Explain the body’s lines of defense
      1. List the portals of entry into the human body
      2. Recognize the anatomical structures that defend the body from disease
      3. Explain how these structures operate
      4. List the various forms of vaccination
      5. Define the different types of immunity
    4. Recognize pathological organisms
      1. Distinguish between bacteria and viruses
      2. Label the anatomies of bacteria and viruses
      3. List the tests used to identify bacterial organisms
      4. Explain how cellular reproduction is affected by pathological organisms
    5. Explain appropriate methods of asepsis in the dental office
      1. Define the different methods of asepsis
      2. List the advantages and disadvantages of each method
      3. Determine the effectiveness of each asepsis technique
    6. Recognize the different systems of the human body
      1. Identify the organs of the musculo-skeletal system
      2. Identify the organs of the cardiovascular system
      3. Identify the organs of the respiratory system
      4. Identify the organs of the excretory and digestive systems
      5. Identify the organs of the reproductive and endocrine system
      6. Identify the organs of the nervous system
    7. Recognize the functions of the human body systems
      1. Explain the mechanisms of the musculo-skeletal system
      2. Explain the mechanisms of the cardiovascular system
      3. Explain the mechanisms of the respiratory system
      4. Explain the mechanisms of the excretory and digestive systems
      5. Explain the mechanisms of the reproductive and endocrine systems
      6. Explain the mechanisms of the nervous system
    8. Recognize the different systems of the human body
      1. Identify the organs of the musculo-skeletal system
      2. Identify the organs of the cardiovascular system
      3. Identify the organs of the respiratory system
      4. Identify the organs of the excretory and digestive systems
      5. Identify the organs of the reproductive and endocrine systems
      6. Identify the organs of the nervous system
    9. Explain anatomical relations of the body
      1. Distinguish between the different body planes
      2. Identify the bodily cavities
    10. Recognize pathology of normal human anatomy and physiology
      1. Name the bacterial-caused diseases
      2. List the viral-caused diseases
      3. Recognize congenital defects and diseases
      4. Identify malignant diseases
    11. Explain the body’s mechanisms of healing
      1. Explain the inflammatory response
      2. Distinguish between primary and secondary healing
      3. Explain cellular reproduction
    12. Recognize pathological oral conditions
      1. Explain the process of caries formation
      2. List the stages of periodontal disease
      3. Recognize malignant and benign oral lesions
      4. Identify vascular oral lesions
      5. Recognize viral oral lesions
      6. Identify oral bacterial lesions
      7. Recognize normal healthy structures and conditions
  
  • DEA 256 - Dental Anatomy

    Credits: 2
    Lecture Hours: 2
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    The study of head, neck and dental anatomy is combined to give the student background information for application in dental assisting courses.
    Competencies
    1. Define the following terms
      1. Embryology
      2. Cell activities
      3. Primary embryonic layers
      4. Stomodeum
      5. Histology
    2. Discuss oral embryology and development of the face
      1. Identify the six branchial arches and structures formed by each
      2. Outline the sequence of development for the following
      3. Differentiate apposition and resorption
      4. Trace postnatal maxillary and mandibular growth
      5. Identify possible disruptions in facial/oral development
    3. Discuss development and the life cycle of a tooth
      1. Name the three primary periods of the process of odontogenesis.
      2. Identify the three stages of development of the growth periods in the life cycle of a tooth and activities occurring in each
      3. State the three parts of a tooth bud
      4. Define the following terms
      5. Recall eruption dates and sequence for the primary and permanent denti­tions
    4. Identify anomalies in tooth development
      1. Define: anadontia, supernumerary teeth, Macrodontia/microdontia, dens in dente, germination, fusion, tubercle, enamel pearl, enamel dysplasia, dential dysplasia and concrescence
    5. Describe histology of the teeth and periodontium
      1. Define histology
      2. Describe the anatomic parts of a tooth
      3. Recall the four types of tooth tissues and characteristics and func­tions of each
      4. Name the two major untis of the periodontium and components and functions of each.
      5. Describe the characteristics of normal gingiva
    6. Identify landmarks of the oral cavity and functions for the following structures:
      1. Lips
      2. Cheeks
      3. Tongue
      4. Hard and soft palates.
    7. Identify structures of the oral vestibule
    8. Identify the structures of the oral cavity proper.
    9. Describe the three types of oral mucosa lining the oral cavity and their function.
    10. Discuss the function of the gag reflex.
    11. Define physiologic muscle balance and its funciton.
    12. Identify the following:
      1. Two sets of teeth in main.
      2. Four types of teeth and their funcitons.
      3. Two dental arches.
      4. Term “antagonist” and teeth which are exceptions.
      5. Four quadrants.
    13. Identify the proper name and surfaces of the teeth.
    14. Classify anterior and posterior teeth.
    15. Differentiate overjet from overbite.
      1. Utilize the universal numbering system
      2. Relate the technique for the FDI numbering system
    16. Differentiate the curve of Spee from the curve of Wilson.
      1. Identify the proper names for line and point angles
      2. Identify the proper names for thirds of tooth surfaces
    17. Identify tooth numbering systems.
      1. Utilize the universal numbering system.
      2. Relate the technique for the Federation Dentaire Internationale (FDI) numbering system.
      3. Relate the technique for the Palmer’s Notation.
    18. Identify line and point angles and thirds.
      1. Identify the proper names for line and point angles.
      2. Identify the proper names for thirds of tooth surfaces.
    19. Discuss the forms and functions of tooth contours and contact areas.
      1. Identify embrasures.
      2. Discuss occlusal form of the teeth.
      3. Define the following terms: occlusion, centric occlusion and physiologic occlusion.
    20. Relate the teeth and their characteristics for the primary mixed and permanent dentitions.
      1. Define “succedaneous” and identify those teeth which comply with the definition.
      2. Describe the primary dentition with regard to: functions, specialized characteristics, and general appearance of first and second molars.
      3. Describe the mixed dentition stage.
      4. Relate the total number and numbers of tooth types in the permanent dentition.
      5. Identify, describe, and compare the morphology and special anatomic entities for the classes of permanent teeth.
      6. Recognize the terms presented.
    21. Outline the categories of cavity preparations.
    22. Define and describe the following:
      1. Cartilage
      2. bone
      3. Periosteum
      4. Articulation
      5. Nonsynovial joints
      6. Suture
      7. Symphysis
      8. Synovial joints, membraine, and fluid.
      9. Sinus
      10. Foramen
      11. Condyle.
      12. Fossa
      13. Process
      14. Tuberosity
      15. Meatus
      16. Orbit
    23. Discuss the bony structures of the head and face
      1. Identify bones of the cranium
      2. Identify bones and anatomic landmarks of the face.
      3. Describe the hyoid bone.
    24. Discuss the musculature of the face.
      1. Identify the components of the TMJ.
      2. Describe the movements of the TMJ.
      3. List the three ways in chich muscle attachment occurs.
      4. Differentiate origin and insertion.
      5. Describe muscular activity.
      6. Identify the muscles of: mastication, facial expression, the floor of the mouth, the tongue, and the posterior of the mouth.
    25. Describe the circulatory system for the face and mouth.
      1. Define the following: arteries, capillaries and veins.
      2. Identify the major arteries and veins of the face and mouth.
      3. Recall the lymph nodes with regard to: definition, location in the face and neck, and function.
    26. Discuss the nervous system as related to the oral cavity.
      1. Identify the twelve cranial nerves and functions related to dental anatomy.
      2. Name the primary source of innervation for the oral cavity and its three divisions.
      3. Identify the major sources of innervation to the oral cavity and teeth.
      4. Identify major injection sites.
    27. Discuss the salivary system.
      1. Recall the functions of saliva.
      2. Identify the saliva glands and their location and ducts.
    28. Discuss the special sense of taste with regard to:
      1. Papillae
      2. Functions
      3. Four basic tastes and their location.
    29. Discuss the paranasal sinuses.
      1. State three functions of the paranasal sinuses.
      2. Identify the names and locations of the paranasal sinuses.
    30. Identify the categories of tonsils
  
  • DEA 263 - Dental Science II

    Credits: 2
    Lecture Hours: 2
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    A continuation of Dental Science I. Emphasis on effects of drugs and emergency procedures.
    Prerequisite: CPR certification, DEA 253 , DEA 256  
    Competencies
    1. Assess the critical detail of the medical/dental history
      1. Review the patient’s history before examination
      2. Given compromised patient histories, discuss proper dental servic­es
      3. Review the importance of notifying patient of any possible interaction
    2. Coordinate the components of an office routine during an emergency
      1. Discuss the categories of emergencies that might be encountered in the dental office
      2. Describe the basic staff qualifications for managing medical emer­gencies
    3. Interpret common medical emergency system in a dental office
      1. Show types of supplies that might be found in minimal emergencies kit (systems).
      2. Identify/list basic steps to be taken until help arrives
      3. Demonstrate operation of oxygen/nitrous oxide equipment
    4. Inspect the drug categories
      1. Differentiate between brand names and generic names of drugs
      2. List abused drugs (51 abused drugs) and state why each is a con­cern to the dental practice
      3. List sources of accurate drug information
      4. Describe parts of a prescription
      5. Describe and discuss how to take or update a drug and allergy history
    5. Identify the classification of drug/action
      1. Investigate the different categories of drugs and when and how each should be administered
      2. Outline how each drug would be used in dental treatment
      3. Define and discuss drug interaction, reaction and effects
    6. Investigate the ethical and legal responsibilities of dental staff in an emer­gency
      1. Examine the rights of the patient who is receiving dental treatment
      2. Analyze privileged information
      3. Discuss importance of confidentiality in dental office
    7. Appraise the nutritional concept
      1. Assess the six groups of essential nutrients, their function and sources
      2. Interpret nutrition and the effects of good nutrition
      3. Define Rx terms
      4. Explain how to read a food label
      5. Describe the food exchange system
      6. Identify health risks related to diet
      7. Explain the effects of medicine and drugs on nutrition
      8. Explain energy balance and how it relates to weight gain and loss
      9. List major function, food sources, and calories provided per gram for carbohydrates, fats, and proteins
      10. List water-soluble vitamins, their functions and food sources
      11. List fat soluble vitamins, their function and food sources
    8. Compile criteria for successful nutrition counseling
      1. Relate the five influences of food habit
      2. Explain the five steps involved in modification of food habit
      3. Discuss dietary management of patients with special needs
      4. Explain the good guide pyramid
    9. Evaluate a seven day diet history
      1. Compile a daily diet for one week
      2. Interpret the week’s diet according to basic food groups
      3. Summarize the diet as to changes that would be needed
  
  • DEA 297 - Ethics/Jurisprudence Seminar

    Credits: 1
    Lecture Hours: 1
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    Continuation of DEA 591 . Also includes the study of the ethics and legal responsibilities of the dental profession, as well as the functions and jurisprudence of the auxiliary personnel.
    Prerequisite: Second semester standing in Dental Assisting program
    Corequisite: DEA 577  
    Competencies
    1. Describe legal and ethical considerations in the dental team - patient relationship
      1. Define all legal terminology relating to dentistry
      2. Define and discuss rights of privacy
      3. Describe the legal implications of the patient record and its required thoroughness
      4. Identify the techniques of gaining consent and when/from whom it is necessary
      5. List the obligations the operator has to the patient concerning care/treatment/referrals
      6. List the obligations the patient has to the dentist regarding follow-up/cooperation/finance
      7. Define malpractice
      8. Outline causes for/prevention against malpractice
      9. Define and outline the Iowa Practice Act regarding the governing of dentistry including Dentists, Hygienists and auxiliaries
      10. Define open verses closed practice acts
      11. Define expanded functions
      12. Outline the financial responsibilities of different age groups as well as special situations
      13. Identify legal considerations associated with emergency situations
      14. List the techniques of monitoring dentistry in our state
      15. List the possible actions by a given governing review body brought upon practitioner as punishment for wrong doings
      16. Define the auxiliaries role concerning the legal considerations that are possible in a dental office
    2. Explain risk management
      1. Define risk
      2. Identify dentist/auxiliaries role in risk management
      3. Identify techniques of risk management
      4. Identify positive outcomes concerning risk management
    3. Conduct a job search
      1. Identify employment agencies for the dental profession
      2. Identify job placement services for graduates
      3. Identify the employment ads in the newspaper
      4. Identify the importance of referrals/word of mouth
      5. Identify the information/options provided by the telephone book
      6. Define your qualifications
    4. Secure information about a job
      1. Identify the need for professional telephone technique
      2. Identify the need for proper vocabulary skills and word usage/pronunciation
      3. Identify the need for being clear and precise when securing the needed information
      4. Identify a job opportunity announcement information listing
      5. Identify for excellent writing skills
    5. Identify documents that may be required when applying for a job
      1. Describe/define a resume
      2. Describe/define a letter of application
      3. Identify a program diploma
      4. Identify/define a certificate of certification
      5. Define/identify certificate of radiology registration
    6. Complete a job application
      1. Identify areas on a job application
      2. State the necessity of bringing all information needed
      3. Identify appropriate vs. illegal questions
      4. State the importance of a neat/clear readable form
      5. Identify the need for writing/spelling abilities
    7. Demonstrate acceptable behavior in job interview techniques
      1. Define professionalism
      2. Outline proper interviewing attire
      3. Identify a professional attitude
      4. Describe the importance of asking questions
      5. Identify proper questions from/for interviewer
      6. Define the need for organization
      7. Outline the importance of not smoking, eating, drinking or gum chewing prior to or during the interview
      8. Identify the importance of appropriate closure of the interview
    8. Identify or demonstrate appropriate responses to criticism from employer, supervisor or other persons
      1. Identify constructive criticism
      2. Identify nonconstructive criticism
      3. State the purpose of criticism
      4. Identify the need for constructive criticism for personal learning/growth
    9. Identify acceptable work habits
      1. Identify the importance of promptness
      2. Identify the need for excellent attendance
      3. Define self-motivation and its importance
      4. Identify the importance of organizational skills
      5. Describe the importance of a professional environment
      6. State the importance of the ability to remain pleasant at all times
      7. Identify the need for proper communication habits
      8. Outline the need for a clean, neat and professional appearance as well as habits
      9. Identify the auxiliaries’ role in representing the dental office
      10. State the importance of a helpful/caring attitude
    10. Demonstrate knowledge of how to make job changes appropriately
      1. Identify the appropriate amount of time before giving proper notice
      2. Identify the proper techniques of giving notice to the employer
      3. Define and describe the importance of a constructive exit interview
      4. Identify the most accepted length of time between announcement and departure concerning your job change
      5. State the importance of professionalism/ethics when leaving employment
    11. Identify changes in dental health care and understand how the law affects these changes
      1. Identify the difference between civil and criminal law
      2. Identify the components of a contract
      3. Identify due care
      4. Identify examples of malpractice
      5. Identify examples of torts
      6. Identify fraud and the service that can be given under the Good Samaritan Law
      7. Identify the four areas of the Americans with Disabilities Act
      8. Identify the responsibilities of the dental team in regard to dental records
      9. Define informed consent
      10. Define implied consent
      11. Define the statute of limitations
      12. Define subpoenas
      13. Identify ways to avoid malpractice suits
    12. Identify daily decisions that require judgments regarding legal and ethical principles
      1. Define the Iowa Dental Practice Act and what it covers
      2. Identify who ovrsees the Dental Practice Act andhow licenses for the dental field are obtained
      3. Define expanded functions
      4. identify those duties that are legal in the state of Iowa to delegate to the dental assistant
      5. Identify illegally duties delegated to the dental assistant in the state of Iowa
      6. Define general supervision
      7. Define direct supervision
      8. Define ethics
      9. Identify examples of the American Dental Association and the Amercian Dental Assistants Association principles of ethics
      10. State how dentistry follows ethical principles in regard to advertising, professional fees and charges and professional responsibilities and rights
      11. Define jurisprudence
      12. Define what is licensing and who is licensed in this state
      13. Define certification and who is certified in this state
      14. Identify the need for licensing in radiography in this state
      15. Identify any changes in the Iowa Dental Practice Act and how they are adopted.
    13. Describe how government operates in Iowa
      1. Describe the legislative branch and its duties
      2. Describe the executive branch and its duties
      3. Describe the judicial branch and its duties.
      4. Describe how a bill becomes a law in Iowa
  
  • DEA 321 - Dental Radiography II

    Credits: 2
    Lecture Hours: 1
    Lab Hours: 2
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    A continuation of Dental Radiography I. Weekly seminars for basic interpretation of radiographics and laboratory experience to develop student competence in making oral radiographic surveys.
    Prerequisite: DEA 253 , DEA 256 , DEA 507 , DHY 161  
    Competencies
    1. Recognize commonly found radiolucent/radiopaque landmarks in the maxilla and the mandible
      1. Identify various parts of the maxilla on drawings and on radio­graphs by naming its parts
      2. Discover various surface landmarks on the face by naming the surface land­marks
      3. Identify anatomical landmarks of the mandible by naming them on drawings and on radio­graphs
      4. Identify the structure found on the maxilla and mandibular arch using an unmounted film
    2. Discuss advantages and disadvantages of panoramic radiographics
      1. List the types of patients who require extraoral radiographs
      2. List the parts of the film cassette and the steps in its care
      3. Describe the loading of the film cassette
      4. List and identify the various parts of the Panorex machine
      5. List the steps in the operation of the Panorex machine
    3. Apply the techniques used for the temporomandibular joint exposure
      1. Explain various usages for the temporomandibular joint projection
      2. Position a patient correctly for TMJ exposure
      3. Translate the exposure using proper forms and identification of patient on film and clinical record
    4. Demonstrate knowledge of the use for cephalometric x-rays
      1. List the advantages and disadvantages of cephalometric x-rays
      2. Identify the steps needed for patient positioning
      3. List the parts of the film cassette and the steps in its care
      4. Demonstrate the proper loading of the film cassette
      5. Translate the exposure using proper form and identification of patient on the film and clinical records
    5. Demonstrate an understanding of the infection of the periapical tissue
      1. Discuss normal periapical tissue
      2. Generalize the cause of infection of periapical tissue
    6. Identify common dental anomalies
      1. List common anomalies and the arch in/on which you would find each
      2. State causes and correction of the anomalies
    7. Recognize by viewing a radiograph with dental caries present
      1. Identify caries from restorations/lesions
      2. Label the extent the caries have progressed into tooth structure
    8. Recognize radiographic aspects of periodontal disease
      1. Describe the tissues in the realm of healthiness
      2. Discuss the causes and progression of periodontal disease
      3. State the limits and importance of radiographs for identification of this disease
      4. Outline the therapy/treatment needed for a patient with periodontal disease
    9. List common trauma to the teeth
      1. Name the various fractures to the teeth and foreign objects associat­ed with the injury
      2. Discuss the possibility of using additional radiographs to confirm injury
    10. Explain the responsibility of the dental assistant regarding radiographic technique usage of x-rays
      1. Assess patient needs based on health history
      2. Using good judgment, demonstrate proper film and instrument for the proce­dure
      3. Appraise equipment and radiation dosage accuracy for patient protection
  
  • DEA 424 - Dental Materials Lab

    Credits: 1
    Lecture Hours: 0
    Lab Hours: 2
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    Through laboratory experience, the student learns techniques in preparation and utilization of dental materials.
    Prerequisite: DEA 256  
    Competencies
    1. Produce safe practice in the laboratory.
      1. Perform laboratory housekeeping practices.
      2. Appraise emergency equipment, procedures and assess first aid supplies.
      3. Locate material safety data sheets (M.S.D.S.) for dental products
    2. Formulate infection control practices.
      1. Categorize the infectious, physical, and chemical hazards in a dental office.
      2. Appraise the practice of universal precautions in dentistry.
      3. Prove the types of personal protective equipment (PPE) that must be used for the practice of dentistry in the operatory and laboratory and justify the criteria of selection.
      4. Rank the methods that may be used to prevent cross-contamination during distribution of dental supplies.
      5. Defend the significance of an office exposure control program and protocol for managing exposure to bloodborne pathogens for office personnel and the dental laboratory.
    3. Incorporate use of the instruments of measure.
      1. Predict mass on a gram scale
      2. Assess use of a milliliter graduate and ruler
      3. Prove volume using a cubic centimeter graduate.
    4. Generate care and use of dental equipment in the laboratory.
      1. The whip mix machine
      2. The model trimmer
      3. The dental lab engine
      4. The dental lathes for wet and dry use.
      5. The Sta-Vac machine
      6. The Triad machine
    5. Compare and contrast impression materials and perform the manipulation technique for each product including:
      1. Wax and impression compound
      2. Zinc oxide-eugenol (ZOE)
      3. Agar or reversible hydrocolloid, alginate
      4. Polysulfides, condensation silicones, polyethers and addition silicones
    6. Compare and contrast gypsum materials and perform the manipulation technique producing a variety of gypsum products to include:
      1. Materials: dental plaster, stone, and improved stone
      2. Products: study model, cast and die
    7. Create an alginate impression on a student partner.
      1. Appraise the aspects of patient preparation for alginate impressions including appropriate tray criteria and use of rope wax if needed.
      2. Perform mixing of the alginate, loading, seating and removal of the tray to obtain acceptable alginate impressions.
      3. Critique the impressions to acceptability of laboratory standards.
    8. Generate and trim a study model
      1. Assess the following laboratory procedures: a. use a gypsum product to pour a study model from an impression. b. trim the study model on the model trimmer using appropriate cast cuts for patient consultation and treatment planning
      2. Compare and contrast the two methods of diagnostic cast/study model fabrication.
      3. Critique the completed study model for diagnostic proficiency. 
    9. Formulate the application and manipulation of dental waxes.
      1. Compare and contrast pattern and processing dental waxes.
    10. Formulate the application and manipulation of dental amalgam.
      1. Incorporate acceptable mercury hygiene practices.
      2. Perform by mixing and placing a dental amalgam restoration in a tooth cookie.
    11. Compare and contrast the application and manipulation of dental materials used in removal prostheses, bleaching trays and a variety of oral appliances.
      1. Assess the different oral appliances used in the dental profession.
      2. Interpret the different thermoplastic materials used in the fabrication of oral appliances and critique their properties.
      3. Prove the steps involved in fabricating an oral appliance.
    12. Compare and contrast the application and manipulation of adhesive and direct polymeric restorative materials.
      1. Evaluate the differences of the microanatomy of enamel and dentin regarding etching and bonding.
      2. Prioritize the properties of restorative resins.
      3. Interpret the differences between flowable and condensable composites.
    13. Perform the application of a variety of abrasive polishing materials used in the clinical or laboratory setting.
      1. Compare and contrast the rate of abrasion for clinical and laboratory procedures
    14. Compare and contrast the application and manipulation of a variety of dental cements
      1. Critique the properties of Zinc oxide eugenol, zinc phosphate cement, polycarboxylate cement, glass ionomer cement, calcium hydroxide cement.
      2. Prove the mixing process and setting times for the cements stated above.
    15. Compare and contrast the application and manipulation of a variety of provisional restorations.
      1. Prove the construction and placement of provisional restorations.
      2. Perform the procedure for the construction and placement of provisional restorations.
  
  • DEA 507 - Principles of Dental Assisting

    Credits: 6
    Lecture Hours: 4
    Lab Hours: 4
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    Basic concepts of chairside assisting are covered with emphasis on the role of the team in delivery systems. Terminology, instruments, equipment and basic procedures are covered.
    Prerequisite: DEA 253 , DEA 256 , DEA 424 ; DHY 221  must be taken concurrently or prior to this course
    Competencies
    1. Demonstrate proficiency in understanding and usage of correct dental terminology
      1. Outline the importance of understanding and using proper terminology
      2. Describe how to use a prefix, suffix and root words to determine meaning
      3. Outline how words are formed
      4. Describe how and when to use a dictionary and or reference
    2. Identify the specific responsibilities of each dental health team member.
      1. Name each dental team member
      2. Describe skills necessary for each team member position
      3. Identify educational responsibilities of each team members position
      4. Identify the level of patient contact for each team member position
    3. Identify the specific functions legal for Dental Assistants of Iowa
      1. Define the responsibility of the Iowa State Board of Dental Examiners
      2. Identify the State Practice Act guidelines
    4. Apply the principles of four handed dentistry
      1. Identify the zones of activity for chairside assisting
      2. Outline 2 handed/4 handed transfer
      3. Summarize the principles of body mechanics
      4. Outline operator/assistant/patient proper postural positioning
      5. Identify the classifications of motion
    5. Evacuate and maintain the operating field
      1. List the criteria for suction tip placement
      2. List the criteria for saliva ejector placement
      3. State the primary concerns in proper suction tip placement
      4. List uses of oral evacuators
      5. Identify all types of oral evacuation tips
      6. State the function of the saliva ejector
      7. Recall methods of tissue retraction
      8. Define surgical aspiration vs. conventional
      9. Identify common suction tip grasps
    6. Assemble instruments and assist in general dental procedures
      1. Select correct instruments for tray set-ups to ready for 4-handed dentistry
      2. Outline order of instrumentation for procedures
      3. Select the correct instrument placement on the trays
      4. Identify the correct technique to deliver and retrieve instruments
      5. Define zones of activities
      6. Identify proper patient positioning for areas of operation
      7. State proper suctioning technique/placement
      8. Identify purpose/use of compressed air
      9. State precautions for using compressed air
      10. Describe the advantages of using a mobile cart
      11. Identify lighting criteria
    7. Identify various types and functions of dental operatory equipment
      1. Identify and demonstrate operational parts of a contoured chair
      2. List the requirements for a dental operating chair for the dentist and the assistant
      3. List the criteria for the assistant and operator’s stool
      4. Identify the function and operation of all parts of the unit used in our dental clinic
      5. State the function of oral evacuation/compressed air systems
      6. State the function of the cavitron/Tital ultrasonic
      7. State the function of the prophy jet
      8. State the function of the vitality tester
      9. Define slow speed rotary and pieces and right angles
      10. Identify the different types of rotary instruments and their application
      11. Identify what governs the functions of rotary instruments
      12. Identify the different types/shapes of burs
      13. Recall the numbering system associated with burs
      14. Identify types and uses of all abrasives
      15. Identify types of units involved in sterilization
      16. Identify types/uses of ultrasonic cleaners
      17. Discuss the maintenance program suggested by manufacturer for dental equipment
    8. Identify types and functions of various dental instruments
      1. Define handcutting instruments
      2. Identify the components of handcutting instruments
      3. Identify four types of shank designs
      4. Define the G.V. Black formula
      5. Identify and state the function of all instruments used in an amalgam procedure
      6. Identify and state the function of all instruments used in a composite procedure
      7. Identify and state the function of all instruments used in a crown and bridge procedure
      8. Identify and state the function of all instruments used in a root canal procedure
      9. Identify and state the function of all instruments used in a surgical procedure
      10. Identify and state the function of all other/miscellaneous instruments
    9. Maintain dental operatory equipment and instruments
      1. Define sterilization vs. disinfection
      2. Identify the source of manufacturers guidelines for maintenance
      3. Identify various manufacturer supplied or recommended lubricants for appropriate handpieces/equipment and uses
      4. Outline the need for scheduled maintenance
      5. Identify the correct type of sterilization technique appropriate for instrument/equipment types
    10. Differentiate between aseptic and non-aseptic environments
      1. Define aseptic
      2. Define non-aseptic
      3. Outline measures to be taken to promote an aseptic situation
    11. Perform aseptic handwashing technique
      1. Define a procedural scrub
      2. Prepare yourself for the handwashing technique
      3. Prepare the area for the handwashing technique
      4. Identify technique consistency to completion
      5. Outline “do’s” and “don’t do’s” of handwashing
    12. Describe methods of disinfection and sterilization
      1. State the difference between sterilization and disinfection
      2. Identify all equipment that produces sterilization
      3. Identify the types of chemical solutions available to produce disinfection
      4. Identify which chemical solutions can achieve sterilization per manufacturer’s instructions
    13. Define modes of disease transmission
      1. Define disease transmission
      2. Identify aseptic techniques/environments
      3. Outline barriers to disease transmission
    14. Prepare and maintain accurate patient records
      1. Identify the essential parts of patient records
      2. Outline the need for clear/accurate patient records
      3. Outline the rules for patient record completion for patient and operator/auxiliaries
    15. Seat and dismiss patients
      1. Demonstrate communication principles during seating and dismissing of patient
      2. Demonstrate preparation of the treatment room prior to receiving and after dismissal
      3. Identify proper patient positioning for procedures
      4. Discuss patient/team comfort
      5. Discuss cautions and precautions in seating and patient dismissal
    16. Identify and instruct patients on applicable methods of preventive dentistry
      1. Define preventive dentistry
      2. Define plaque and its formation
      3. Outline considerations in regard to caries and periodontal disease
      4. Identify etiological components of all dental disease
      5. Describe the necessary components of the dental disease formula
      6. Define fluoride and its sources
      7. Define acceptable toothbrushing methods and their appropriate application
      8. Describe the correct dental flossing technique
      9. Describe toothbrush designs and properties and their appropriate applications
      10. Describe the different types of dental floss available and their appropriate applications
      11. Identify disclosing agents and their use
      12. Identify available dentifrices and their appropriate applications
      13. Identify oral devices and their application to promote greater oral health
      14. Identify special needs of patients
      15. Discuss needs/methods of reinforcement and motivation
    17. Prepare and set up for oral prophylaxis and anticariogenic treatments
      1. Define oral prophylaxis
      2. Outline the difference between coronal polish, scaling and root planing
      3. Outline the sequence of procedures for performing a coronal polish
      4. Outline methods to ensure patient/operator safety and comfort
      5. Outline the principles of polishing and the relationship between the method of application of a polishing agent and its effect on tooth structure
      6. Identify instruments/equipment used for an oral prophylaxis
      7. Define topical fluoride and its uses
      8. Define types of fluoride and their application
      9. Identify different modes of fluoride application
      10. Outline the techniques used to ensure patient safety and comfort
      11. Identify equipment used for fluoride applications
    18. Identify the elements of nutrition, basic food groups and acceptable diets
      1. Identify categories of food groups/nutrients
      2. Identify purposes and uses for food
      3. Outline the basic role of nutrition as related to dentistry
      4. Identify the direct/indirect factors which influence food preferences/habits
      5. Outline the information on the R.D.A
      6. Outline food labeling regulations
      7. Identify methods used in assessing a patient’s nutritional status
    19. Apply communication principles of patient management
      1. Identify the concepts that deal with the psychological aspects of the patient
      2. Outline the professional aspects of communication
      3. Outline the personal aspects of communication and role behavior in the dental environment
      4. Define personal space
      5. Identify the role ethnic and sociological backgrounds play in behavior
      6. Identify the factors that can influence social behavior
      7. Identify our basic needs as human beings
    20. Demonstrate the principles of instrument transfer
      1. Identify instruments and their application grasp
      2. Outline the delivery and retrieval of instruments for which grasps are used
      3. Outline the reversal of double ended instruments to be opposite end retransferred
      4. Outline the same-end transfer
      5. Outline the rules that govern instrument transfer
    21. Collect and record patient vital signs
      1. Outline rationale for taking patient history
      2. Outline techniques of gaining medical/dental history
      3. Identify common locations for obtaining a pulse and characteristics to monitor
      4. Identify normal pulse ranges
      5. Outline the physiologic mechanism of arterial blood pressure
      6. Outline the equipment and its function required to monitor a blood pressure
      7. Outline the appropriate steps in taking a blood pressure reading and its recording
      8. Define the normal ranges of a blood pressure and factors which cause variances
      9. Identify characteristics to look for in respiration
      10. Outline steps in evaluating and recording respiration
      11. Define normal range of respiration
      12. Identify the need of a general assessment of the patient
    22. Perform an oral cancer exam for a patient
      1. Identify the tray set up
      2. Outline tissue/skin characteristics which should be assessed and recorded
      3. Outline types of questions asked if deviations from normal are present
      4. Outline the procedural steps for the extra oral exam and the recording of information
      5. Outline the procedural steps for the intra-oral exam and the recording of information
      6. Identify patient management techniques
    23. Demonstrate infection control techniques designed to prevent the spread of transmitted diseases to the care of all patients following OSHA/CDC guidelines
      1. Outline current CDC/OSHA guidelines concerning patient/team protection
      2. Identify information/equipment sources to achieve compliance
      3. Outline dentist/staff responsibilities as specified by OSHA
    24. Identify those who contribute to the dental profession
      1. Identify oral disease indications from the beginning of time
      2. List the names of individuals who had a great impact on the profession of dentistry
      3. Identify the people who promoted education and organized dentistry
      4. Explain what DDS, DMD, CDA and RDH stand for
      5. Identify the eight specialties of dentistry
      6. Describe generally what career skills dental hygienist, dental assistants, and dental laboratory technicians perform
      7. List the education required for and the professional organizations that represent each profession
    25. Identify the areas dental staff members must be trained for a safe workplace
      1. Identify the rationale, regulations, recommendations and training that govern infection control in the dental office
      2. Describe how pathogens travel from person to person in the dental office
      3. Lit the three primary routes of microbial transmission and the associated dental procedures that affect the dental assistant
      4. Demonstrate the principles of infection control, including medical history, hand washing, personal protective equipment, barriers, chemical disinfectants, ultrasonic cleaners, sterilizers, and instrument storage
      5. List various disinfectants and their applications as used in dentistry
      6. Demonstrate the usage of several types of sterilization monitors, such as biological process indicators
      7. Identify and show the proper usage of pre-procedure mouth rinses, high volume evacuation, dental dams and disposable items
      8. Identify and demonstrate the correct protocol for disinfecting, cleaning, and sterilizing prior to seating the patient, as well as at the end of the dental treatment in the dental radiography area, and in the dental laboratory
    26. Identify the Occupational Safety and health Administration regulations, including the hazard communication standard, and their requirements of the employer to provide a safe work environment
      1. Identify the scope of the OSHA Bloodborne/Hazardous Materials Standard
      2. Identify physical equipment and mechanical devices provided to safeguard employees
      3. Demonstrate safe disposal of sharps
      4. Describe MSDS manuals
      5. Demonstrate the use of the colors and numbers used for hazardous chemical identification
      6. Describe employee training required to meet the OSHA standard for hazardous chemicals
  
  • DEA 576 - Dental Assisting Clinic I

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 0
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 12
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    Application of knowledge and skills as students rotate through dental offices, clinics and hospital clinics. General and specialty practices are included in rotations.
    Prerequisite: Current CPR Certification, DEA 253 , DEA 256 , DEA 507 , DEA 424 , DHY 221 , DHY 161  
    Corequisite: DEA 591  
    Competencies
    1. Identify and display acceptable work habits
      1. Identify the importance of promptness
      2. Identify the need for excellent attendance
      3. Define and describe self motivation and its importance
      4. Identify the importance of organizational skills
      5. Describe the importance of a professional environment
      6. State the importance of the ability to remain pleasant at all times
      7. Identify the need for proper communication habits
      8. Outline the need for a clean, neat and professional appearance
      9. Outline the importance of clean and neat habits
      10. State the importance of a helpful/caring attitude
    2. Demonstrate acceptable employee health habits
      1. Identify the need for appropriate sleep habits
      2. Identify the proper treatment/concerns for personal illnesses and identify barriers to transmission
      3. Identify the advantages of proper nutrition
      4. Identify personal habits detrimental to health
      5. Outline the importance of personal safety in the dental office environment
    3. Apply infection control techniques designed to prevent the spread of transmitted diseases to the care of all patients following OSHA/CDC guidelines
      1. Identify and define OSHA/CDC recommended guidelines
      2. Define aseptic technique
      3. Identify proper sterilization techniques
      4. Identify proper disinfecting techniques
      5. Define and describe barriers to transmission
      6. Outline proper attire to be worn during procedures by team members
      7. Outline safety considerations
    4. Demonstrate employability skills
      1. Define/describe the operative skills needed for 4 handed dentistry
      2. Define/describe communication skills, verbal and written, and their importance in dentistry
      3. Describe/define the importance of patient management skills
      4. Define /describe the importance of dental office maintenance skills
      5. Define the importance of organization
      6. Define/describe the importance of problem solving
      7. Describe/define the importance of anticipation of needs
    5. Maintain office environment
      1. Describe the importance of a helpful/caring attitude
      2. Identify the importance of teamwork
      3. Identify the relationship between staff attitude and patient satisfaction and happiness
      4. Identify the importance of office decoration/decor on patient comfort and relaxation
      5. Outline proper housekeeping techniques
    6. Develop an understanding of the basic components of patient care
      1. Define patient care
      2. Define/describe psychological patient care
      3. Define/describe techniques of physical patient care
    7. Demonstrate interaction skills between student, patient and clinical staff
      1. Identify and describe all forms of interaction
      2. Relate the importance of interaction skills to promote positive/clear communication
      3. Relate techniques to handle difficult situations/patients/team members
      4. Define positive interaction techniques
      5. Define negative interaction techniques
      6. Relate the do’s and don’ts of personal interaction
    8. Assist/provide oral health instruction including plaque control and dietary counseling
      1. Identify needs of the patient
      2. State the importance of personalizing oral hygiene instruction
      3. Identify the dietary needs of the patient
      4. Describe how to personalize a nutritional plan for a patient
      5. Explain the advantage of the “show and tell” technique
      6. Explain the importance of the patient demonstrating his/her learned skills for you
      7. State the importance of feedback to check communication success
      8. State the importance of delivering clear and appropriate information and techniques for patient success
      9. Review the dental disease chain, plaque control techniques, dietary considerations for the achievement of oral health
    9. Perform clinical supportive functions
      1. Define support functions
      2. Prepare, seat and dismiss patient
      3. Perform laboratory functions
      4. Prepare instruments/equipment for sterilization/disinfection
      5. Prepare tray set ups
      6. Produce photographs/radiographs
      7. Perform maintenance techniques as needed
      8. Perform rubber cup polish and fluoride application
      9. Perform patient management techniques
      10. Perform patient record filing
      11. Perform chairside functions/techniques to assist with patient care using 4-handed technique
      12. Manipulate materials used in dentistry in a chairside or laboratory setting
      13. Use alginate to take an impression for a study model
    10. Provide diagnostic aids, including radiographs, patient records, vital signs and laboratory functions
      1. Define diagnostic aids and their importance
      2. Perform/develop Bitewing radiographs
      3. Perform/develop a full mouth survey
      4. Perform/develop a panilepse
      5. Reproduce intra oral structures in the form of a study model
      6. Operate an intra oral camera
      7. Take and record respirations
      8. Take and record pulse rate
      9. Take and record Blood pressure
      10. Trim models
    11. Assist at chairside hygiene procedures
      1. Demonstrate successful instrument transfer
      2. Demonstrate maintenance of a clear field
      3. Prepare a tray set up for an oral prophylaxis and fluoride procedure
      4. Record patient data collected at appointment
      5. Assist with patient management
      6. Identify the auxiliaries role in representing the office
    12. Assist with general business office procedures
      1. Perform filing duties
      2. Assist with billing duties
      3. Collect patient records for the following day
      4. Assist with confirming patients
      5. Assist with reception room maintenance
    13. Display professional work attitudes
      1. Identifies the need and seeks additional information and experience
      2. Identifies the need to cooperate with co-workers
      3. Practices time management techniques
      4. Practices enthusiasm and inspires confidence
      5. Demonstrates self control
      6. Identifies the appropriateness of constructive criticism
      7. Seeks/accepts help and guidance
      8. Displays patient management skills
      9. Demonstrates confidence, poise and professionalism
      10. Displays problem solving techniques
    14. Display additional assisting skills
      1. Identifies and considers the safety and comfort of the patient
      2. Displays adaptability
      3. Uses equipment and supplies with care, ingenuity and economy
      4. Identifies signs and symptoms presented by patients and the changes that take place
      5. Reports and records pertinent information
      6. Records vital sign and identifies the importance they hold for the patient and the team
  
  • DEA 577 - Dental Assisting Clinic II

    Credits: 4
    Lecture Hours: 0
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 16
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    Continuation of DEA 576 .
    Corequisite: DEA 297  
    Competencies
    1. Display acceptable health and work habits
      1. Describe OSHA standards for the dental office/lab environment
      2. Identify and demonstrate proper sleep habits
      3. Demonstrate the proper concerns in relation to personal illness and prohibiting transmission
      4. Identify the advantages of proper nutrition
      5. Identify personal habits detrimental to health
      6. Demonstrate punctuality/attendance
      7. Demonstrate dependability
      8. Give a feeling of self-confidence
      9. Demonstrate the ability to work with other people
      10. Demonstrate self-motivation
      11. Demonstrate organizational skills
      12. Demonstrate professionalism
      13. Demonstrate the ability to remain pleasant at all times
      14. Demonstrate proper communication techniques and habits
      15. Demonstrate a helpful/caring attitude
      16. Demonstrate the ability to be an effective “P.R.” person for an office
      17. Demonstrate a clean, neat and professional appearance
      18. Practice clean/neat working habits
    2. Demonstrate employability skills
      1. Demonstrate effective chairside/4 handed dentistry technique
      2. Demonstrate effective verbal/written communication skills
      3. Demonstrate patient management skills
      4. Demonstrate effective/appropriate maintenance techniques for the dental office
      5. Demonstrate organization/self motivation
      6. Demonstrate problem solving skills
      7. Demonstrate the ability to anticipate operator needs
    3. Contribute to the efficiency of the office environment
      1. Demonstrate organization, self-motivation, and problem solving skills
      2. Demonstrate schedule management
      3. Demonstrate flexibility and team spirit
      4. Demonstrate ability to meet unscheduled situations/problems
      5. Demonstrate time management
    4. Participate in all aspects of patient care
      1. Assist in chairside functions
      2. Perform total oral hygiene program
      3. Perform Coronal polish and fluoride
      4. Assist in data collection
      5. Perform laboratory functions
      6. Perform techniques to collect patient information
      7. Perform duties prior to seating patient including health history review
      8. Assist/complete the laboratory prescription
    5. Demonstrate successful communication/interaction skill at chairside and Business office settings
      1. Define successful communication/interaction
      2. Demonstrate patient management appropriate for all personality types at chairside
      3. Demonstrate patient management appropriate for all personality types in the business office
    6. Function as a team member in a general practice/specialty dental office
      1. Demonstrate the ability to work well with others
      2. Demonstrate the willingness to share in responsibilities and workload
      3. Demonstrate the ability to be an asset to the dental team’s effectiveness
      4. Demonstrate the ability/importance of being a pleasant and optimistic team member
    7. Perform all chairside functions according to current concepts of chairside assisting using time management skills
      1. Demonstrate the proper technique of 4-handed dentistry
      2. Perform chairside procedures efficiently and quickly
      3. Demonstrate the ability to anticipate needs of operator and patient
      4. Demonstrate organization abilities
      5. Demonstrate appointment time control where appropriate
    8. Perform legal intra oral functions independently
      1. Identify legally delegated tasks
      2. Identify ability to perform the tasks in a difficult situation
      3. Demonstrate performance of all legally delegated tasks with efficiency and expertise
      4. Demonstrate problem solving and analytical techniques involved in patient care
      5. Demonstrate patient safety techniques
      6. Demonstrate proper aseptic technique to protect patient/operator health
    9. Perform clinical support functions independently
      1. Demonstrate all forms of patient data collection
      2. Operate a total oral hygiene care program
      3. Perform all appropriate functions in the laboratory/business office
      4. Perform total office maintenance duties
    10. Perform general business office procedures
      1. Practice filing and pulling patient records/statements
      2. Practice computer usage appropriate to office procedures
      3. Assist in billing services
      4. Answer phones
      5. Practice scheduling/confirming appointments
      6. Assist in maintaining office/reception room
      7. Assist with mail duties
    11. Perform general laboratory duties
      1. Write laboratory prescriptions
      2. Demonstrate ability to work with stone and plaster
      3. Demonstrate trimming technique
      4. Assist with appliance fabrication /repairs
      5. Perform the fabrication of custom trays
      6. Demonstrate precautions for working with patient appliances
      7. Perform all other laboratory tasks legally delegated to auxiliaries
  
  • DEA 591 - Dental Assisting Seminar

    Credits: 1
    Lecture Hours: 1
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    Discussion and problem-solving from clinical practice. Provides an awareness of types of office situations and discussion of clinical aspects of dental assisting and dentistry. Oral reports and weekly evaluations are required.
    Prerequisite: DEA 253 , DEA 256 , DEA 507 , DEA 424 , DHY 221 , DHY 161 .
    Corequisite: DEA 576  
    Competencies
    1. Identify community resources and services available in Polk County
      1. Identify programs/services for victims of abuse
      2. Identify programs/services for victims of rape
      3. Identify programs/services for victims of discrimination
      4. Identify programs/services available to those in financial need
      5. Identify programs/services available to victims of sexually transmitted diseases including Aids
    2. Demonstrate the ability to give oral health instruction to any given age or special needs group
      1. Define plaque
      2. Discuss the significance of a plaque free oral environment
      3. Discuss the 4 food groups and nutritional needs of each age group
      4. Demonstrate acceptable brushing technique
      5. Demonstrate flossing technique
      6. Discuss use and care of oral hygiene aids
      7. Identify oral health care modifications for handicapped individuals
    3. Identify problem solving techniques
      1. Define the problem to be dealt with
      2. List the steps to a possible appropriate solution
      3. Outline the outcomes of the possible solutions
      4. Select the appropriate response for the correct solution
    4. Demonstrate record keeping abilities
      1. Prepare an accurate tally sheet showing the hours spent in the clinical offices
      2. Prepare a task sheet showing duties performed daily in the clinical office
      3. Produce an organized clinical notebook according to guidelines
    5. Demonstrate the ability to secure information concerning an assignment or clinical site
      1. Identify appropriate resources for the needed information
      2. Demonstrate using a telephone book
      3. Identify information/services provided by the library
      4. Demonstrate successful/appropriate communication technique
    6. Identify appropriate responses to criticism
      1. Define constructive criticism and its value
      2. Define nonconstructive criticism
      3. Describe the importance of self-control
    7. Identify appropriate employee health/work habits
      1. Identify health risks in the dental office
      2. Define OSHA/CDC guidelines governing the employees work environment in the dental environment
      3. Identify the importance of self care
    8. Identify appropriate work behaviors
      1. Identify the importance of promptness
      2. State the importance of reliability
      3. State the importance of being organized
      4. Define self-motivation and its importance in the dental office
      5. Identify the importance of a professional appearance
    9. Identify public relation needs of a work site
      1. State the importance of patient/staff communication
      2. Identify professionalism in telephone communication
      3. Identify the importance of successful patient management
    10. Identify office environment needs
      1. State the importance of staff communication
      2. Identify the need for staff/dentist communication
      3. Outline the importance of creating a pleasant environment and how to achieve this
      4. State the importance of visuals for patient relaxation
    11. Identify the assistant’s role in the management of the dental patients of all ages
      1. Identify common behavior characteristics of patient of various ages
      2. Identify the importance of meeting the needs of patients through communication techniques
      3. Identify the importance of listening to the dental patient
      4. Identify behavior management techniques in the dental office setting
      5. Identify the signs of child and elder abuse and the procedure for reporting suspected abuse
    12. Identify the importance of professionalism in the role of the dental assistant.
      1. Identify the ethical behavior of the dental assistant to the patient and patient care
      2. Identify the ethical behavior of the dental assistant to the dental team members
      3. Identify ethical behavior of the dental assistant to the Dentist
      4. Identify the rights of dental patients to confidentiality and how to protect these rights
  
  • DEA 615 - Clinical Dental Assisting

    Credits: 5
    Lecture Hours: 3
    Lab Hours: 4
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    A continuation of Principals of Dental Assisting (DEA 507 ) with emphasis on operative dentistry, dental specialties and advanced functions. The laboratory phase develops students’ competencies in clinical assisting.
    Prerequisite: DEA 253 , DEA 256 , DEA 507 , DEA 424 , DHY 221 , DHY 161  
    Competencies
    1. Identify dental specialty areas
      1. Identify special needs patients and how dentistry meets these needs
      2. Identify and describe the specialty area of removable prosthodontics
      3. Identify and describe the specialty area of fixed prosthodontics
      4. Identify and describe the specialty of Orthodontics
      5. Identify and describe the specialty of Periodontics
      6. Identify and describe the specialty area of Oral Surgery
      7. Identify and describe the specialty of Endodontics
      8. Identify and describe the area of general dentistry
      9. Identify instrument and their uses within each specialty area
      10. Identify tray set ups for specific procedures within each specialty area
      11. Demonstrate try set ups for amalgam and composite procedures
      12. Describe patient care involved within each specialty area
    2. Perform dental assisting duties in general/specialty practices that are permitted by the Iowa Dental Practice Act
      1. Identify the Iowa State Practice Act
      2. Outline the duties that can be legally delegated to auxiliaries
      3. Identify duties exclusive to the dentist
      4. State and demonstrate your responsibility in patient protection
    3. Identify the Dental Assistants Role in Pain and Anxiety Control in Dentistry
      1. Define dental anxiety, fear, stress and identify the causes
      2. List the clinical signs of anxiety
      3. Describe the categories of anxious patients
      4. Outline non-pharmacological approaches to reducing dental anxiety
      5. Identify 5 forms of anesthesia used in dentistry and describe when each would be used
      6. Recognize and describe the specific agents used in inhalation, intravenous, and combined anesthetic techniques
      7. Identify the consequences of failing to seek dental care due to anxiety
      8. Implement and or assist with appropriate procedures for the management of dental emergencies
    4. Identify properties, side effects, indications and contraindications of anesthetics
      1. Identify criteria for local anesthetics
      2. Identify the anatomy/physiology of sensory nerves and nerve fibers and the effects of local anesthesia
      3. List the stimuli that will initiate nerve impulses
      4. Identify the capabilities of topical and local anesthetics
      5. Outline the effects of local anesthetia on the pain threshold of a patient
      6. Explain the chemical composition of local anesthesia and the effect of each on the human body
      7. Identify the different types of topical and local anesthetics and their appropriate applications
      8. Demonstrate proper tray set up for delivery of topical and local anesthetic
      9. Identify anatomical sites and demonstrate proper topical anesthetic application
      10. Identify four types of local injections
      11. Identify parts of the a local anesthetic carpule/cartridge, needle and syringe
      12. Demonstrate the procedure for assembly and disassembly of the anesthetic syringe
      13. Demonstrate the technique for syringe transfer
      14. Explain/demonstrate the accepted safety guidelines regarding the use of sharps
      15. Describe the procedures for monitoring the patient during anesthetic injections
    5. Identify properties, side effects, indications and contraindications of nitrous oxide
      1. Outline the history of analgesias (nitrous oxide).
      2. List characteristics of analgesics
      3. Define the difference between analgesia and general anesthesia
      4. Identify the percentage of oxygen used with analgesia
      5. Identify the dos and don’ts of an analgesia
      6. Identify the various levels of analgesia
      7. List the symptoms of improper proportions
      8. List several procedures when an analgesia can be used
      9. State the recovery time necessary
      10. Outline the dentist/auxiliary’s responsibility concerning patient safety
    6. Identify the properties of tooth preparation to receive a restoration
      1. List the objectives in regard to restoring teeth
      2. State the importance of early caries detection
      3. Define “extension for prevention”
      4. List reasons for regaining proper contact areas
      5. List factors that influence cavity design
      6. Describe the appearance of a cavity prep
      7. List the differences in cavity preps for amalgams and inlays
      8. List principles of all proximal cavity preps
      9. Outline steps in cavity preparation
      10. Identify what dictates cavity preparation
      11. Define retention form and convenience form
      12. Demonstrate the assistant’s role in a cavity preparation procedure
    7. Identify the assistant’s role in restorative procedures
      1. Identify the importance of replacing missing teeth
      2. List the areas usually susceptible to caries
      3. Define cavity classifications
      4. Identify areas of smooth surface caries
      5. Outline reasons for facial cavity preps
      6. State the purpose of cleaning the cavity prep and how accomplished
      7. List items necessary to an accurate diagnosis and treatment plan
      8. List the required armamentarium for each general dentistry restoration procedure
      9. Outline and demonstrate the care/preparation for use of all restorative equipment
      10. Demonstrate proper application of matrix bands
      11. Demonstrate proper application of rubber dam and identify its uses
      12. Demonstrate proper instrument transfer technique and identify zones and variables in transfers
      13. Demonstrate proper evacuation technique and variables in use
      14. Demonstrate proper lighting technique
      15. Demonstrate proper mixing technique of materials used in different restorative procedures
      16. Identify auxiliaries role in patient management
      17. Define high-speed rotary hand pieces and all attachments and burs
      18. Identify the different types of rotary instruments and their application
      19. Identify what governs the functions of rotary instruments
      20. Identify the different types/shapes of burs
      21. Recall the numbering system associates with burs
      22. Identify types and uses of all abrasives
      23. Identify the dental assistants role in operative dental procedures
      24. Demonstrate patient pre and post operative treatment instructions for the restorative procedures as prescribed by a dentist, and differentiate and vary instructions based on the restorative procedure
      25. Demonstrate the dental assistant’s role in amalgam and composite operative procedures
    8. Identify the assistant’s role in pedodontic procedures and patient management
      1. List the objectives of Pedodontics
      2. State factors that influence child behavior
      3. List factors that help establish respect and cooperation
      4. Describe management techniques for special patients
      5. Describe management techniques for each child age group
      6. Describe the operative techniques for the child patient that differ from those of the adult patient
      7. Differentiate between the endodontic techniques for the child patient verses the adult patient
      8. Describe the preventive techniques for the child patient that differs from the adult
      9. State the factors of concern of the child oral surgery patient from the adult patient
      10. Describe the difference in radiographic technique of the child patient verses the adult
      11. Identify pedodontic appliances used and their purpose
      12. Outline technique of bite guard fabrication
      13. Identify and state the use of all equipment/instruments/accessories and their     maintenance
      14. Demonstrate patient pre and post operative treatment instructions for the     pedodontic patient as prescribed by a dentist, and differentiate and vary instructions based on the pedodontic procedure
    9. Identify objectives, procedures, indications, contraindications and the assistants’ role in removable prosthodontics
      1. Define all terminology used in the specialty of removable prosthodontics
      2. Identify the divisions of prosthodontics
      3. List essentials for a complete diagnosis
      4. List the types of oral mucosa
      5. Outline degenerative changes that occur from improper replacements
      6. List the visual findings that are important in denture/partial denture construction
      7. Identify the purpose of study models
      8. List factors that are important for tooth selection
      9. Describe border molding
      10. Identify materials and their uses
      11. Outline the use of base plates/wax rims
      12. List the important landmarks used in transferring information to the articulator
      13. Identify the face bow
      14. Define the try-in appointment
      15. List problems the denture/partial denture patient may have after delivery
      16. Define advantages/disadvantages of immediate dentures
      17. List the information to be discussed with the patient concerning the appliance
      18. Identify all other equipment/instruments/accessories used and their maintenance
      19. Identify the techniques for denture/partial denture repair
      20. Instruct the patient how to care for removable prosthetic appliances as prescribed by a dentist
    10. Identify objectives, procedures, indications, contraindications and the assistants’ role in fixed prosthodontics
      1. Define all terminology used in this specialty
      2. List the indications/contraindications for a fixed prosthesis
      3. Identify the components of the diagnosis and the case presentation
      4. Identify the requirements/purpose of a fixed bridge
      5. List the different types of finishing lines used on a crown prep
      6. Identify the types of materials used and their application
      7. State the rationale for decay/old restoration removal
      8. Identify approaches to gain retention
      9. Define occlusal registration
      10. Identify and explain a hygienic pontic
      11. Identify and explain a cosmetic pontic
      12. List types of temporary coverage and identify their application
      13. Identify the procedure for temporary construction and cementation
      14. Identify the procedures for constructing a custom tray and its purpose
      15. Identify all equipment/materials/accessories used during procedures and their     maintenance
      16. Demonstrate patient pre and post operative treatment instructions for the     prosthodontic patient and differentiate and vary instructions based on the type of     prosthodontic procedure
      17. Instruct the patient how to care for fixed prosthetic appliances as prescribed by a dentist
    11. Identify considerations, objectives, procedures, indications, contraindications and the assistants’ role in orthodontics
      1. Define all terminology used in orthodontics
      2. Identify all instruments/equipment/accessories used in orthodontic procedures chairside/laboratory and their maintenance
      3. List variables to be considered prior to ortho treatment
      4. Identify categories of orthodontic treatment
      5. Identify special oral hygiene needs of the ortho patient as well as the education needed for appliances
      6. List categories of orthodontic appliances and their proper application
      7. Describe the principal of tooth movement and anchorage
      8. Define cephalometry and its purpose
      9. Outline the components of a records appointment
      10. Identify records management in orthodontics
      11. Identify and outline the procedure for fabrication of an orthodontic retainer
      12. Identify and state the purpose of a space maintainer
      13. Identify dental assistants role in orthodontic procedures in accordance with the Dental Practice Act
      14. Demonstrate patient pre and post operative treatment instructions for the orthodontic patient as prescribed by a dentist, and differentiate and vary instructions based on the phase of treatment
    12. State considerations, objectives, procedures, indications, contraindications and the assistant’s role in periodontics
      1. Define all terminology used in periodontics
      2. Identify all instruments/equipment used, their care maintenance and their appropriate application
      3. Identify variables that must be considered before beginning periodontic therapy
      4. Identify the types of tissues of the periodontium
      5. Define the principal cause of periodontal disease
      6. List the characteristics of periodontosis and periodontitis
      7. Identify the tissue involving conditions and identify their treatment
      8. Identify malignant tumors of the gingiva
      9. Identify the zones of pocket involvement
      10. State the purpose of scaling, root planning and curettage
      11. Identify and state the proper application of periodontal materials
      12. Outline the procedure for periodontal dressing placement/removal
      13. Outline the necessary information included in post operative instructions
      14. Outline and identify the special oral hygiene needs of the periodontal patient
      15. State the importance of periodontal therapy and how it relates to other specialties
      16. Demonstrate patient pre and post operative treatment instructions for the periodontic patient as prescribed by a dentist, and differentiate and vary instructions based on the type of periodontic procedure
    13. Describe considerations, objectives, procedures, indications, contraindications and the assistants’ role in oral surgery
      1. Define all terminology used in this specialty
      2. Identify all instruments/equipment/accessories used, their application and their care and maintenance
      3. Identify the variables/conditions that need to be considered before performing a surgical procedure
      4. Identify all surgical procedures and their intended outcomes
      5. Describe patient preparation prior to an oral surgery procedure
      6. State the purpose of sedation and its indication
      7. List methods of administering general anesthesia
      8. Identify the importance of patient monitoring and the techniques used
      9. List categories of pre-operative and post-operative medication
      10. List the requirements of the treatment area prior to admitting the oral surgery patient
      11. Describe the auxiliaries role in hospital dentistry
      12. Demonstrate the surgical scrub
      13. Demonstrate the procedure for gowning/gloving
      14. Define a sterile wrap and sterile technique and demonstrate
      15. State the purpose of exfoliative cytologic exam
      16. List the steps involved in a cytological smear
      17. List classifications of normal/abnormal tissues
      18. Identify methods of biopsy performance
      19. Identify post-surgical complications and their treatment
      20. Demonstrate suture removal techniques in laboratory situation
      21. Demonstrate patient pre and post operative treatment instructions for the oral surgey patient as prescribed by a dentist, and differentiate and vary instructions based on the type of surgical procedure and state their importance
    14. Identify considerations, objectives, procedures, indications, contraindications and the assistants’ role in endodontics
      1. Define all terminology used in endodontics
      2. Identify all instruments/equipment/accessories used, their application and their maintenance
      3. Identify the variables/conditions that need to be considered before performing a surgical procedure
      4. Define objective and subjective symptoms
      5. List the classifications of pain
      6. Identify and discuss regional pain
      7. Identify clinical symptoms possible for endodontic involvement
      8. Identify normal pulp tissue and periodontium
      9. Describe the specialized diagnostic tests/procedures used in an endodontic evaluation
      10. List methods and medicaments used to disinfect the root canal
      11. State functions/types of irrigating solutions
      12. List the groups of intracanal dressings
      13. Identify the role of antibiotics
      14. Identify locations of entry
      15. Identify conditions that indicate root canal failure
      16. Identify and discuss radiographic technique for endodontic procedures
      17. Outline the procedure for pulp vitality testing
      18. Demonstrate patient pre and post operative treatment instructions for the endodontic patient as prescribed by a dentist, and differentiate and vary instructions based on procedure
    15. Display proper amalgam polish technique
      1. Outline all armamentarian/equipment needed
      2. Define purpose/use/maintenance of all instruments/equipment/burs/stones and other accessories to amalgam polishing
      3. Outline/define the purpose of amalgam polishing
      4. Outline the advantages of amalgam polishing
      5. State the recommended time between placement and polish appointments
      6. Outline the steps of amalgam polishing
      7. List the dos/don’ts of amalgam polishing
      8. Outline the importance of occlusion
  
  • DEA 702 - Dental Office Procedures

    Credits: 2
    Lecture Hours: 2
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    Covers the business aspects of the dental office: patient relations, appointment book management, financial records, telephone communications, credits and collections, dental insurance, tax records, supply and inventory systems.
    Prerequisite: 35 WPM keyboard skills and computer literacy
    Competencies
    1. Understand the role of a business office assistant in a dental setting.
      1. Understand the function and responsibilities of a business office assistant.
      2. Identify personal characteristics of a business office assistant.
      3. Discuss the concept of professionalisms as related to a business office assistant.
      4. Understand the legal responsibilities and ethics of a business office assistant.
      5. Understand the role/expectations of the business office assistant as it relates to other team members and patients.
    2. Understand the importance of oral communication within a dental office.
      1. Identify techniques used for effective oral communication.
      2. Understand and explain common barriers to communication with patients and team members.
      3. Explain the differences between verbal and non-verbal communication.
      4. Understand and explain basic rules of telephone etiquette and taking proper messages.
      5. Discuss barriers to effective telephone communication with patients.
    3. Demonstrate knowledge of basic written communication skills.
      1. Identify the characteristics of effective sentences and recognize common sentence errors.
      2. Demonstrate correct punctuation, spelling, numbers and grammar in written work.
      3. Incorporate dental and/or lay terminology when appropriate in written work.
    4. Demonstrate ability to write effective professional correspondence used in dental offices.
      1. Identify the basic rules/format of writing a business letter.
      2. Discuss methods, format and use of written communication within a dental office, between providers and with patients.
      3. Demonstrate the ability to write effective, professional correspondence.
    5. Demonstrates knowledge about patient development and maintenance systems.
      1. Explains purpose of continuing care/recall systems.
      2. Explain the strategies of common continuing care/recall programs.
      3. Describe different patient reminder methods.
      4. Demonstrate ability to properly address continuing care/recall card confirmation postcard.
      5. Demonstrate activation of continuing care system and make future appointment using Dentrix. (Comp 20)
      6. Understand the role and types of marketing used by dental practices.
    6. Demonstrates knowledge of appointment management.
      1. Discuss the role of the Business Office Assistant in appointment scheduling.
      2. Explain basic scheduling concepts and the information required when making a patient appointment.
      3. Understand common abbreviations used on the daily schedule and explain why they are used.
      4. Identify different types of patient appointments such as new, continuing care, returning and emergency and required considerations for each.
      5. Describe scheduling considerations for meeting patient needs and team preferences.
      6. Demonstrate ability to schedule patient appointments manually and using Dentrix. (Comp 20)
    7. Understand the dynamics of staff management within a dental office.
      1. Explain purpose and describe contents of an office policy and procedure manual.
      2. Understand the importance of team communication and common office strategies used.
      3. Understand the purpose of job descriptions.
      4. Describe common employee training, development, reviews and guidelines for employment.
      5. Discuss employee compensation in dental offices.
      6. Discuss concepts and types of payroll systems.
      7. Explain the purpose of payroll records, deduction and required forms.
    8. Understand patient records.
      1. Discuss common filing systems and steps required to ensure accurate filing.
      2. Understand the basic parts of a patient record and their purpose.
      3. Explain what active and inactive patient charts are and how they are stored in the dental office.
      4. Describe the process used for transferring patient information.
    9. Understand inventory control systems used within a dental office.
      1. Understand the differences between types of supplies.
      2. Discuss factors to be considered when ordering supplies.
      3. Explain purpose, difference and information included on an invoice and statement.
      4. Describe common inventory systems.
      5. Demonstrate ability to accurately complete an order form.
      6. Understand the role of overhead in the profitability of a practice.
      7. Discuss the importance of and strategies for controlling expenses in the dental office
    10. Understand basic concepts of dental insurance.
      1. Understand common dental insurance terminology.
      2. Discuss different types of dental insurance plans.
      3. Explain ADA code on Dental Procedures and Nomenclature.
      4. Demonstrates knowledge by preparing claim forms manually and using Dentrix. (Comp 20)
    11. Understand accounts receivable in a dental office.
      1. Understand key terms associated with accounts receivable.
      2. Understand common types of accounts receivable in a dental office.
      3. Explain basic concepts of bookkeeping such as charges, posting, adjustments, credits, balances.
      4. Understand common systems of statement production.
      5. Discuss common financial policy options in dentistry.
      6. Discuss common methods of collecting money owed to the dental office.
      7. Demonstrate creation of patient statement in Dentrix. (Comp 20)
      8. Demonstrate how to post patient payment to ledger in Dentrix. (Comp 20)
    12. Understand accounts payable in a dental office.
      1. Understand key terms associated with accounts payable.
      2. Describe categories of office expenses and types of accounts payable.
      3. Explain various forms of payment used in the dental office.
      4. Familiar with parts and types of a check.
    13. Understand employment strategies used in dentistry.
      1. Understands types of job opportunities available in the field of dentistry.
      2. Determine the best position based on personal preferences, strengths and weaknesses.
      3. Understand the dynamics of the process and documents required for applying for a job in the dental field.
    14. Demonstrate proficiency with Dentrix Dental Software.
      1. Develop appointment book matrix and schedule appointments using appointment management techniques.
      2. Demonstrate how to create new family files.
      3. Demonstrate ability to enter and/or change patient information.
      4. Demonstrate ability to enter primary and/or secondary insurance information.
      5. Demonstrate ability to chart patient’s previous dentistry, existing condition and treatment needs.
      6. Demonstrate scheduling patient appointments based on reatment needs.
      7. Demonstrate completing appointments and posting charges.
      8. Demonstrate creation of insurance claim form.
      9. Demonstrate how to process patient Explanation of Benefits (EOB).
      10. Demonstrate creation of patient statement.
      11. Demonstrate how to post patient payment to ledger.
      12. Demonstrate activation of continuing care system and make future appointment.
      13. Demonstrates proper use of medical alerts.
      14. Demonstrate tracking of referrals to and from the dental office.

Dental Hygiene

  
  • DHY 114 - Dent Hyg Anatomical Science

    Credits: 4
    Lecture Hours: 4
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    Dental anatomy supplemented by lectures, quizzes, exams and discussions on the development, morphology and functions of the teeth, as well as principles of dental charting. Anatomy and physiology of the head and neck including mastication.
    Prerequisite: BIO 164  
    Competencies
    1. Compare the dentitions of humans including any anatomical structures
      1. Identify either deciduous or permanent teeth by their proper name, when given a diagram or description of their function, arch posi­tion, or alternative name
      2. Identify the type and number of deciduous or permanent teeth per quadrant, arch, and in total
      3. Identify the type and number of teeth which are anterior or posteri­or
      4. Name the three major functions of the human dentition, or select the correct response from a series of choices which relate to these functions or their applications
      5. Select the correct response from a series of choices which describe the steps involved in the evolution of the human dental mechanism, or how these steps relate to form and function
    2. Describe the dentition using correct terminology and definitions
      1. Provide the proper definition, or select the correct definition or description from a list, for any structure presented in the sections covering general anatomy and anatomical structures
      2. Recall a knowledge of dental formulae by supplying, or selecting from a list, the correct information regarding a given dental formu­la
      3. Provide, or select from a list, the correct definition, or application thereof, for any of the dentition classifications studied
      4. Differentiate among the following terms by correctly defining, or by selecting the proper response from a series of definitions or their applications
    3. Demonstrate knowledge of the dental numbering systems presented
    4. Indicate the normal eruption sequence for each of the teeth in the decidu­ous and permanent dentitions
      1. Define, or correctly identify from a list, the three periods of man’s dentition, as well as identify the approximate time intervals of their existence, and normal initiation and termination events
      2. Define the term “succedaneous.”
      3. Select from a list the tooth or teeth which are succedaneous
    5. Demonstrate a knowledge of the morphology of each surface of the crown as well as the root of each of the teeth in the deciduous and permanent dentitions
      1. Identify, or select from a list, the proper name for tooth surfaces, or thirds of tooth surfaces
      2. Name line or point angles
      3. Provide an understanding of lobes by correctly selecting from a series of choices, or identifying from a two-dimensional diagram, the number and names of the lobes of the anterior and posterior teeth, the major portions of each tooth which compose lobes,
      4. Differentiate between the general axial positions of any of the various perma­nent teeth, by selecting the correct response from a series of descrip­tions or diagrams
      5. Differentiate between the crown surfaces of teeth by matching them with their correct general shape (triangular, trapezoidal, or rhom­boidal), or by relating the shape to the specific function of the tooth
      6. Differentiate between contact areas by providing, or selecting from a series of choices the correct information which relates to the
      7. Describe the compo­nents, boundaries, or functions of the interprox­imal space
      8. Describe embrasures by providing, or selecting from a series of choices the correct
      9. Describe the correct information regarding the proper location of the height of contour on the facial and lingual surfaces of the teeth, and its major contribu­tion to gingival health
      10. Differentiate between the levels, depths, and directions of curvature of the cervical lines on all surfaces of both anterior and posterior teeth, by describ­ing them, or by choosing the correct response from a series of choices
      11. Describe the proper location and form of marginal ridges and facial line angles, and their relationship to embrasure form
      12. Identify the normal location of central grooves and occlusal anato­my of posterior teeth
      13. Identify the type of root structure neces­sary for proper function of the different teeth, and the general rules regarding tooth roots and normal number of branches
      14. Demonstrate a knowledge of the protective functional form of the teeth, by correctly labeling, or choosing between diagrams which illustrate proper and improper form, or by matching specific tooth form with its complementary physiologic activity
    6. Make comparisons among the general characteristics of the teeth in the deciduous and permanent dentitions
      1. Demonstrate a knowledge of the morphology of each surface of the crown and root of all deciduous teeth by
      2. Make comparisons between specific deciduous teeth and their permanent counterparts, where appropriate, by describing the differences, or selecting the correct information from a list
      3. Determine from a diagram or description which deciduous tooth is being described, or illustrated
      4. Provide the correct universal number or Palmer notation for a given diagram or description of any deciduous tooth
    7. List the functions of the pulp
    8. Demonstrate a knowledge of the normal pulpal anatomy and morphology of all the teeth in the deciduous and permanent dentition
      1. Define any of the anatomical terms relating to the pulp, or select the correct definition, or application thereof, from a list, when given the term or a description or application of a term
      2. Describe the changes which occur in the pulp and pulp cavity due to develop­ment, aging, or pathology
      3. Differentiate between the various pulp sections by describing or selecting the correct response from a list regarding their feasibility by x-ray, or any of their advantages or disadvantages
      4. Identify from a diagram or written description of any of the com­mon sections of the pulp cavity, which permanent tooth is being described or diagrammed
      5. Demonstrate a knowledge of the commonly observed differences from normal pulpal morphology for any of the individual perma­nent teeth
      6. Demonstrate a knowledge of the anatomy and components of a normal maxil­lary molar triangle
    9. List the purposes for dental charting
    10. Explain which materials are considered parts of the permanent record
      1. Identify the components of the personal patient information sec­tion
      2. Relate appropriate recordings in the treatment rendered section
      3. Describe the charting area of the patient record.
    11. Record the services rendered accurately and completely
    12. Differentiate between anatomic and geometric tooth diagrams and correct­ly identify tooth surfaces on each diagram
    13. Explain techniques for caries detection
      1. Define dental caries
      2. Name the type of microorganism that is primarily responsible in the forma­tion of dental caries
      3. Outline the process of dental caries
      4. Recognize the terminology used to describe carious lesions
      5. Describe the five classifications of dental caries
      6. Describe the clinical characteristics of dental caries during
    14. Use a sequence or set routine to accomplish complete and accurate chart­ing of signifi­cant alterations in the dentition
    15. Recall applicable definitions from general anatomy
    16. Identify the cervical vertebral column and its features
    17. Summarize the bones that compose the skull, their characteristic fea­tures and the related structures these bones form
      1. Define the following terms
      2. Distinguish between the paired and single bones
      3. Identify the following bones of the face, their characteristic fea­tures, and the related structures these bones form
      4. Identify the following bones of the cranium, their characteristic features, and the related structures these bones form
      5. Identify the following fossae
      6. Identify the hyoid bone and state its location
      7. Identify the following paranasal sinuses and state which meatus each drains into
      8. Locate the nasocrimal duct
      9. Name the sinus which is the most clinically significant to the dental profes­sion
      10. Identify the major sutures of the skull
      11. Recognize the boney anatomical features that may be visible on a panoramic radiograph
    18. Describe the function, characteristics of, and identify anatomical structures of the face, lips, oral cavity, oral vestibule, pharynx, hard and soft palate, sublingual area, tongue and gingiva
    19. Explain the origin, insertion and action of each of the muscles of mastica­tion, suprahy­oid and infrahyoid muscles, and the muscles of the face, lips, tongue, and pharynx
      1. Differentiate between the intrinsic and extrinsic muscles of the tongue
      2. Identify the related features of the pharynx
    20. Summarize the components of the temperomandibular joint using correct definitions and terms
      1. List the three main classes of joints
      2. Discuss the TMJ’s classification as a compound ginglymodiarthro-dial joint
      3. Describe the three bony components of the TMJ
      4. Identify the following structures on a diagram
    21. Explain how the TMJ structures interrelate with each other during move­ments of the mandible
      1. Describe the design or shape of the structures listed above in relation to the anatomical structures which surround them and their function in movement
      2. Relate the role that muscles of the head and neck play in specific mandibular movements
      3. Name the neutral mandibular positions
      4. Recognize five clinical conditions which may cause pain in the TMJ
    22. Discuss TMJ dysfunction and treatment
      1. Define crepitus
      2. Define dislocation
      3. Describe the reduction of a TMJ dislocation
      4. Recognize the terms
    23. Interpret the anatomic features of the salivary gland, the properties and functions of saliva and the stimuli which activate salivary flow
      1. Identify features of the following salivary glands
      2. Describe the role the following play in the histophysiology of salivary glands
      3. Recall the clinical symptoms and cause of the following
    24. Analyze the phases of deglutition
      1. Define tongue thrust
      2. List the clinical symptoms and treatments of tongue thrust
    25. Summarize the major classification of nerves
      1. State the function of the autonomic nervous system
      2. List two divisions of the autonomic nervous system
    26. Recall the branches, major functions, classification and characteristics of the twelve cranial nerves
      1. State the major functions, classification, and characteristics of all branches of Cranial Nerve V (Trigiminal) and Cranial Nerve VII (Facial)
      2. Identify the trigeminal and facial nerves and their branches on a diagram
      3. Indicate the area that each of the follow­ing nerves innervates
    27. Trace the path of blood flow from the heart to the common carotid arteries and their branches
      1. Identify the anatomical location of the two principle arteries that supply the head and neck
      2. Identify the branches of the internal and external common carotid arteries and their corresponding branches in regard to
    28. Identify the anatomic location the veins of the head and neck
      1. Describe the mode of action for venous return in the head and neck
      2. State the significance of the internal jugular vein in regard to the venous return from the head
      3. List the venous sinuses
    29. Identify on a diagram the anatomic location of the lymph node chains of the head and neck
    30. Discuss the role of the lymphatic system and its components
      1. Define lymphadentitis
      2. Differentiate between the two main sets of lymph systems
      3. Describe the terminal drainage point of the lymphatic system
      4. Name the two lymph node chains most often involved in dental infections
      5. List six clinical conditions which may cause swelling of the lymph nodes
  
  • DHY 121 - Oral Histology & Embryology

    Credits: 2
    Lecture Hours: 2
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    General and oral histology beginning with a consideration of cytology and followed by a study of the fundamentals of oral embryology and the normal microscopic anatomy of oral tissues.
    Prerequisite: BIO 164  
    Competencies
    1. Compare the three stages of tooth development, histological­ly
      1. Describe the stages of tooth development both morphologically and physiologically
      2. Describe the three components of the cap stage and the embryolog­ic tissue they come from.
      3. Describe the structures each of component of the tooth germ and what will produce
      4. Describe the cell shape and function of each cell layer in the Bell stage of development
      5. Explain the role of the inner enamel epithelium during the forma­tion process of enamel and dentin
      6. Compare the mineralization process of enamel, dentin and cemen­tum
      7. Describe the formation and function of the reduced dental epitheli­um and the structures it produces
      8. Describe root development incorporating the role of each of the following
    2. Contrast the histological development and composition of enamel with that of dentin and cementum
      1. Describe the six stages in the life cycle of the ameloblast
      2. Explain the importance of dentin to enamel formation
      3. Describe the three relationships which occur at the CEJ between enamel and cementum including incidence
      4. Describe the orientation of enamel rods, their crystalline arrange­ment, and how their width differs from start to finish
      5. Describe the two stages of enamel mineralization
      6. Describe the structural features of enamel and their causes
      7. Explain how fluoride and acid etching work
      8. Explain the cause of enamel solubility
      9. List the major inorganic constituents of enamel and their percentag­es
    3. Compare the histological development and composition of dentin with enamel and cementum
      1. Describe dentinogenesis from the late Bell Stage to eruption includ­ing the following
      2. Define the following types of dentin: primary, secondary, repara­tive, and sclerotic
      3. Statepercentages of organic vs. inorganic components of dentin
      4. Describe the makeup of the organic matrix
      5. Explain the three theories of dentin hypersensitivity
    4. Contrast the histological development and composition of cementum with that of enamel and dentin
      1. Describe cementogenesis including the roles of Hertwig’s epithelial root sheath, cementoblasts, cementoid & resting lines
      2. State whether or not cementum can be deposited throughout life
      3. Define and describe cementum including its composition and function
      4. Compare cementum to enamel, dentin and bone in inorganic con­tent, vascularity, remodeling capacity and resistance to resorption
      5. Compare cellular and acellular cementum in regard to location and structural makeup
      6. Describe the histologic structure of cementum, including lamellae, cementocyte processes, canaliculi and lacunae
      7. State the importance of Sharpey’s fibers to cementum and the PDL
      8. Define cementicles and hypercementosis
    5. Differentiate between the cellular and fibrous components of the pulp and periodontal ligament
      1. Define periodontium
      2. List and define the four fiber groups found in the lamina propria of the attached gingiva
      3. Describe the formation of the periodontal ligament
      4. List the cell types found in the PDL and the pulp and their func­tions
      5. Describe the five groups of principal fibers found in the PDL
      6. List and define four functions of the PDL and the pulp
      7. State the significance of ground substance in the PDL
      8. Describe the blood and nerve supply to the PDL and the pulp
      9. List the four zones of the pulp
      10. State the purpose of undifferentiated mesenchymal cells in the pulp
      11. Describe the extracellular components of the PDL and the pulp, and state their functions
      12. State the significance of alterations in fluid pressure within the pulp during dental procedures
      13. Apply knowledge of histology to the following procedures
    6. Analyze the changes that occur within pulp, enamel, dentin, and the periodontal ligament during aging
      1. Describe the three classifications of pulp stones and explain their significance
      2. Describe four changes that occur within the pulp with increasing age
      3. Explain how bacteria can enter a tooth and its effect upon the pulp
      4. Discuss the significance of devitalization upon a tooth’s function
    7. Demonstrate knowledge of cellular histology
      1. Describe the components of the cell, the cell membrane, cytoplasm, organelles, and inclusions
      2. Describe the extra cellular materials surrounding the cell and the cell’s intercellular junctions
      3. Describe cell division and the phases of mitosis that are involved
    8. Examine the histology of the oral mucous membrane
      1. Describe oral epithelium
      2. Describe the lamina propria
      3. Describe the submucosa
      4. Describe histologically the lining mucosa covering the lip, vermil­lion border, soft palate, ventral surface of tongue, cheek and floor of the mouth
      5. Describe histologically the masticatory mucosa covering the gingiva and hard palate
      6. Describe histologically the four types of papillae found on the dorsal surface of the tongue
      7. Define nonkeratinocyte and describe the following cells: Langerhan’s cells, Merkel’s cells, melanocytes, lymphocytes
      8. Describe the composition, development and turn over of the dentogingival junction tissues
    9. Differentiate the cellular and ductal components of the major salivary glands
      1. Describe and give the function of exocrine gland, serous, mucous and seromucous endpieces
      2. Describe the histological structure of the three major salivary glands, whether they are serous, mucous, or mixed, and the names of their ducts and where they open in the oral cavity
      3. Define minor salivary gland and list six of these and whether they are serous, mucous, or mixed
      4. Define intercalated ducts, striated ducts, terminal secretory ducts, and myoepithelial cells
      5. List the components of saliva.
      6. Describe the innervation of the salivary glands and the effects that the salivary glands and the effects that the sympathetic and para­sympathetic innervation have on the salivary flow
    10. Synthesize the histological development of the fibrous and bony compo­nents of the temporomandibular joint
      1. Describe the formation of the mandible by endochondral and intramembranous ossification
      2. Diagram or identify on a diagram the adult TMJ including the glenoid fossa, condylodiscal cavity, articular disc, temporal distal cavity, head of the condyle, articular capsule and tubercle, and the external auditory meatus
      3. Describe the histology of the articulating surfaces of the condyle and glenoid fossa
    11. Differentiate histologically the pre-eruptive and posteruptive phases of tooth movement
      1. Define eruption
      2. Differentiate pre-eruptive, eruptive and post-eruptive tooth move­ments
      3. Define excentric growth
      4. Outline tooth eruption including a description of reduced enamel epithelium and the role it and the oral epithelium play in tooth eruption
      5. State the four possible theories set forth in the explanation of the mechanism of tooth movement and state the theory or theories considered the most plausible
      6. State the significance of the gubernaculum dentis or cord and gubernacular foramina or canals
      7. Explain the remodeling role of the periodontal ligament during root formation and eruption
      8. Contrast these terms: clinical vs. anatomical crown; active vs. passive eruption
      9. Define mesial drift
      10. List the three causes of shedding of primary teeth
      11. Describe an odontoclast including the microscopic appearance and function
      12. Describe the mechanism of resorption of the bone, root, and soft tissues which result in shedding
    12. Synthesize the embryological and histological development of the maxilla and mandible
      1. State the relationship of Merkel’s cartilage to the developing mandi­ble
      2. Describe the types of ossification which form the maxilla and the mandible
      3. Describe the maxillary sinus and define pneumatization.
      4. State the percentages of the organic and inorganic components of bone
      5. State the chemical formula for hydroxyapatite
      6. Define the following components of alveolar bone: lamina dura, interdental septum, interradicular bone, Haversian system bone, cribriform plate
      7. Describe the histology of bone including periosteum, endosteum, trabeculae, osteocytes, canaliculi, lamellae, osteons, and Haversian canals
    13. Analyze the embryological development of the oral cavity.
      1. Compare the three primary embryonic layers and the structures which will eventually result from them
      2. Define the borders of the stomatodeum at the time of its formation; define buccopharyngeal membrane
      3. Discuss the fate of the first 4 branchial arches and their corresponding pharyngeal pouches
      4. Discuss which nerves innervate the first three branchial arches and their resulting anatomical structures
      5. Discuss the development of the tongue including which of the cranial nerves innervate which areas
      6. Discuss which processes fuse to form the maxilla and mandible
      7. Describe the processes which form the embryonic face
      8. List 2 glands which arise from embryonic oral epithelium
    14. Contrast normal versus abnormal embryological development of the oral structures
      1. Define Trisomy 21 and list some of the prominent features of this illness as related to the face and oral cavity
      2. Define Treacher Collin’s Syndrome including the cause of and the diagnostic/clinical features in the face and oral cavity
      3. Define microstomia/macrostomia
      4. List the main etiologies for the formation of palatal clefts as well as facial and lip clefts
  
  • DHY 133 - Pharmacology

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 3
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    The study of drugs and their action on living tissue including their use as an aid in the diagnosis, treatment and prevention of disease or to control or improve any physiological or pathological condition.
    Prerequisite: CHM 132 , DHY 114 , DHY 181 , DHY 182  
    Competencies
     

    1. Demonstrate behavior congruent with the American Dental Hygienists? Association Code of Ethics
      1. Demonstrate accountability and responsibility for own professional behavior and development
      2. Demonstrate accountability and responsibility reflecting professional values.
      3. Demonstrate professional behavior by being on time for class.
    2. Discuss the history of pharmacology
    3. Describe the role of pharmacology in the dental hygiene process of care
    4. Define the ways in which drugs are named and the significance of each
      1. Outline the procedures for drug development and evaluation of drug safety
      2. State the purpose of the Nuremburg code and the current Institutional Review Boards
    5. Identify the four phases of clinical evaluation in drug approval and the five schedules of drugs
    6. Describe the elements of a drug prescription
      1. State the necessities for the dental hygienist?s understanding of the basics of prescription writing.
      2. Name those persons who may write prescriptions
      3. Recognize units of measure for the:
    7. Recount reliable sources of information about drugs
      1. Name the three classes of drug action
      2. Identify the log dose-effect curve and distinguish between potency and efficacy
      3. Recognize factors which cause variations of individual response to a drug
    8. Compare the differences between pharmacodynamics and pharmacokinetics.
      1. Describe the drug-receptor interaction and types of drug receptors.
      2. Differentiate dose, potency, and efficacy in the context of the actions of drugs
      3. Explain the pharmacologic effect of a drug and factors that cause variations in individual response.
      4. Discuss the major steps in pharmacokinetics: absorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion
      5. Summarize the various routes of drug administration
      6. Distinguish between a loading dose and a maintenance dose
    9. Define an adverse drug reaction and differentiate among the five categories of reactions: cytotoxic, drug-drug, drug-food, drug-disease, and idiosyncratic
      1. Distinguish between local and systemic effects of drug administration
      2. Distinguish between enteral and parenteral routes of drug administration and uses for each
      3. State how the effects of a drug can be recognized
      4. Identify three factors which influence a drug’s passage across cell membranes
      5. Define:
      6. Define absorption and factors influencing drug absorption
      7. Define distribution of drugs through
      8. Recall three mechanisms of drug action
      9. Recognize drug biotransformation and excretion mechanisms
    10. Describe actions dental hygienists should take to avoid adverse drug reactions in the patients they treat
      1. Name the factors that alter a drug’s effect
      2. State the most accurate suggestion for determining children’s dosage
    11. Review the anatomy and physiology of the nervous system
      1. Describe the neurophysiology of nerve stimulus transmission
      2. Elaborate on the autonomic nervous system, including functional organization and neurotransmitters.
    12. Discuss the pharmacologic effects, adverse reactions, contraindications, and dental considerations of cholinergic agents
    13. Discuss the pharmacologic effects, adverse reactions, contraindications, and dental considerations of anticholinergic agents
    14. Discuss the pharmacologic effects, adverse reactions, contraindications, and dental considerations of adrenergic agents
    15. Explain adrenergic and adrenergic-receptor blocking agents
      1. State the necessities for the dental hygienist understanding the basics of prescription writing.
      2. Name those persons who may write prescriptions
      3. Recognize units of measure for the
      4. Recognize and translate common abbreviations used in prescription writing
      5. Identify parts of the prescription
    16. Review the anatomy and physiology of the nervous system
      1. Describe the neurophysiology of nerve stimulus transmission
      2. Elaborate upon the autonomic nervous system, including functional organization and neuron-transmitters
    17. Describe nociception
    18. Explain the differences in mechanism of action of opioid and nonopioid analgesics
      1. Cholinergic agents and their
      2. Anticholinergic agents and their
      3. Adrenergic drugs and their
      4. Adrenergic blocking agents and their
    19. Discuss commonly used pharmacologic agents used for the treatment of odontogenic and orofacial pain including
      1. the primary line of treatment
      2. secondary line of treatment
      3. tertiary line of treatment
      4. adverse drug events
    20. Understand the concept of bacteriocidal versus bacteriostatic antibacterial drugs.
      1. Three ways in which analgesics work
      2. The classification of nonnarcotic analgesics
      3. The salicylates with regard to
      4. Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory agents or drugs
      5. Acetaminophen:
      6. Drugs used to treat gout
      7. Narcotic analgesic agents with regard to
      8. Specific agents and their
    21. Understand the pharmacodynamics of the following antibacterial drugs
      1. bacterial cell wall inhibitors
      2. inhibitors of DNA synthesis and repair
      3. inhibitors of translation and transcription
    22. Discuss bacterial resistance to anitibiotic drug therapy and factors that influence its development
      1. Identify three types of infective dental processes
      2. Explain situations in which the dental hygienist may encounter the use of anti-infective agents
      3. State the goal of chemotherapy of infectious diseases
      4. Define the following
      5. Identify general principles of antimicrobial therapy and considerations for
      6. List indications for antimicrobial agents
      7. Recall general adverse effects
    23. Identify antibacterial agent and the dosage regimen for the treatment of odontogenic infections
    24. Summarize the concept and practice of antibiotic prophylaxis in dentistry.
      1. Identify indications for and describe the prophylactic antibiotic regimen for TJR patents.
      2. Identify indications for and describe the prophylactic antibiotic regimen to prevent infective endocarditis in susceptible clients
      3. List dental procedures which require and which do not require antibiotic prophylaxis in TJR or IE susceptible clients
    25. Name several types of antifungal agents and discuss their indications in dentistry and potential adverse reactions
    26. Discuss the treatment of herpes simplex.
      1. List reasons why the management of anxiety is important in the delivery of patient care
      2. Recall the two components of cognitive appraisal according to Lozarus and variables associated with each
      3. Identify “automatic thoughts” and their characteristics
      4. Name fears associated with dental treatment and their sources
      5. Relate techniques and tools utilized in patient anxiety assessment
      6. Relate pain control modalities available for dental patients and their purposes
      7. Distinguish between
      8. Discuss normal sleep patterns, drugs which alter sleep patterns, and side effects from these alterations
      9. Recall benzodiazephines with regard to
      10. Briefly discuss buspirone
      11. Identify barbiturate drugs with regard to
      12. Identify nonbarbiturate sedative-hypnotics and their
      13. Identify centrally acting muscle relaxants and their
      14. Discuss sedative-analgesic combinations with regard to
      15. Review special considerations and cautions when using antianxiety agents
    27. Describe the various drugs and drug combinations used to treat acquired immunodeficiency syndrome
      1. State the action of general anesthetics
      2. Define the term balanced anesthesia and
      3. Recall four factors which influence the choice of a drug for anesthesia
      4. Describe preparation of the patient for general anesthetic administration
      5. Name the methods of administering a general anesthetic
      6. Identify the patient responses characteristic of each of the
      7. State the goals of surgical anesthesia
      8. Identify adverse reactions encountered with the administration of general anesthetics
      9. Categorize the classes of general anesthetics
      10. Relate physical factors and the process to achieve inhalation anesthesia
      11. Define minimum alveolar concentration and state its use
      12. Identify pharmacological effects, clinical application, advantages and disadvantages for
      13. Define “dissociative anesthesia” and its
      14. Discuss the use of opioids in conjunction with general anesthesia
      15. Define “neuroleptanalgesia” and its
      16. Recall the role of benzodiazephines in anesthesia
      17. Recall characteristics of an ideal local anesthetic
      18. Classify the local anesthetics chemically
      19. Discuss local anesthetics and vasoconstrictors with regard to
      20. Name the ingredients in a local anesthetic solution
      21. Distinguish between infiltration, field block, and nerve block injections
      22. Identify names, pharmacologic and clinical effects, and duration of action for
      23. Recall suggestions for choosing an anesthetic agent
      24. Identify agents for and application of topical anesthetics
      25. Prepare to administer local anesthesia utilizing the Handbook of Local Anesthesia by Malamed
      26. Practice administration of local anesthesia for the following injections: supraperiosteal, anterior superior alveolar nerve block, infraorbital nerve block, middle superior alveolar nerve block, posterior superior alveolar nerve block, greater palatine ne
      27. Demonstrate proper record keeping on patient chart following administration of local anesthesia
      28. Recall that the local anesthetic must be ordered by the dentist and the administration performed under direct supervision
    28. Explain the mechanism of action, pharmacokinetics, pharmacologic effects, and adverse reactions of local anesthetics.
      1. Recall characteristics of an ideal local anesthetic
      2. Classify the local anesthetics chemically
      3. Discuss local anesthetics and vasoconstrictors with regard to:
      4. Name the ingredients in a local anesthetic solution
      5. Distinguish between infiltration, field block, and nerve block injections.
      6. Identify names, pharmacologic and clinical effects, and duration of action for:
      7. Recall suggestions for choosing an anesthetic agent
      8. Identify agents for and applciation of topical anesthetics
      9. Prepare to administer local anesthesia utilizing the Handbook of Local Anesthesia by Malamed
      10. Practice administration of local anesthesia for the following injections: supraperiosteal, anterior superior alveolar nerve block, infraorbital nerve block, middle superior alveolar nerve block, posterior superior alveolar nerve block, greater palatine ne
      11. Demonstrate proper record keeping on patient chart following administration of local anesthesia
      12. Recall that the local anesthetic must be ordered by the dentist and the administration performed under direct supervision
    29. Summarize the history of general anesthetics in dentistry
      1. Discuss the indications and contraindications for use of this conscious sedation modality
      2. Discuss the complications associated with use
      3. Discuss the signs and symptoms of the baseline level of conscious sedation
      4. List safety features associated with gas cylinders and the gas machine
      5. Calculate the percentage of nitrous oxide and the percentage of oxygen from the tidal volume to be recorded on the patient?s dental record
      6. Safely administer nitrous oxide oxygen sedation by using titration to induce the proper level of sedation, monitoring the patient during analgesia, and oxygenating the patient at the completion of the sedation period
      7. Recall that this procedure must be ordered by the dentist and performed under direct supervision
    30. Describe how general anesthesia works and the stages involved
      1. Define cardiovascular disease
      2. Discuss implications of cardiovascular disease in the following situations
      3. Define terms describing actions of drugs on the cardiovascular disease
      4. Review pathophysiology of congestive heart failure
      5. Identify cardiac glycosides with regard to
      6. Review the mechanism of cardiac rhythm
      7. Identify antiarrhythmic agents and their
      8. Recall symptoms, cause, and precipitating factors in angina pectoris
      9. Identify antianginal drugs with regard to
      10. Define hypertension and its symptoms
      11. Categorize hypertensive disease
      12. Identify antihypertensive agents and their
      13. Name antihyperlipidemic drugs and their
      14. Review the clotting mechanism
      15. State the purpose of and indications for anticoagulant therapy
      16. Identify action, uses, administration and adverse effects of
      17. Recall measures for dental patients on anticoagulant drug therapy
      18. Relate the term “epilepsies” and etiologies
      19. Review types of epileptic seizures and characteristics of each
      20. Discuss the mechanism of action of anticonvulsant drugs and their general adverse effects
      21. Identify anticonvulsive agents with regard to
      22. List procedures for dental treatment of epileptic patients
    31. Name and describe several types of general anesthetics and their adverse effects.
      1. Discuss the role of drug therapy in psychiatric disorders
      2. List factors in assessing a patient’s need for drug therapy
      3. Identify cautions you should use when treating patients with mental disorders
      4. Identify antipsychotic agents with regard to
      5. Classify types of depression
      6. Identify antidepressant drugs and their
      7. Recall MAOIs with regard to
      8. Recall names of atypical antidepressants plus their advantages and disadvantages
      9. Name the drug used in treatment of manic depressive illness and its
      10. State reasons you should be aware of adrenocorticosteroid agents
      11. Review the natural mechanism of release of adrencorticosteroid agents
      12. Classify adrenocorticosteroids
      13. Identify glucocorticoids with regard to
      14. Review pituitary hormones and their functions
      15. Discuss thyroid hormones and
      16. Recall pancreatic hormones and diabetes mellitus
      17. Identify antidiabetic agents
      18. Review female sex hormones and their purposes
      19. Identify oral contraceptives with regard to
      20. Name the male sex hormones and their uses
      21. Identify clomiphene and its
      22. Discuss the use of antineoplastic drugs
      23. Identify mechanisms of action for these agents
      24. Identify the classification of antineoplastic agents, drugs in each category, and their uses
      25. State why adverse effects occur as well as early and principal adverse effects
      26. Outline oral care protocol for patients receiving chemotherapy
      27. Identify diseases associated with the respiratory system
      28. Identify each of the respiratory drug groups with regard to
      29. Relate dental concerns for the patient with respiratory problems
      30. Identify gastrointestinal drugs and their
      31. Discuss the following
      32. State the role of drugs as part of emergency treatment
      33. Recall causes, signs and symptoms, and treatment of potential dental office emergencies
      34. Identify equipment and drugs included in an emergency kit for the dental office
      35. Identify uses and actions for drugs commonly used in an emergency situation
    32. Discuss the use of nitrous oxide in dentistry, including how it works, the pharmacological effects, adverse reactions, and contraindications using Clark and Bunnick, Handbook of Nitrous Oxide and Oxygen Sedation as your primary text
      1. Describe pain and anxiety management in dentistry
      2. Recall the physical properties and pharmacokinetics of N2O.
      3. Describe the manufacturing and packaging of N2O/O2.
      4. Describe the delivery systems available for N2O/O2 delivery in the dental office.
      5. Recall the steps from the protocol list necessary for client assessment, preparation, N2O/O2 titration, and complete recovery from analgesia.
      6. Identify the signs and symptoms of appropriate minimal sedation and oversedation
      7. Identify potential biohazards for healthcare personnel associated with chronic exposure to N2O.
      8. Identify ethical and legal considerations regarding N2O administration.
      9. Identify all components of the DMACC nitrous-oxide-oxygen equipment.
      10. Demonstrate proper documentation of nitrous oxide-oxygen delivery to a DMACC client
    33. Describe anticaries, antigingivitis, and desensitizing agents used in dentistry and their application.
      1. Define the types of drug interactions and the best means for preventing problems of this nature
      2. Discuss mechanisms of drug interactions, including
      3. Identify dental drug interactions in the following areas
    34. Review common oral mucous membrane lesions and conditions including signs, symptoms and treatments
    35. Compare the indications and effects of the available drugs used to treat diabetes mellitus.
      1. Explain the management of diabetic dental clients
      2. Describe the various drug-drug interactions of diabetic medications
      3. dental treatment of the alcoholic patient
      4. dental treatment of the cocaine-addicted patient
      5. recognizing drug -shoppers
      6. reporting the drug impaired dental health care worker
    36. State the uses for glucoccorticosteriods and the management of clients on these drugs.
    37. List drugs taken for thyroid disorders and state the management of clients taking these drugs
    38. Summarize the components of oral contraceptives and dental concerns.
    39. Summarize the components of hormone replacement therapies and dental concerns.
    40. Chose from a list all drugs that are contraindicated during pregnancy.
    41. Describe the etiology and treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disorder and peptic ulcer disease
      1. Explain the differences in treatment between GERD and PUD.
      2. Discuss any contraindications or precautions in dental clients with GI disorders.
    42. Discuss the treatments for constipation and diarrhea
    43. Define the term antiemetic and be able to give examples of them
    44. Briefly define the terms asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
    45. Briefly review the classification of asthma
    46. List the different types of medications available to treat the different types of cough.
    47. Define the terms antitussive, expectorant, and decongestant.
    48. Discuss the pathophysiology, prevalence and risk factors associated with asthma and COPD.
    49. Review the different classes of medications used to treat asthma including mechanism of action, adverse reactions, and drug interactions
    50. Discuss the dental concerns associated with cardiovascular disease and how metabolic equivalents can be used to assess risks.
    51. Describe hypertension and the stepped-up approach to treating it.
    52. List the different classes of antihypertensive medications including pharmacologic effects and adverse reactions
    53. Define the term angina and review the classes of medications used to treat it
    54. Describe the factors that may place one at risk for hyperlipidemic disorders.
    55. List the categories of drugs used to treat high cholesterol including pharmacologic effects and adverse reactions
    56. Define the term arrhythmia and list its causes
    57. Describe the four classifications of antiarrhythmics and the ADEs and drug interactions associated with them
    58. Briefly review the coagulation process and drugs used to treat coagulopathies.
    59. Describe congestive heart failure and the pharmacologic effects and adverse reactions of cardiac glycosides
    60. List other drugs used to treat congestive heart failure.
    61. Discuss the dental concerns associated with the drugs used to treat cardiovascular disorders
    62. Describe the mechanism of action, interactions, and dental relevance of the benzodiazepines barbiturates, nonbarbituate sedatives and antihistamines used as anxiolytics or sleep aids.
    63. Summarize the mechanism of action, pharmacologic effects, adverse reactions, drug interactions, and management considerations of the antidepressants.
    64. Summarize the mechanism of action, pharmacologic effects, adverse reactions, drug interactions, and management considerations of the antipsychotics
    65. Summarize the mechanism of action, pharmacologic effects, adverse reactions, drug interactions, and management considerations of the drugs used to treat Parkinson Disease
    66. Describe the two categories of seizures and give a brief description of the different classifications of seizure disorders
    67. Summarize the mechanism of action, pharmacologic effects, adverse reactions, drug interactions, and management considerations of the drugs used to treat seizure disorders
    68. Review and council patients on the dental concerns associated with all antiseizure medications
    69. Discuss why people choose herbal products over traditional medicine.
    70. Discuss the federal legislation governing herbal and dietary products.
    71. List several reliable sources of information on supplements
    72. Discuss good manufacturing practices and the standardization of herbal products
    73. Discuss herbal products used in dentistry as well as common alternative dental products and their efficacy
    74. Define antineoplastic agents and discuss their use and adverse drug effects.
      1. Summarize the use, mechanisms of action, and classification of antineoplastic agents
      2. Describe several adverse drug effects associated with antineoplastic agents.
      3. Discuss the dental implications of clients planning to take or actively taking antineoplastic drugs
    75. Define several types of inflammatory arthropathies and gout
      1. Summarize the use, mechanisms of action, and classifications of drugs used to treat arthropathies and gout
      2. Describe considerations in the dental hygiene management of clients with arthropathy
    76. Define addiction, dependence, tolerance, and abstinence syndrome in relation to drug abuse.
    77. Identify several types of central nervous system depressants and stimulants that are commonly abused.
    78. Describe the three stages of substance abuse treatment
    79. Describe dental hygiene management for the substance-abusing client.
    80. Discuss ways in which the dental health care worker can identify clients or colleagues who may be abusing drugs
  
  • DHY 141 - General & Oral Pathology

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 3
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    Basic concepts of disease process and the oral manifestations of inflammation, degenerative changes, neoplasms and developmental anomalies of the oral cavity.
    Prerequisite: BIO 164 , DHY 121 , DHY 114  
    Competencies
    1. Differentiate between lesions and normal tissue
      1. Define each of the terms in the vocabulary list
      2. List and define the eight diagnostic categories that contribute to the diagnostic process
      3. Name a diagnostic category and give an example of a lesion, anomaly, or condition for which this category greatly contributes to the diagnosis
      4. List and describe the clinical characteristics and identify a clinical picture of rhomboid glossitis and ectopic geographic tongue
      5. Describe the clinical and histologic differences between leukoedema and linea alba
    2. Examine the process of inflammation and repair and our body’s ability to heal
      1. Define words listed in vocabulary section
      2. List the five classic signs of inflammation that occur locally at the site of inflammation
      3. List three systemic signs of inflammation
      4. List the types of white blood cells that participate in inflammation and describe how each is involved
      5. Describe the differences between acute and chronic inflammation
      6. Define and contrast hyperplasia, hypertrophy and atrophy
      7. Describe and contrast attrition, abrasion, and erosion
      8. Describe the pattern of erosion seen in bulimia
      9. Describe the relationship between bruxism and abrasion
      10. Describe the difference between a mucocele and a ranula
      11. Describe the clinical features, radiographic appearance, and histologic appearance of a periapical abscess, a periapical granuloma, and a periapical (radicular) cyst
      12. Describe and contrast internal and external tooth resorption
    3. Describe the immune reaction
      1. Define each of the words in the vocabulary list
      2. Describe the primary difference between the immune response and the inflammatory response
      3. List and describe the two main types of lymphocytes, their origins, and their activities
      4. List the activities of macrophages
      5. Describe, using the cells involved, the difference between the humoral immune response and the cell-mediated immune response
      6. Describe the difference between passive and active immunity
      7. List and describe four types of hypersensitivity reactions, and give an example of each
      8. Define autoimmunity, and describe how it results in disease
      9. Describe and contrast the clinical features of each of the three types of aphthous ulcers
      10. Describe and compare the clinical features of urticaria, angioedema, contact mucositis, fixed drug eruption, and erythema multiforme
      11. Describe the clinical and histologic features of lichen planus
      12. Name the two cells that histologically characterize angerhans cell disease. Describe the acute disseminated form, chronic disseminated form, and chronic localized form and state the names that have traditionally been used for each of these conditions
      13. Describe the clinical features of desquamative gingivitis, and list three diseases in which it may occur
    4. Recognize infectious diseases and compare specific infections
      1. State the difference between the inflammatory and immune response to infection
      2. Describe the factors that allow opportunistic infection to develop
      3. List two examples of opportunistic infections that can occur in the oral cavity
      4. For each of the following infectious diseases, name the organism causing it, list the route or routes of transmission of the organism and the oral manifestations of the disease, and describe how the diagnosis is made; impetigo, tuberculosis, actinomycosis
      5. Describe the relationship between streptococcal tonsillitis and pharyngitis and the need for antibiotic prophylaxis for dental hygiene treatment
      6. List and describe four forms of oral candidiasis
      7. Describe the clinical features of herpes labialis
      8. Describe the clinical features of recurrent intraoral herpes simplex infection, and compare them with the clinical features of minor aphthous ulcers
      9. Describe the clinical characteristics of herpes zoster when it affects the skin of the face and oral mucosa
      10. List two oral infectious diseases for which a cytologic smear may assist in confirming the diagnosis
      11. List four diseases associated with the Epstein-Barr virus
      12. List two diseases caused by coxsackieviruses that have oral manifestations
      13. Describe the spectrum of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) disease, including initial infection and the development of acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS).
      14. List and describe the clinical appearance of five oral manifestations of HIV infection
    5. Distinguish and define developmental disorders
      1. Define each of the words in the vocabulary list
      2. Define inherited disorders
      3. Recognize developmental disorders of the dentition
      4. Describe the embryonic development of the face, oral cavity, and teeth
      5. Define each of the developmental anomalies discussed in this chapter
      6. Identify (clinically, radiographically, or both) the developmental anomalies discussed in this chapter
      7. Distinguish between intraosseous cysts and extraosseous cysts
      8. Describe the differences between odontogenic and nonodonogenic cysts
      9. Name four odontogenic cysts that are intraosseous
      10. Name two odontogenic cysts that are extraosseous
      11. Name four nonodontogenic cysts that are intraosseous
      12. Name four nonodontogenic cysts that are found in the soft tissues of the head, neck, and oral region
      13. List and define three anomalies that affect the number of teeth
      14. List and define two anomalies that affect the size of teeth
      15. List and define five anomalies that affect the shape of teeth
      16. Define and identify each of the following anomalies affecting tooth eruption: impacted teeth, embedded teeth, and ankylosed teeth
      17. Identify the diagnostic process that contributes most significantly to the final diagnosis of each developmental anomaly discussed in this chapter
    6. Define and describe genetic anomalies
      1. Define each of the vocabulary words
      2. State the purpose of mitosis
      3. State the purpose of meiosis
      4. Explain what is meant by the Lyon hypothesis and give an example of its clinical significance
      5. Explain what is meant by a gross chromosomal abnormality and give three examples of syndromes that result from gross chromosomal abnormalities
      6. List the four inheritance patterns
      7. Explain what is meant by X-linked inheritance
      8. State the inheritance pattern and describe the oral manifestations and, if appropriate, the characteristic facies for each of the following: cyclic neutropenia, Papillon-Lefevre syndrome (PLS), cherubism, chondroectodermal dysplasia (Ellis-van Creveld syn
      9. State the inheritance pattern, the oral or facial manifestations, and the type and location of the malignancy associated with each of the follwing syndromes: Gardner syndrome; nevoid basal cell carcinoma syndrome (Grolin syndrome); multiple mucosal neurom
      10. State the location and malignant potential of the intestinal polyps in Peutz-Jeghers syndrome and Gardner syndrome
      11. List the four types of amclogencsis impefecta
      12. Briefly compare and contrast dentinogenesis imperfecta, amelogenesis imperfecta, and dentin dysplasia, including the inheritance patterns, the clinical manifestations, and the radiographic appearance of each
    7. Describe the dynamics of circulation and pathologic disturbances that can occur in the human body
      1. Discuss the common causes of edema of tissues and spaces
      2. Explain the etiology and pathogenesis of left heart failure
      3. Explain the etiology and pathogenesis of right heart failure
      4. List common causes of hemorrhage based on interference with the mechanisms of clotting
      5. Define hypertension
      6. Define the subtypes of hypertension
      7. Discuss the theories of pathogenesis of hypertension
      8. List the types of antihypertensive drugs and match them to their actions
      9. List the common morbid sequelae of hypertension
      10. Identify the causes of shock
      11. Describe the cause and pathogenesis of syncope
      12. List the major and minor risk factors for atherosclerosis
      13. Explain the pathogenic mechanisms of atherosclerosis and correlate them to risk factors
      14. Differentiate atherosclerosis from arteriosclerosis by cause and by sequelae
      15. Define thrombosis and embolism
      16. List common factors which predispose to thrombosis
      17. List the usual and morbid sequelae of thrombosis and embolism
      18. Explain passive congestion
      19. Predict the routes of travel of emboli of venous and arterial origin
      20. Define ischemic heart disease and distinguish the subtypes
      21. Recognize valvular heart conditions which predispose to bacterial endocarditis
      22. Select conditions of heart valves which should be premedicated before dental treatment
      23. Define ischemia and infarction of tissues and list the common sequelae
    8. Compare neoplastic to normal cell growth
      1. Define each of the vocabulary words
      2. Explain the difference between a benign tumor and a malignant tumor
      3. Define leukoplakia and erythroplakia
      4. Define the following neoplasms, describe the clinical features of each, and explain how they are treated: papilloma, squamous cell carcinoma, verrucous carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, pleomorphic adenomia, monomorphic adenoma, adenoid cystic carcinoma, m
    9. Describe and define various bone lesions and disorders of the maxilla and mandible
      1. Define benign fibro-osseous lesions
      2. Define dysplasia as it relates to bone diseases and differentiate the term from epithelial dysplasia
      3. Describe the clinical, radiographic, and microscopic features of periapical cemento-osseous dysplasia, focal cemento-osseous dysplasia, and florid cemento-osseous dysplasia
      4. Compare and contrast periapical cemento-osseous dysplasia, focal cemento-osseous dysplasia, and florid cemento-osseous dysplasia
      5. List the benign fibro-osseous lesions that occur in the jawbones
      6. Compare and contrast monostotic fibrous dysplasia with polyostotic fibrous dysplasia
      7. Compare and contrast the radiographic appearance, histologic appearance, and treatment of fibrous dysplasia of the jaws with those of ossifying fibroma of the jaws
      8. Compare and contrast the three types of polyostotic fibrous dysplasia
      9. Describe the histologic appearance of Paget disease of bone and describe its clinical and radiographic appearance when the maxilla or mandible is involved
      10. State the cause of osteomalacia and rickets
    10. Describe the etiology, and pathogensis of dental caries and dental pulpal disorders
      1. List the common etiologic factors which contribute to dental caries
      2. Compare and contrast the pathogenesis of enamel, dentinal and cemental caries
      3. Explain the role of saliva in caries control
      4. Compare the clinical signs and symptoms of reversible and irreversible pulpitis
      5. Describe the pathogenesis of periapical abscess, cyst, and granulomas
      6. List important and morbid sequelae of periapical infection and inflammation
      7. Explain the interrelationship of periapical pathoses to each other
      8. Recognize the appearance and significance of a parulis
    11. Describe physical and chemical injuries to the hard and soft dental tissues
      1. Define factitial and iatrogenic injury
      2. Distinguish attrition, erosion and abrasion by cause and clinical features
      3. Recognize dental injuries suggestive of perimyolysis
      4. Discuss common causes of resorption of teeth
      5. List common extrinsic and intrinsic stains of teeth
      6. Relate common forms of physical injury to the clinical presentation of those conditions
      7. Recognize common clinical lesions suggestive of chronic mucosal injury
      8. Use appropriate questioning to determine or rule out the cause of suspect injurious lesions
      9. Refer lesions that are not readily explainable for further diagnosis
      10. Recognize the significance and treatment of pyogenic granuloma, epulis granulomatosum, and fibroma
      11. List common denture-related tissue injuries and discuss the etiology and treatment of each
      12. Recognize aspirin burn, dilantin hyperplasia and amalgam tattoo based on clinical appearance and history
      13. Distinguish certain oral lesions which are caused by allergic reactions systemic medicine or topical agents
      14. Recognize that cancer chemotherapy and radiotherapy will likely predispose to numerous oral morbid conditions
      15. Help prevent and manage oral lesions in patients undergoing chemotherapy and radiotherapy
      16. Help prevent osteoradionecrosis
      17. Use special regimen in patients who have radiation xerostomia to prevent caries and periodontal infection
    12. Analyze the oral manifestations of systemic diseases and nutritional deficiencies
      1. Define each of the vocabulary words
      2. Describe the difference between gigantism and acromegaly and list the physical characteristics of each
      3. State the oral manifestations of hyperthyroidism
      4. Describe the difference between primary and secondary hyperparathyroidism
      5. List the oral manifestations that occur in the uncontrolled diabetic state
      6. List the major clinical characteristics of type 1 and type 2 diabetes
      7. Define Addison disease and describe the changes that occur on the skin and oral mucosa in a patient with Addison disease
      8. Compare and contrast the cause, laboratory findings, and oral manifestations of each of the following: iron-deficiency anemia, pernicious anemia, folic acid deficiency, and vitamin B deficiency
      9. Compare and contrast the definitions and oral manifestations of thalassemia major and sickle cell anemia
      10. Define celiac sprue
      11. Describe the difference between primary and secondary aplastic anemia
      12. Describe the oral manifestations of polycythemia
      13. Explain why platelets may be deficient in polycythemia vera
      14. Describe the most characteristic oral manifestations of agranulocytosis
      15. Describe and contrast acute and chronic leukemia
      16. State the purpose of each of the following laboratory tests: platelet count, bleeding time, prothrombin time (PT), partial thromboplastin time (PTT), and international normalized ratio (INR)
      17. List two causes of thrombocytopenic purpura
      18. Describe the oral manifestations of thrombocytopenia and nonthrombocytopenic purpura
      19. Define hemophilia and describe it oral manifestations and treatment
      20. Describe the difference between primary and secondary immunodeficiency
      21. Describe the oral problems that would be expected to occur in a patient with radiation-induced xerostomia
      22. List two drugs that are associated with gingival enlargement
    13. Analyze diseases affecting the temporomandibular joint
      1. Label the following on a diagram of temporomandibular joint: glenoid fossa of the temporal bone, articular disk, mandibular condyle, joint capsule, and superior belly of the lateral pterygoid muscle
      2. State the function of the muscles of mastication
      3. State three factors that have been implicated in the cause of temporomandibular disorders (TMDs), and three questions that would be appropriate to ask of a patient suspected of having a TMD
      4. List at least two symptoms that are suggestive of temporomandibular dysfunction
      5. State the function of radiographs in the evaluation of a patient with symptoms suggestive of temporomandibular dysfunction
      6. List five types of TMDs
      7. List and describe the two main categories of treatment of TMDs
      8. State the names of one benign and one malignant tumor that may affect the temporomandibular joint area
  
  • DHY 161 - Oral Radiology

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 2
    Lab Hours: 2
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    Lecture includes radiation physics; biological effects; radiation safety and protection; properties of x-ray film and digital receptors; techniques of exposing, processing, mounting and evaluating images; asepsis and legal and ethical responsibilities involved in performing radiographic procedures on dental patients of all ages and physical characteristics. Laboratory experiences are structured to enhance didactic competencies and to develop skills in exposing, processing, mounting, evaluating and interpreting radiographic images, as well as promoting clinical competence and professional demeanor.
    Corequisite: DEA 256  and DEA 507  or DHY 114  
    Competencies
    1. Discuss historic contributions associated with the discovery and growth of x-radiation
      1. Summarize the importance of dental radiographs
      2. List the uses of dental radiographs
      3. Summarize the discovery of x-radiation
      4. Recognize the pioneers in dental x-radiation and their contributions and discoveries
      5. List the highlights in the history of x-ray equipment, film, and techniques
    2. Understand the fundamental concepts of atomic and molecular structure
      1. List the three states of matter and the properties of each
      2. Identify the structure of the atom
      3. Define molecule and discuss how molecules are formed
      4. Describe the process of ionization
    3. Discuss the nature of radiation
      1. Indicate the various types of radiation in the electromagnetic spectrum
      2. Describe the nature of electromagnetic wave forms
      3. Write definitions for crest, wavelength and frequency
      4. List ten properties of x-rays
    4. Recognize the components of the x-ray machine, their functions, and their controlling factors
      1. Describe the main components of an x-ray tube and their functions
      2. Identify the electric currents of an x-ray tube and their functions
      3. Understand the types of x-rays that are produced
      4. Explain interactions of x-radiation and matter
    5. Understand the characteristics of dentally used radiation and how these affect radiographic image production
      1. List the three characteristics of a radiation beam
      2. Describe how kilovoltage, milliamperage, time, and distance can alter an x-ray beam
      3. Understand the Inverse Square Law
    6. Obtain a working knowledge of Radiation Biology to understand the harmful effects of ionizing radiation on human tissues
      1. Describe the mechanisms, theories and sequence of radiation injury
      2. Describe the factors that determine radiation injury
      3. Discuss short term and long-term effects as well as the somatic and genetic effects of radiation exposure
      4. Describe the effects of radiation exposure on cells, tissues, and organs
      5. Identify the relative sensitivity of a given tissue to x-radiation
      6. Define the units of measurement used in radiation exposure
      7. Describe sources of radiation exposure
      8. Define and estimate risk exposure in dental radiography
    7. Understand the concepts associated with radiation protection
      1. Define methods for reducing patient exposure
      2. Describe methods for protecting the operator
      3. State what ALARA stands for
    8. Become familiar with image receptors and accessories
      1. Identify the various types of image receptors available for use in dental radiography
      2. Identify various positioning devices
      3. Explain the composition of film packets and describe each component material and its use
      4. Define latent image formation
      5. Identify various film sizes, speeds, and their uses
      6. Discuss the function and composition of grids
      7. Describe proper film storage and protection
    9. Discuss categories of radiographic image characteristics and the factors that influence them
      1. Differentiate between radiolucent and radiopaque areas on a radiographic image
      2. Describe a diagnostic dental radiograph
      3. List two visual characteristics of a radiographic image
      4. List factors that influence density and contrast
      5. Discuss the differences between contrast variations
      6. Describe a step-wedge
      7. List three geometric characteristics of a radiographic image and the factors that influence them
      8. Define focal spot, penumbra, resolution, target-film distance, and object film distance
    10. Relate proper processing of a x-ray film
      1. List important features of a darkroom
      2. Identify darkroom equipment.
      3. List and indicate the purpose of each chemical in the developer solution
      4. List and indicate the purpose of each chemical in the rinse and the fixer
      5. List steps in preparation for processing films
      6. List the steps for proper automatic processing of films
      7. Describe procedures to follow at end of the day
      8. Label processed film according to the recommended procedure
    11. Interpret common processing errors
      1. Explain common darkroom errors
      2. Identify errors on actual radiographs
      3. Describe methods to prevent errors
    12. Explain the normal anatomic landmarks of the mandible and maxilla in periapical images.
      1. Describe the normal anatomic structures shown in mandibular periapical radiographs
      2. Describe the normal anatomic structures shown in a maxillary periapical radiograph
      3. Point out on a radiograph the image of any normal structure named
      4. List some radiopaque and radiolucent substances.
      5. Describe the anatomy of the tooth and its surroundings on drawings and radiographs.
      6. Identify restorative materials on the radiograph as radiolucent or radiopaque.
      7. Describe variations in the radiographic appearance of normal landmarks and suggest reasons for such variations.
    13. Mount a series of dental films in correct sequence
      1. Place all films with identifying embossed dot dome up or convex
      2. Separate anterior films from posterior films
      3. separate bitewing films from posterior films
      4. Mount bitewing films first and then use them to aid placement of remaining films
      5. Separate maxillary from mandibular posterior films and mount
      6. Separate maxillary from mandibular anterior films and mount
    14. Summarize the steps used to produce diagnostically useful images
      1. Explain the purpose of the various types of bitewing radiographs
      2. Identify the various positioning devices used for bitewing radiographs
      3. Describe basic positioning of the patient, film, and x-ray tube for posterior bitewings
      4. Explain the paralleling technique.
      5. Identify and assemble the parts of the anterior and posterior Rinn XCP instruments.
      6. Identify basic film, instrument, and cone positions for anterior placements.
      7. Identify basic film, instrument, and cone positions for posterior placements.
      8. Indicate when cotton rolls are appropriately used.
      9. Identify film positioning errors.
      10. Summarize the basic principles of the bisecting technique.
      11. Explain how to load and position holders used for the bisecting technique.
      12. Describe common errors which can occur when using the bisecting technique.
      13. Compare the paralleling and bisecting techniques.
      14. Identify usual changes in the control panel using any of the described techniques.
    15. Discuss the importance of communication in the operator-patient relationship
      1. Describe the influence of the operator’s attitude and appearance on patient treatment
      2. Relate procedures indicated for special need’s patients
      3. Recall answers to common questions concerning x-rays asked by patients
    16. Practice all principles of radiation safety applicable to actual exposure of radiographs
      1. Activate control panel to select correct impulse selection
      2. Place lead apron on patient
      3. Use properly stored film of fastest speed available or digital receptors.
      4. Use film holder - do not hold film
      5. Expose minimum number of films which will provide a diagnostic survey, requiring no more than four retakes in a F.M.S. of 16 P.A.’s and 4 B.W.’s
      6. Stand in the most protected area available during exposure, and ensure that others are clear of exposure area
      7. Wear personal monitor at all times when working with radiation emitting equipment
      8. Use antiseptic techniques according to criteria established in sterilization and disinfection procedures
    17. Recognize and produce radiographic exposures which meet identified criteria.
      1. Assemble properly the armamentarium required for the chosen exposure technique which minimizes patient discomfort and anxiety
      2. Select receptor size appropriate to the size of patient’s mouth
      3. Expose radiographs according to established criteria.
      4. Process and mount films correctly
      5. Label films properly with the date, patient’s full name or identification number, and the operator’s name
    18. Evaluate the exposed radiographs to determine that they meet the identified criteria
      1. Produce radiographs that meet the following general criteria
      2. Produce interproximal surveys that meet the following criteria
    19. Describe methods to improve or modify the procedure or final product if the identified criteria is not met
      1. Identify the most likely technical error(s) responsible for producing the discrepancies observed and
      2. Indicate modifications of technique required in order to eliminate or to reduce the severity of the following discrepancies
    20. On a panoramic exposure, identify the commonly found radiolucent and radiopaque landmarks of the maxilla and mandible including:
      1. Maxillary landmarks-maxillary sinus, ppterygomaxillary fissure, lateral pterygoid plate, hamulus, zygomatic arch, glenoid fossa, articular eminence, zygomatico-temporal suture, zygomatic bone, malar process, middle cranial fossa, orbit of eye, infraorabital ridge, infraorbital foramen, infraorbital canal, nasal fossa and its borders, nasal septum, nasal turbinates, incisive foramen, incisive canal, nasopalatine canal, hard palate and the maxillary tuberosity.
      2. Mandibular landmarks-condyle, coroniod process of the mandible, mandibular notch, ramus, angle of the mandible, external auditory meatus, mastoid process, styloid process, cervical vertebrae of the spine, inferior border of the mandible, external oblique ridge, mental foramen, mandibular canal, mandibular foramen, submandibular fossa, mental ridges, genial tubercles, hyoid bone, mandibular alveolar processes and dentition, nasopharyngeal air space, palatoglossal air space, soft tissue shadow of the ear, soft tissue shadows of the nose and lips, opening of the lips, shadow of the opposite mandible and “negative” shadows-optical illusions caused bye ht absence of superimposed structures.
    21. Evaluate periapical, bitewing, occlusal, and extraoral images for presence of exposure, handling and processor errors including:
      1. exposure errors - receptor placement, downhill composition, horizontal overlappings, vertical distortion, cone-cut, blurred image, thin image, dark image, elongation, foreshortenings, unexposed film, artifacts (eyeglasses etc.).
      2. Handling errors - reversed images, bent film, black lines, static electricity, double exposure, rough handling, high temperature, fog, movement.
      3. Processing errors - underdeveloped, overdeveloped, partial image, incomplete immersion in deveooper, incomplete immersion in fixer, exposure to white light, films stuck to each other, chemical burn incomplete fixing, scratches.
    22. Relate methods of prevention or correction of previously identified exposure, handling and processing errors.
    23. Demonstrate proficiency in the fundamental use of digital radiography.
      1. Review advantages and disadvantages of digital imaging systems.
      2. Describe the two types of radiographic digital imaging.
      3. Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of the different types of receptors.
      4. Describe and demonstrate infection control procedures that should be used with digital receptors.
      5. Discuss legal issues that surround the use of digital imaging.
      6. Describe the application of the DICOM standard to imaging in Dentistry.
      7. Describe and utilize image processing techniques.
    24. Describe proper patient positioning and head alignment and reationale for use for the following extra oral radiographic exposures including:
      1. Lateral oblique exposure
      2. Posteroanterior
      3. Water’s
      4. Reverse-Towne
      5. Submentovertex
      6. Lateral cephalometric
      7. Transcranial (TMJ)
    25. Demonstrate steps in operation of the Orthoralix 8500 machine for exposing panoramic images.
      1. Recall the rationale for choosing screened or non-screened receptors.
      2. Relate steps in loading, cleaning and caring for the cassettes and screens.
      3. Check the readiness of the machine for the chosen exposure.
      4. Ready the patient.
      5. Position the patient. Adjustments for children and adjustments for edentulous patients.
      6. Demonstrate the ability to produce a diagnostically acceptable panoramic radiograph.
    26. Explain the differences between tomography, computed tomography, and cone-beam computed tomography, and describe their roles in oral health care.
    27. Recall radiographic manifestations of pathologic conditions of jaws including most common benign neoplasms and malignancies.
    28. Employ a systematic approach in radiographic interpretation.
      1. Incorporate case history, clinical examination and any existing films.
      2. Use an appropriate viewing environment.
      3. Discriminate normal versus abnormal.
    29. Identify dental caries on a radiograph.
      1. State the most accurate radiologic techniques for detecting caries on radiographs.
      2. Recognize the following types of caries on radiographs: interproximal, occlusal, buccal-lingual, root (cemental), recurrent, rampant, and pulp exposure.
      3. Detail the radiographic classificaitons of caries: incipient, moderate, severe, and advanced.
      4. Recall the manner in which any of the following affects caries interpretation: contrast scale, exposure time, film processing, angulation, restorative materials, cervical burnout and overlapping teeth.
    30. Distinguish the radiographic features of periodontal disease.
      1. Discuss the importance of the clinical and radiographic examinations in the diagnosis of periodontal disease.
      2. Discuss the limitations of radiographs in the detection of periodontal disease.
      3. Describe the type of radiographs that should be used to document periodontal disease and the preferred exposure technique.
      4. State the differences among the bone loss classifications and recognize their radiographic appearances.
      5. Identify clear-cut radiographic evidence of bone loss.
      6. Determine if radiographic evidence is of diagnostic quality.
      7. Record radiographic findings on the examination chart.
    31. Describe radiographic and clinical signs and symptoms of infections of periapical tissues.
    32. List common dental anomalies and their distinctive clinical and radiographic features including:
      1. Supernumary teeth
      2. fusion
      3. gemination
      4. concrescence
      5. developmentally missing teeth
      6. enamel pearl
      7. microdontia
      8. macrodontia
      9. transposition
      10. taurodontism
      11. Turner’s tooth
      12. Dilaceration
      13. dentin dysplasia
      14. amelogenesis imperfecta
      15. dentinogenesis imperfects
      16. dens evaginatus
      17. dens invaginatus (dens en dente)
      18. odontodysplasia
    33. Recognize radiographic features of regressive changes in the dentition including:
      1. attrition
      2. abrasion
      3. abfraction
      4. erosion
      5. resorption
      6. secondary dentin formation
      7. pulp stones
      8. pulpal sclerosis
      9. cementicles
      10. hypercementosis
      11. bone resorption
    34. State radiographic aspects of common traumas to the teeth and facial structures and recall methods of management of the traumas.
    35. Determine the appropriate radiographic exposure according to the needs of the operator and the characteristics of the patient.
      1. Use the exposure technique which minimizes patient discomfort and anxiety.
      2. Relate receptor and tube-head placement for disto-oblique exposure techniques.
      3. Recall methods used to localize an object in the oral cavity.
      4. Recognize appropriate use of film duplicating.
      5. List steps in film duplicating.
    36. Accept responsibility for decisions regarding need for exposure, interpretation and utilization of radiographs.
      1. Precede decisions regarding need for radiographs with a review of the health history.
      2. Perform clinical examination prior to exposing any radiographs.
      3. Adhere to accepted guidelines for prescribing radiographs.
      4. Review all available radiographs of each patient for interpretation of presence or absence of disease.
      5. Record radiographic findings in the patient record.
  
  • DHY 170 - Principles of Dental Hygiene

    Credits: 2
    Lecture Hours: 2
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    Basic principles of clinical dental hygiene are introduced. In the practicum portion, we will look at the etiology of deposits and their effect on oral tissue, along with the theory and instrumentation techniques in deposit removal.
    Prerequisite: BIO 154, CHM 122 .
    Corequisite: DHY 171  
    Competencies
    1. Demonstrate the ability to log on to a DMACC computer, access and utilize information on the DMACC network, access the Internet and search the Internet for information
    2. Describe the tools and demonstrate techniques for self care biofilm remov­al
      1. List tools needed for a personal oral care program
      2. State the purpose and demonstrate the use of a disclosing agent
      3. Describe the preferred design of a toothbrush
      4. Relate toothbrushing instructions with regard to: grasp of brush; sequence of brushing; count system vs. clock system for amount of brushing
      5. State the purpose for the Bass method of toothbrushing
      6. Describe the type of toothbrush to be used with the Bass technique
      7. Describe and demonstrate the Bass technique with regard to; bristle placement; amount of pressure; motion
      8. Describe and demonstrate the rolling stroke technique with regard to bristle placement and motion.
      9. State the purpose for the rolling stroke technique
      10. State the benefit derived from using a fluoride dentifrice
      11. State the purpose for tongue brushing
      12. Outline and demonstrate the procedure for tongue brushing
      13. Name the types of floss
      14. Relate and demonstrate the techniques for utilizing dental floss
      15. State the purpose of re-examining the mouth after toothbrushing and flossing
      16. State when the toothbrush should be replaced
    3. Discuss professional responsibilities of the dental hygienist and dental hygiene services for patient care
      1. Adhere to DMACC and Dental Hygiene Program policies
      2. Define “the dental hygienist.”
      3. Name the three basic categories of service performed by the dental hygienist
      4. Differentiate between primary and secondary prevention
      5. Define the term “dental hygiene care.”
      6. Identify the relationship between educational and clinical dental hygiene services
      7. Recall the name of the founder of dental hygiene and the year of the first course study
      8. Recognize the original concept of dental hygiene services and how this concept expanded
      9. Discuss some modern definitions and philosophies of dental hy­giene
      10. Define a paradigm and distinguish it from a conceptual model
      11. Compare Maslow’s hierarchy of needs theory with nursing’s human needs theory
      12. Identify and define the four central paradigm concepts for the dental hygiene human needs conceptual model
      13. Define the human needs related to dental hygiene care and describe their implications for dental hygienists
      14. For each of the identified human needs, plan dental hygiene intervention to help meet the deficiency.
      15. Discuss the relationship of the human need theory to the dental hygiene process of care.
      16. Discuss: planning dental hygience care, the role of the dental hygienist in patient care and modifications in dental hygiene care.
      17. Identify the special practice areas of dentistry and settings for the dental hygienist
      18. Review factors to teach the patient
    4. Recall the components of a client’s personal, dental, and medical history that might influence dental treatment needs.
      1. Systematically collect, analyze, investigate, and record information from a client’s personal, dental and health histories.
      2. Assess health status and determine risks, disease control level and likihood of a medical emergency.
      3. Manage client and practitioner risks.
      4. Identify need for medical consultation.
      5. Collaborate with other healthcare practitioners to develop and individualized dental hygiene care plan.
      6. Recognize implications of client health status for dental hygiene care.
      7. State the specific objective of patient examination as part of diagnostic work-up.
      8. Define: sign and symptom.
      9. Distinguish between: subjective and objective symptoms, and general and pathognomic sysmptoms.
      10. Differentiate among the five types of examinations
      11. Identify the following general methods of examinations: visual; palpation; instrumentation; percussion; and auscultation.
      12. Name three general methods used to obtain a patient history
      13. Outline three alternative appointment procedures for obtaining the history
      14. Recount characteristics of an adequate patient history form
      15. Relate factors included in introducing the history to the patient
      16. Discuss introduction of the form to the patient and limitations of a history
      17. Describe a questionnaire and three categories of questions to be included
      18. Describe the interview with regard to: participants; setting; communication; attitude, and use of a structured form.
      19. Identify advantages and disadvantages for both the questionnaire and interview methods of patient history preparation
      20. Name the three sections to be included in a patient history and give at least three examples of items within each section
      21. State when and for what purpose the patient history should be reviewed
      22. Name the four categories of conditions for immediate evaluation of the patient history and items to be considered for each
      23. Identify conditions which are indications for prophylactic pre­medication
      24. Recall the standard and special regimens for prophylactic antibiotic therapy
      25. Adhere to Federal and State Health Insurance Portability & Accountability Act      (HIPAA) privacy policies and procedures
      26. Review factor to teach the patient
    5. Recognize the objectives of effective health communication.
      1. Identify the types of communication relevant to the dental encoun­ter
      2. Recall the skills and attributes necessary for effective communication.
      3. Recognize categories of words that should be avoided in dental communication
      4. Demonstrate the ability to use “I” statements to provide effective feedback
      5. Discuss techniques used to influence behavior and perception
      6. Demonstrate the ability to formulate a variety of questions that maximize freedom of response
      7. Demonstrate the ability to use the components of reflective listening effectively
      8. Identify the major function of nonverbal communication
      9. Recall ways in which one may attend to the nonverbal behavior of themselves and the patient
    6. Recall the application of attending physically in establishing patient relations
      1. List the five steps of attending physically
      2. Explain the importance of attending physically in establishing good patient relationships
      3. Consider factors when making alterations in physical attending behaviors
    7. Apply the correct positioning of the patient and operator to facilitate proper instrumentation, comfort, and efficiency
      1. List steps to be taken in preparation for your patient
      2. Present considerations for reception of your patient
      3. State eight advantages of the preferred working position
      4. Outline the considerations in basic positioning for the seated clini­cian
      5. Identify the application of principles of good body mechanics for the standing clinician
      6. Name four commonly used body positions for the patient
      7. Outline the characteristics and sequence of procedures for effective dental chair adjustment
      8. Identify adjustments in chair positions for a small child
      9. Describe correct adjustment of the dental light
      10. List three objectives of working positions
      11. Review technical hints
      12. Review factors to teach the patient
    8. Discuss and demonstrate application of principles and methods of preven­tion of disease transmission
      1. State the objective in dental hygiene concerning prevention of disease transmission
      2. Identify the two responsibilities of the dental team in this area
      3. Discuss the implications when pathogenic or potentially pathogenic organisms are present in the oral cavity of each patient
      4. Define terms related to transfer of infectious material
      5. Recall transmission of airborne infection with regard to: dust-borne organisms; aerosols and splatter; and means for prevention of transmission.
      6. Define “autogenous infection” and recognize: sources; factors that alter normal defenses, and prevention.
      7. Review pathogens transmissible by way of the oral cavity
      8. Review key questions, limitations, and use of the medical history as related to prevention of disease transmission
      9. Recognize an immunization program for the hygienist in private practice
      10. Discuss design and care of the most desirable clinical attire for the clinician.
      11. Identify use of the face mask and efficiency; indications and clinical application.
      12. Discuss use of protective eyeglasses and occurrence of eye infections and injuries; indications; features of acceptable glasses, and clinical applications.
      13. State how cross-infection from hands can be prevented.
      14. Identify the two times thorough handwashing is emphasized
      15. Define; resident bacteria; transient bacteria.
      16. State the rationale for and purposes of an effective handwashing procedure
      17. Describe proper hand care
      18. Outline appropriate times and steps for application of the short-scrub stroke - count procedure; and hand sanitation procedure.
      19. List indications for types and use of gloves
      20. Review hints and factors to teach the patient.
      21. State when procedures for prevention of disease transmission should take place
      22. Discuss treatment features considered in infection control
      23. Define the following terms: sterilization, disinfection, sanitization, surface disinfection, contamination, aseptic technique, sterile - clean technique
      24. Outline the steps and considerations in preparation of instruments for sterilization and their: handling, manual cleaning, ultrasonic cleaning, care of the unit, packaging
      25. Identify the acceptable methods of sterilization and their: uses, principles of action, preparation of materials, operation, advantages and disadvantages
      26. Identify methods of disinfection and their uses, principles of action, preparation of materials, operation, advantages and disadvantages
      27. Discuss proper care of dental unit water lines
      28. Outline procedures to prepare for an appointment and care of sterile instruments
      29. Recognize patient preparation with regard to: reduction of baceria in the oral cavity, appropriate situations for application of a surface disinfectant
      30. Review: summary of procedures for prevention of disease transmission, maximum precautions (as for hepatitis B carrier), technical hints, factors to teach the patient
    9. Recount the regulations established by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), and guidelines from the Center for Disease Control and apply to infection control in dentistry
    10. Identify infectious diseases of oral transmission
    11. Explain that vital signs contribute to the proper evaluation of a patient in conjunction with the complete medical history
      1. Name the four vital signs of the body
      2. Relate the significance of recording normal and/or abnormal vital signs
      3. State the two general times the temperature of the patient should be taken
      4. Identify the correct Fahrenheit values for: normal body temperature, fever, hyperthermia, hypothermia
      5. Recall four factors which influence body temperature
      6. Recognize three methods for determining body temperature
      7. Name four indications for use of the oral thermometer
      8. Identify two types of thermometers
      9. Compare the three readings
      10. Outline the procedure for determining body temperature with regard to: necessary equipment, patient preparation, thermometer preparation, temperature taking, reading and recording, and care of the thermometer
      11. Relate proper care of the patient with a temperature elevation
      12. Define the pulse and pulse rate.
      13. List three factors, in addition to rate, to be evaluated during taking of the pulse
      14. State the normal pulse rate for: children, adults
      15. Define: tachycardia and bradycardia, and give five causes for each condition.
      16. Outline the procedure for pulse determination with regard to: site, patient preparation, time, and recording
      17. Define “a respiration.”
      18. State the normal respiratory rate for: children and adults.
      19. Recognize abnormal respiration rates for the adult
      20. Identify three influencing factors for: increased respiration rate, and decreased respiration rate.
      21. Outline the procedure for observing respiration with regard to: when performed, four factors to be evaluated, patient position and recording
      22. Define: blood pressure, systolic pressure, diastolic pressure, pulse pressure, and blood pressure classifications.
      23. Identify the three factors upon which blood pressure depends
      24. Identify four influencing factors of: increased blood pressure, and decreased blood pressure.
      25. Define: hypertension and its readings, and hypotension and its readings.
      26. Name and describe the necessary equipment for blood pressure determination
      27. Outline the procedure for blood pressure determination with regard to: patient preparation, application of cuff, placing stethoscope, inflation of cuff, deflation of cuff, recording of systolic and diastolic readings, and appropriate notification of unusual findings.
      28. Review technical hints and factors to teach the patient
    12. Identify aspects of the Iowa Right to Understand Law that apply to the dental practice setting
      1. State the purpose of the Iowa Right to Understand Law
      2. Recognize the responsibilities of the: manufacturers, distributors, and/or importers, and employers.
      3. Identify the rights of the: employees and Bureau of Labor
    13. Summarize the “Protocol for the Prevention of Transmission and the Management of HIV/AIDS at DMACC and its Clinical Sites.”
    14. Identify and/or demonstrate the fundamental instrumentation techniques necessary for adaptation and activation of the working end to the tooth
      1. Classify instruments by purpose and use.
      2. Identify information provided on the instrument handle
      3. Name the three major parts of a dental instrument
      4. Define instrument balance
      5. Relate the functions of a proper instrument grasp
      6. State the two types of basic instrument grasps you will be using
      7. Define fulcrum
      8. List three characteristics of the preferred finger rest
      9. Identify variations of finger rest with regard to: problems and general categories
      10. State and demonstrate the proper pressure that should be applied with the fulcrum and adverse effects of excess pressure
      11. Define adaptation
      12. Identify characteristics of a well-adapted instrument
      13. Define: angulation, lateral pressure, and a stroke
      14. Describe and apply the motion, directions, and length in which a stroke may be ap­plied
      15. Relate factors which influence stroke selection
      16. State effects and components of adequate vision and accessibility
      17. Identify the necessity for a thorough procedure and adverse effects of roughness during instrumentation
    15. Discuss the extraoral and intraoral examination
      1. List the objectives for conducting a thorough patient examination
      2. Discuss the current concept of patient care within our profession
      3. Relate steps to be taken in preparation for the examination
      4. Name and describe the 2 primary methods of examination for the extra- and intraoral inspection
      5. Recall advantages of a systematic sequence of examination
      6. Outline the sequence of steps for the oral cancer examination procedures
      7. Recall all information to include when describing a lesion
      8. State physical characteristics to be recorded
      9. Recall the three morphologic categories of lesions plus characteris­tics and terminology for each
      10. Define other descriptive terms
      11. State the principal method for control of oral cancer
      12. Identify the most common sites for oral cancer
      13. Recognize the basic forms of early cancer
      14. Name the two procedures for follow up of a suspicious lesion
      15. Define and list the indications for a biopsy
      16. Define and list indications and limitations of the cytological smear
      17. Recognize child abuse with regard to: general signs, oral signs, and parental attitude.
      18. Discuss the responsibility of professional personnel in reporting child abuse
      19. Recall definitions associated with substance abuse
      20. Identify general categories of substances of abuse
      21. Relate factors in recognition of drug abusers: general signs, and oral characteristics
      22. Discuss appointment factors for this type of patient
      23. Review technical hints and factors to teach the patient
    16. Specify methods, instruments, and procedures for supra- and subgingival examination and evaluation
      1. Identify the two methods of examination and the instruments to be used
      2. State when, in the appointment sequence, the explorer and probe are applied
      3. Describe the various styles of periodontal probes and their uses.
      4. Describe the mouth mirror, its purposes and uses, techniques for use, and proper care
      5. Recall purposes for application of air
      6. Describe the compressed air syringe and the technique and precau­tions for use
      7. List the general purposes and uses of explorers
      8. Describe the basic parts of the explorer
      9. Differentiate the types of explorers and their specific functions
      10. Distinguish the three basic tactile sensations when exploring
      11. Identify types of stimuli used to detect irregularities
      12. Describe procedures for supragingival examination: use of vision, facial and lingual surfaces, and proximal surfaces.
      13. Relate the steps in proper technique for subgingival evaluation with the explorer
      14. Name the terms for recording findings
    17. Describe and recognize characteristics of normal healthy gingiva and changes which occur in disease
      1. Review anatomy of the gingiva, periodontium, and related struc­tures
      2. Distinguish between gingival and periodontal disease
      3. Recall descriptive terminology with regard to severity and distribu­tion of disease
      4. Discuss importance of early recognition of tissue change
      5. Compare clinical signs of health in gingiva and changes which occur in disease with regard to: color, size, position, contour or shape (gingival margin or papillae; consistency, surface texture, bleeding and exudate.
      6. Recognize normal gingival characteristics for children with: primary dentition, mixed dentition
      7. Identify gingival changes in disease which may occur in children or young adults
      8. Recognize the characteristics of normal healthy gingiva following periodontal treatment
      9. Review factors to teach the patient
    18. Name, describe, and state the function of instruments utilized for removal of dental deposits
      1. State the first objective of dental hygiene treatments
      2. Discuss the term “oral prophylaxis” as a preventive periodontal treatment procedure
      3. List nine general objectives of dental hygiene instrumentation
      4. State the purpose of instrumentation
      5. Identify the cutting edges, purposes and uses, and application of: curets (area specific and universal), sickle scalers
      6. Recognize six basic qualities of all instruments which influence their usefulness
      7. Give eight reasons for maintaining sharp instruments
      8. Define scaling and root planing
      9. List the effects of complete removal of calculus and root planning
      10. Outline the procedure to prepare for instrumentation
      11. Define “bacteremia” and relate its occurrence
      12. Identify two precautions for preventing bacteremia
      13. Describe the procedures or techniques used in examina­tion for supragingival calculus
      14. Describe the procedures or additional techniques used in examina­tion for subgingival calculus
      15. Recall advantages of using a systematic procedure of instrumen­ta­tion
      16. Outline the overall use and system of individual instruments in the clinical procedure for scaling
      17. Sequence and describe the fundamental steps in instrument applica­tion for calculus removal
      18. Recognize factors which make subgingival calculus removal more complicated than supragingival calculus removal
      19. Give several reasons why the curet should be used for subgingival scal­ing and root planing
      20. Describe variations in the steps for removing subgingival calcu­lus
      21. Name three differences between root planing and subgingival scaling
      22. Describe the strokes used in root planing
      23. Discuss the importance of irrigating sulci or pockets
      24. Trace the healing time and process following complete calculus removal
      25. Relate the effect of: partial scaling, scaling tooth surface, and instrumentation within the pocket
      26. State the principal objective in the location of a broken instrument tip
      27. Outline the seven steps in the correct procedure to follow when an instrument blade tip breaks in the patient’s mouth
      28. Recall methods of enhancing patient comfort related to
      29. List four techniques which may be used to maintain a clear field
      30. Review factors to teach the patient
    19. Discuss disease development and contributing factors in gingival and periodontal tissues
      1. Define gingivitis and periodontal disease.
      2. Define a pocket
      3. Recall the parts of a pocket
      4. Name the two types of pockets and the basis of their classifica­tions
      5. Define and identify the characteristics of: a gingival pocket, and periodontal pockets
      6. Outline the sequence of steps in the development of a: gingival pocket and periodontal disease
      7. Identify the tooth surface pocket wall with regard to: tooth structure involved, substances found within the pocket, tooth surface changes which may occur as a result of pocket formation, methods and instruments for detection of surface irregularities, causes of surface roughness for enamel, CEJ, cemental surface, cementum.
      8. Define furcation involvement and relate clinical significance of observations
      9. Define mucogingival involvement and recall the significance of attached gingiva and clinical observations
      10. Describe the self-cleansing mechanism
      11. Distinguish between: complicating factors to disease development, and local or systemic factors.
      12. Identify complicating factors in the following areas: dental, gingival, and other
      13. State functions of saliva
      14. Define xerostomia and its: causes,effects, and treatment
      15. Review factors to teach the patient
    20. Identify the derivation, composition, distribution, occurrence, clinical appearance and significance to oral health of soft deposits
      1. Name the four “soft deposits.”
      2. Define: acquired pellicle, dental plaque, and materia alba
      3. Outline the development of acquired pellicle with regard to: formation, and source of materials
      4. Distinguish between the three types of pellicle
      5. Relate the significance of acquired pellicle
      6. Outline the sequence and composition in formation on plaque
      7. Discuss distribution of plaque
      8. Identify factors influencing plaque accumulation
      9. State two factors responsible for the size and diversity of the oral microflora
      10. Define opportunistic pathogens
      11. Identify sites available for colonization by oral bacteria
      12. Discuss the dynamic nature of the oral cavity with regard to
      13. Relate aspects of gingival sulcus environment to microbial colonization
      14. Name the beneficial and detrimental effects of normal microflora
      15. Identify criteria for colonization of the mouth and related factors for each
      16. Discuss “bacterial succession.”
      17. List mechanisms that limit colonization of the mouth and factors related to each.
      18. Trace the development of the oral microbiota during stages of the life cycle: infancy, childhood and adolescence, and adulthood
      19. Discuss colonization of oral surfaces: soft tissues, smooth tooth surfaces, and retentive areas (occlusal pits and fissures, interproximal areas and gingival sulci).
      20. Relate the composition of plaque
      21. Describe and contrast the characteristics of dental plaque and materia alba with regard to clinical appearance, distribution, occurrence, removal, recurrence, composition and structure, source, attachment, and significance to oral health.
      22. Identify methods for detecting dental plaque
      23. Compare supra- and submarginal dental plaque
      24. Discuss the significance of bacterial plaque and its pathogenic effects
      25. Explain the equation for dental caries initiation including essential and contributing factors
      26. Discuss the relationship between bacterial plaque and periodontal disease
      27. Relate the effect of diet on dental plaque with regard to: food intake and texture.
      28. Discuss food debris with regard to: location and impaction, and effects
      29. Review technical hints
      30. Review factors to teach the patient
    21. Compare the characteristics and techniques of examination for supra- and submarginal calculus
      1. Define “dental calculus.”
      2. State the purpose for removal of calculus
      3. Name the two classes of dental calculus
      4. Differentiate clinical characteristics of supra-and subgingival calcu­lus with regard to: location, color, shape, consistency and texture, quality, and distribution of teeth.
      5. Describe the occurrence of calculus
      6. List two techniques of examination for supragingival calculus
      7. List three techniques of examination and samples of conditions which indicate presence of subgingival calculus
    22. Relate the formation, structure, and significance of dental calculus
      1. Outline the sequence of calculus formation
      2. Discuss formation time of dental calculus
      3. Describe the structure of calculus
      4. Identify three general modes of attachment of calculus
      5. Recognize the composition of calculus
      6. Discuss the significance of dental calculus with regard to: plaque, pocket, plaque control techniques and scaling, permeability, and drainage from diseased pocket.
      7. State the two effective measures for prevention and control of calcu­lus
      8. Review factors to teach the patient
    23. Recognize the importance of instrument design as it applies to maintaining a sharp cutting edge and the original shape of the instrument
      1. List two objectives for techniques of instrument sharpening
      2. Identify sharpening stones with regard to: materials, categories and sterilization.
      3. Recognize four characteristics of facilities for sharpening
      4. Define a “cutting edge”.
      5. Explain the role of the sharpening stone in the dynamics of sharp­ening
      6. Describe three types of tests to conduct for examination of instru­ment sharpness
      7. Discuss care of instruments when sharpening before sterilization
      8. State when instruments should be sharpened
      9. Recall techniques to be applied after sharpening
      10. When sharpening curets and sickle scalers, identify: surfaces to be sharpened, and most desirable sharpening procedure.
      11. Outline the steps, pressure, and strokes in sharpening lateral and facial surfaces of your sickle and curet scalers
      12. Describe the techniques for sharpening the hoe
      13. Outline procedures for care and storage of the: ceramic stone and mounted stones.
      14. Declare when to discard an instrument
      15. Review technical hints
    24. Recount the etiology, composition, distribution, and clinical appearance of extrinsic and intrinsic stains
      1. State the two discolorations of the teeth which are the concern of the dental hygienist
      2. Recall the significance of stains
      3. Define: extrinsic & intrinsic, exogenous and endogenous.
      4. Relate techniques for the identification and removal of stains: occurring directly on the tooth surface, and incorporated within tooth deposits.
      5. Identify clinical appearance, distribution on tooth surfaces, composition, occurrence, and etiology of the following extrinsic stains: yellow, green, black line, tobacco, brown pellicle and other brown stains, orange and red, and metallic stains.
      6. Recognize intrinsic stains associated with: pulpless teeth, tetracycline, restorative metals, endodontic therapy, hereditary amelogenesis and dentinogenesis imperfecta, enamel hypoplasia and dental fluorosis
      7. Recognize five examples of exogenous intrinsic stains
      8. Recall technical hints for stain removal
      9. Review factors to teach the patient regarding tooth staining
  
  • DHY 171 - Principles of Dental Hyg Pract

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 0
    Lab Hours: 6
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    See DHY 170 .
    Prerequisite: BIO 164 , CHM 122 .
    Corequisite: DHY 170  
    Competencies
    1. Demonstrate actions in accordance with standards of personal and profes­sional account­ability
      1. Focus on goals set for becoming a professional
      2. Accept responsibility for engaging in activities that will promote success in achieving professional and personal goals
      3. Evaluate if you are becoming the sort of person you have chosen to be and become in terms of the values that human life supports across a broad range of human experiences (intrinsic values), and in terms of the obligations that a dental professional under
    2. Prepare the clinical site, clinician, and patient
      1. Identify, operate and/or adjust the dental chair, unit, light, stool
      2. Identify basic maintenance procedures to improve longevity, clean­liness and appearance of the components of the dental operatory
      3. Follow current CDC recommendations and OSHA standards for control of contamination and biohazardous materials
      4. Apply product information regarding health and physical haz­ards in Material Data Safety Sheets (MSDS) to product utiliza­tion in the dental setting
      5. Begin to analyze data in the patient medical and dental history in prepara­tion for interview and treatment
    3. Conduct patient assessment to provide baseline information for determining the general and oral health status of each patient
      1. Utilize interviewing techniques that ensure a thorough health history
      2. Gather information regarding the patient’s perspectives (wants, needs, and expectations).
      3. Adopt language patterns that reinforce that the patient is a partner in care
      4. Obtain patient’s vital signs
      5. Conduct an intraoral and extraoral examination identifying normal and abnor­mal structures
    4. Implement safe, effective, non-traumatic clinical dental hygiene tech­niques
      1. Demonstrate, given a typodont or partner
      2. Identify dull instruments and utilize basic principles of instrument sharpening
      3. Consider the variables of gingival condition, deposit characteristics, tooth morphology in order to begin to
    5. Demonstrate proficiency within prescribed error margins
  
  • DHY 181 - Dental Hygiene I

    Credits: 2
    Lecture Hours: 2
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    A continuation of instrumentation techniques. Emphasis is placed on patient assessment and principles of patient education in chairside instruction. Topics include polishing techniques, topical application of fluoride and supplementary procedure.
    Prerequisite: DHY 170 , DHY 171 .
    Corequisite: DHY 182  
    Competencies
    1. Manage the patient records using Dentrix dental software.
      1. Differentiate between the appointment book, family file, ledger and chart.
      2. Utilize the Dental Appointment book to locate patient appointments.
      3. Record medical information in the family file patient notes.
      4. Perform dental charting in the patient’s digital chart.
      5. Document patient assessment, treatment plan and completed procedures using the SOAP format in the clinical note section of the Dentrix dental chart.
      6. Manage the patient’s periodontal assessment in the periodontal chart of the Dentrix dental chart.
    2. Summarize the basic principles of polishing tooth surfaces, including the use of appropriate disclosing and polishing agents, if indicated
      1. Restate the concept of selective polishing.
      2. Discuss the relationship between polishing and plaque removal
      3. Describe the effects of polishing and
      4. List the major indications for polishing tooth surfaces
      5. Summarize contraindications for polishing
      6. Recall Wilkins’ suggestions for a clinic procedure of stain removal
      7. Define abrasive, abrasion and polishing.
      8. Describe the methods of application with regard to quantity, speed, and pressure.
      9. Describe the low speed handpiece, prophylaxis angle, and prophylaxis angle attachements and where they should be used.
      10. Describe the grasp for the handpiece with prophylaxis angle attached.
      11. Outline correct use of the rheostat pedal.
      12. Describe the stroke and procedure for use of rubber cup and bristle brushes.
      13. Discuss the importance of irrigation.
      14. Name the devices used for polishing proximal surfaces.
      15. Differentiate the characteristics and uses of various forms of dental tape and floss.
      16. Review polishing techniques with dental floss or tapes.
      17. Review correct application of polishing strips.
      18. Describe a disclosing agent.
      19. Name the primary purposes of a disclosing agent.
      20. Outline techniques for application of solution for direct application, rinsing, and tablet.
      21. Recognize effects of disclosing agents on clean teeth surfaces and oral mucous membranes.
      22. Review technical hints for use of disclosing agents.
      23. Review factors to teach the patient.
    3. Discuss the rationale for use of the fluoride ion and fluoride agents as dental caries preventive measures
      1. Identify the two general means fluoride is made available to the tooth structure
      2. Outline the intake and metabolism of fluoride in the body
      3. Discuss fluoride uptake during the stages of tooth development
      4. Describe the mechanisms of action for fluoride
      5. Define fluoridation
      6. State the optimum level of fluoridation for temperate climates
      7. Recall benefits of optimum fluoride with regard to appearance, caries reduction in permanent teeth, root caries, tooth loss, malocclusion and periodontal diseases.
      8. Discuss current fluoridation controversies.
      9. Identify economic benefits with regard to cost of fluoridation and professional care.
      10. Discuss dietary supplements of fluoride with regard to whom they are appropriate.
      11. Name the three most generally used topical fluoride preparations
      12. Discuss these preparations with regard to efficacy of caries reduction, solution, frequency of application and clinical features.
      13. Outline clinical procedures in preparation for topical fluoride applications
      14. Describe proper procedures for each of the following techniques; paint-on, tray and fluoride varnish.
      15. Identify accepted options for self-application of fluoride
      16. Describe indications, proper procedures, and patient education information to be provided for: home application of custom-fitted trays, use of fluoride mouthliners, fluoride dentifrices, brush-on gel and fluoride varnish.
      17. Discuss benefits derived from a combined fluoride program
      18. Review summary of fluoride management
      19. Identify signs and symptoms for acute and chronic toxicity
      20. Review technical hints
      21. Review factors to teach the patients
    4. Identify proper use of the periodontal probe to assist in determining periodontal status
      1. Identify six basic purposes of the periodontal probe and uses within each category
      2. Identify characteristics of the periodontal probe
      3. List two features to be considered in selecting a probe
      4. Recognize five characteristics of a pocket which guide use of the probe
      5. Name the general objectives of probing and factors that influence probe determinations
      6. Describe use of the probe with regarding insertion, advancement to base of pocket, reading and circumferential probing.
      7. Relate probe adaptations for molars and premolars, anterior teeth and proximal surfaces.
      8. Define “attachment level” and relate the rationale and procedure for probing
      9. Recall the furcations examination and types of furcations, anatomic features, and examination methods.
      10. Discuss the mucogingival examination and the tension test, gingival tissue examination, and measurement of amount of attached gingiva.
      11. Review the periodontal charting technique described in your text.
      12. Recall the methods for determining and recording tooth mobility and fremitus.
    5. Describe the structures and functions of the periodontium in health
      1. Illustrate and discuss the clinical anatomy of the periodontium
      2. Illustrate and describe the microscopic anatomy of the periodontium
      3. List and describe the functions of the periodontium
      4. Discuss the importance of the dentogingival unit
      5. Describe the blood supply to the gingival and the attachment apparatus
    6. Recall the tissue and cellular interactions involved in the development of inflammatory periodontal diseases
      1. Discuss current theories of periodontal disease activity
      2. Discuss the relationship of the inflammatory and immune host responses to inflammatory periodontal diseases
      3. Describe the course of the progression of gingivitis to periodontitis
      4. Distinguish between gingival and periodontal pockets
    7. Recognize the concept of risk factors for periodontal diseases and the relationship of periodontal diseases as a risk factor for other medical diseases
      1. Describe dental plaque formation as well as its composition in the supra and subgingival environment
      2. Describe the relationship between the mechanisms of bacterial action and host responses in the initiation and progression of periodontal diseases
      3. List and explain contributing local risk factors
      4. List and discuss possible systemic risk factors
      5. Discuss periodontal diseases as a risk factor for specific disease entities such as diabetes, cardiovascular disease, and preterm low-birth-weight babies
    8. Recall the classifications of inflammatory periodontal diseases
      1. Describe the1999 classification of periodontal diseases
      2. Discuss the relationship of hormones and medications with periodontal diseases
      3. Discuss periodontal disease associated with HIV-positive patients
      4. Explain the association of periodontal diseases relationship with dental implants
    9. Recall policies and procedures presented in DMACC’s “Basic Outline for Clinical Procedures.”
      1. Recognize life endangering emergency conditions and recall correct general first-aid procedures
      2. Describe the clinical procedure for the periodontal bleeding index (PBI) including the calculation of score and criteria.
      3. Use the Patient Hygiene Performance to assess plaque and debris.
      4. According to the Criteria for deposit Classification determine appropriate deposit classification
      5. Classify patients according to the American Academy of Periodontology’s classification of Periodontal Disease
      6. Record “SOAP” notes under “clinical notes” section of patients digital record.
    10. Enumerate the principles and details of methods for the prevention and control of dental caries and periodontal diseases
      1. Review primary, secondary, and tertiary measures
      2. Define a “program for prevention.”
      3. Outline the basic steps of a preventive treatment plan and examples of services performed for each.
      4. Define “dental health education.”
      5. Discuss motivation and patient-entered instruction
      6. Define disease contraol and oral physical therapy.
      7. Sequence the basic steps in the design of instruction
      8. Relate the principles of learning
      9. Present the series of steps in the learning ladder
      10. Identify the factors to be considered in the selection of objectives for the patient
      11. Describe the program outline with regard to program, immediate and long-range planning, when to teach and the setting.
      12. Review the sample lessons presented in the text
      13. Discuss the teaching system
      14. Recall considerations in evaluation of teaching aids in general characteristics, patient reading material, and use of models.
      15. Identify factors that contribute to the model of health behavior and be able to give dentally related example of each
      16. Describe the multidimensional approach necessary for long-term adherence to health recommendations
      17. List the salient beliefs identified by Rosenstock & Kegeles which influence the likelihood of an individual taking a recommended preventive action
    11. Recall the purposes, indications, and contraindications for various toothbrushing methods as applied to individualized chairside instruction
      1. Review the definition of plaque control
      2. Identify the principle instrument in general use for accomplishing plaque removal
      3. List the criteria that uninformed patients may use for selecting toothbrushes
      4. Trace the development of toothbrushes
      5. Describe the desirable characteristics of a brush designed to promote oral cleanliness
      6. Review the preferred design of a toothbrush with regard to handle, head, and bristles and filaments.
      7. Discuss the factors which influence selection of the proper toothbrush for a patient
      8. Comment on the use of medium or hard tufted toothbrushes
      9. Discuss the advantages for the use of the soft brush with rounded ends
      10. State the results that can be expected when a firm, comfortable grasp has been attained
      11. Review toothbrushing instructions with regard tograsp of bruch, sequence of brushing, and count system vs clock system for amount of brushing.
      12. State recommendations for frequency of brushing with consideration of patient’s age, present level of oral hygience, and state of oral health.
      13. Discuss the basis for classification of most toothbrushing methods
      14. Describe and demonstrate the methods of toothbrushing in regard to purpose and indication for use, technique, and problems that may result from improper technique.
      15. Describe the powered toothbrush in regard to head, filaments, motions, power source and speeds.
      16. Discuss the purpose and indications for use of the powered toothbrush
      17. State the level of muscle dexterity required to utilize automatic toothbrushes as compared to manual toothbrushes
      18. Describe and demonstrate the general suggestions and technique for brushing with an automatic toothbrush
      19. Discuss the oral conditions which may require supplemental brushing
      20. Recall objectives and correct technique for occlusal brushing and tongue brushing.
      21. Describe the effects that may result from improper toothbrushing and corrective measures for each
      22. List a variety of conditions which may indicate a temporary omission of toothbrushing from personal care routines.
      23. Review the supply of and steps in caring for the toothbrush
    12. Indicate appropriate oral conditions for application, and demonstrate use of the following auxiliary aids
      1. Dental floss, tape, and flossing devices.
      2. Knitting yarn.
      3. Gauze strip.
      4. Pipe cleaner.
      5. Toothpick devices.
      6. Balsa wood interdental cleaner.
      7. End-tufted brush.
      8. Interdental tip.
      9. Water-pik
      10. Rota-dent
      11. Sonic and power toothbrushes
      12. Tongue cleaners
    13. Recall the rationale for use of oral irrigation as an adjunct dental procedure
      1. State the focus of current oral irrigation research and summarize findings of significant studies
      2. Identify current factors responsible for the renewed interest in oral irrigation
      3. List indications and contraindications for use of oral irrigation in patient selection
      4. State effects of powered oral irrigation on plaque microflora
      5. Compare the effectiveness of oral irrigation to brushing and flossing in the removal of subgingival loosely attached plaque
      6. Describe the mechanism of action during oral irrigation
      7. Explain why oral irrigators enhance the effectiveness of antimicrobial agents in clinical practice.
      8. Incorporate the criteria for selection of appropriate antimicrobial agents in clinical practice
      9. Describe delivery systems available for subgingival irrigation
      10. Compare the results on the gingiva of mechanized, pulsed irrigation, subgingival delivery irrigation and passive irrigation
      11. Demonstrate the assembly, proper use and maintenance of the various irrigation systems
    14. Discuss the appropriate use for dentifrices and mouthwashes in prevention of disease and maintenance of dental health
      1. Define the two broad classifications of mouthwashes and dentifrices
      2. Identify active ingredients in mouthwashes and dentifrices
      3. List indications and contraindications for their use
      4. Recall the ADA evaluation programs for these products
    15. Discuss the rationale for and oral hygiene care of fixed and removable prostheses
      1. Define “dental appliance” and “dental prosthesis” and give examples of each
      2. Relate the importance of patient cooperation and success of treatment
      3. Discuss orthodontic appliances with regard to complications, general instructions and toothbrushing for disease control, and additional measures such as interdental aids, oral irrigation and care of a removalbe appliance.
      4. Discuss the rationale for the use of space maintainers
      5. Define “preventive orthodontics
      6. Identify fixed partial dentures with regard to definition, components and care procedures.
      7. Discuss the removable partial denture with regard to function, components, cleaning, and caring for natural teeth.
      8. Describe complete dentures and their components, purposes for cleaning, deposits, cleaning methods (immersion or brushing), classification of cleansers, and associated care of underlying mucosa.
      9. Relate information concerning the complete overdenture with reference to purposes, criteria for treatment, preparation of teeth, and hygiene care and patient education.
      10. Review technical hints for self-care and patient instruction
    16. Recognize deviations from the normal mechanical relationship between the teeth of the maxillary and mandibular arches
      1. State the primary objectives for observing occlusion
      2. Describe the ideal mechanical relationship between the teeth of the maxillary and mandibular arches in normal occlusion
      3. Identify the three types of facial profile
      4. Describe the malrelations that can occur between groups of teeth
      5. List the malposition of individual teeth
      6. Recognize the factors which may contribute to malocclusion
      7. Describe Angle’s classifications of occlusion as to facial profile, molar relationship and canine relationship.
      8. Identify the criteria for classifying occlusion in the deciduous dentition
      9. State the canine characteristics that may be present in the primary teeth
      10. Identify Angle’s classification of occlusion, malpositions of individual teeth and groups of teeth on study models
      11. Discuss the role of proximal contacts in occlusion
      12. State the cause of drifting and pathological migration
      13. Identify the types of trauma that can occur from occlusion
      14. List the effects of trauma from occlusion
      15. State the methods that may cause application of excess pressure on the periodontium
      16. Recognize the clinical and radiographic findings which serve as signs of trauma from occlusion
      17. Discuss technical hints which aid in observing occlusion and increasing patient rapport
      18. List factors to teach the patient
    17. Explain indications for utilization and principles of application for pulp testing
      1. Select the proper armamentarium (equipment and supplies) for administering percussion tests, thermal tests, and electric pulp tests
      2. Administer a percussion test, a thermal test, and an electric pulp test having chosen the necessary armamentarium
      3. Record the data obtained
      4. State orally or in writing the indications of this data
    18. Discuss the definition, action, indications, and techniques of application of pit and fissure sealants as part of a complete preventive program
      1. Identify three areas of use for the acid etch technique and specific example for each
      2. List current methods that are used to prevent pit and fissure caries
      3. Discuss the role of sealants in a total preventive program
      4. Discuss research findings regarding sealant retention and caries reduction
      5. Describe the mechanism by which the sealant attaches to the tooth
      6. Discuss the effect that the shape of a pit or fissure has on the penetration of a sealant
      7. Discuss the factors to be considered when selecting teeth for the sealant application
      8. Describe types of sealant material.
      9. Sequence the steps most commonly used when applying pit and fissure sealants
    19. Demonstrate the influence of patient/clinician experiences as they pertain to professional growth opportunities.
      1. Create two written relfection papers that each document the accurate collection of patient data combined with the individual patient/clinician interaction that transpired; relate that to perceived professional growth on the part of the clinician for the express benefit of future patient care.
  
  • DHY 182 - Clinical Dental Hygiene I

    Credits: 4
    Lecture Hours: 0
    Lab Hours: 8
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    See DHY 181 .
    Prerequisite: DHY 170 , DHY 171 .
    Corequisite: DHY 181  
    Competencies
    1. Demonstrate behavior congruent with the American Dental Hygienists’ Association Code of Ethics.
      1. Demonstrate accountability and responsibility for own professional behavior and development.
      2. Demonstrate accountability and responsibility reflecting professional values.
      3. Demonstrate professional behavior by being on time.
    2. Demonstrate previous practicum competencies with progressive independence, greater efficiency, and higher order critical thinking skills.
    3. Demonstrate and evaluate actions in accordance with standards of personal and professional accountability.
      1. Practice accurate periodontal charting
      2. Practice accurate dental charting
      3. Utilize plaque and gingival indices
      4. Complete occlusal assessment
      5. Use selection criteria to recommend radiographic surveys for new and recall patients
      6. Produce diagnostic radiographs
      7. View x-rays in a logical evaluation sequence
    4. Develop additional patient assessment skills to privde baseline information for determining the general and oral health status of each patient.
    5. Prepare dental hygiene diagnosis utilizing the assessment data to determine the patient’s health status and which health goals and courses of treatment are best.
      1. Design a treatment plan best suited to the specific needs of each patient
      2. Identify priorities for treatment including
      3. Discuss with the patient and faculty
      4. Demonstrate, given a partner or patient, basic instrumentation principles and techniques for periodontal probe, files, prophylaxis angle, oral irrigator
      5. Consider the variables of gingival condition, pocket topography and depth, deposit characteristics, tooth morphology in order to begin to
      6. Identify dull instruments and utilize basic principles of instrument sharpening
      7. Recognize limitations of instrumentation based on patient variables
      8. Establish a systematic sequence when performing proce­dures
      9. Utilize the following adjunct services when appropriate
      10. Evaluate treatment outcomes
      11. Follow established emergency protocol system and procedures when managing a medical emergency
      12. Adhere to the State of Iowa Code regarding mandatory reporters of dependent adult/child abuse
    6. Implement safe, effective, non-traumatic clinical dental hygiene techniques.
      1. Design a treatment plan best suited to the specific needs of each patient.
      2. Identify priorities for treatment including: a. emergency needs, b. prevention of disease, c. therapy, d. maintenance needs
      3. Discuss with the patient and faculty: a. dental hygiene treatment, b. operator responsibility, c. patient responsibility, d. informed consent, e. appointment schedule
      4. Demonstrate, given a partner or patient, basic instrumentation principles and techniques for the explorer, periodontal probe, curets and scalers, prophylaxis angle, periodontal files.
      5. Consider the variables of gingival condition, pocket topography and depth, deposit characteristics, tooth morphology in order to begin to: a. differentiate deposits from anatomical features, b. detect and remove most supragingival deposits including plaque, calculus, stain, c. begin to detect and remove subgingival deposits.
      6. Identify dull instruments and utilize basic principles of instrument sharpening.
      7. Recognize limitations of instrumentation based on patient variables.
      8. Establish a systematic sequence when performing procedures.
      9. Utilize the following adjunct services when appropriate: a. sealant placement, b. pulp vitality testing, c. care of dental appliances, d. fluoride therapy, e. oral irrgation/debridement
      10. Evaluate treatment outcomes.
      11. Follow established emergency protocol system and procedures whe managing a medical emergency: a. name indications and contraindications of basic life support, using the AED and oxygen administration, b. recall the equipment for oxygen resuscitation, c. outline the sequence of steps for applications of the AED and oxygen resuscitation equipment, d. identify systemic disease conditions and their sysmptoms and emergency treatment procedures, e. review technical hints and factors to teach the patient.
      12. Adhere to the State of Iowa Code regarding mandatory reporters of dependent adult/child abuse.
    7. Develop strategies to implement dental health education programs for individuals.
      1. Apply a philosophy of prevention that: a. encompasses the total health of the patient, b. specifically targets (1) health behaviors in control of the patient, (2) the patient’s life style, (3) those professional prcedures which can enhance oral health maintenance.
    8. Demonstrate increasing proficiency within prescribed error margins.
  
  • DHY 211 - Periodontology

    Credits: 2
    Lecture Hours: 2
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    The clinical characteristics, histopathology, etiology and treatment of periodontal diseases are presented. Special emphasis is placed on the role of the dental hygienist in the prevention and management of periodontal diseases.
    Prerequisite: DHY 121 , DHY 181 , DHY 182 .
    Corequisite: DHY 282  
    Competencies
    1. Recognize the anatomy of periodontal structures in the healthy state.
      1. Review the clinical anatomy of the periodontium.
      2. Review the microscopic anatomy of the periodontium.
      3. List the functions of the periodontium.
      4. Describe the lymphatic, blood and nerve supply to the gingiva and the attachment apparatus.
    2. Recognize the prevalence, extent, and severity of periodontal diseases in the population.
      1. Describe epidemiology and its descriptive terms; prevalence, incidence, extent, and severity.
      2. Explain the significance of epidemiologic data to future treatment.
      3. Describe the role of indices in private practice and population surveys.
      4. Describe the prevalence and incidence of periodontal diseases.
      5. Identify risk factors and risk indicators for periodontal diseases.
      6. Discuss future periodontal treatment needs and future trends that may have an impact on dental hygiene practice.
    3. Identify the clinical components of a dental examination and how it relates to the periodontal condition.
      1. List and discuss five phases of the dental hygiene process for periodontal patient care.
      2. Explain the importance of stating the goals for periodontal patient care.
      3. Discuss the difference between a dental diagnosis and a dental hygiene diagnosis.
      4. Explain the importance of data collection.
      5. Evaluate the importance of total health assessment in providing periodontal services.
      6. Discuss the importance of interviewing and questioning the patient.
      7. Discuss the implications of the chief complaint and medical history in planning periodontal treatment.
      8. Discuss the role of the dental hygienist in evaluating the dental and oral hygiene status of a patient.
      9. Describe the importance of performing an intraoral and extraoral examination.
      10. Describe the components of the dental examination.
      11. Explain how the findings of the dental evaluation relate to the recognition of periodontal diseases.
      12. Describe the significance of dental plaque on gingival health.
      13. Discuss calculus formation and its effects on gingival health.
      14. Describe the types of stains and their significance to oral hygiene.
      15. Determine the use and effectiveness of disclosing solutions for assessing gingival health.
      16. Plan oral hygiene education and resulting services based on the extent and location of tooth accumulated materials.
      17. Describe the rationale for performing a gingival assessment as part of the patient evaluation.
      18. Describe the clinical features of the gingiva in health and disease.
      19. Evaluate the procedures used in performing a gingival assessment.
      20. Explain bleeding at the gingival margin versus bleeding on probing.
      21. Recognize and discuss factors found in gingival assessment procedures that may be predictors of future disease activity.
      22. Explain the purposes for performing a periodontal assessment.
      23. Describe the components of a periodontal assessment.
      24. Explain the clinical significance of each component of a periodontal assessment.
      25. Discuss the significance of measuring clinical attachment loss versus probing depths.
      26. Compare and contrast several factors that can affect the accuracy of probe readings.
    4. Discuss the radiology background that is used in conjunction with clinical data to recognize and classify periodontal diseases.
      1. Recognize and discuss the periodontal structures seen on a radiograph.
      2. Discuss the rationale for radiographs in periodontics.
      3. Explain the features of conventional and computer-based digital imaging.
      4. List and discuss the benefits and limitations of radiographs used in periodontics.
      5. Explain the radiographic improvements aimed at decreasing patient radiation exposure.
      6. Discuss the types of radiographs used in the treatment planning and evaluation of implants.
    5. Describe the methods that can be used as a supplement to conventional periodontal assessments for recognizing and monitoring periodontal diseases.
      1. Evaluate the role of using adjunctive diagnostic aids as a predictor for periodontal breakdown.
      2. Describe the advantages and disadvantages of the various adjunctive diagnostic methods for detecting periodontal disease activity.
      3. Describe the type of patient that may require adjunctive diagnostic testing.
    6. Relate an understanding of periodontal diseases and evidence-based periodontal treatment planning.
      1. Discuss the evidence-based approach to treatment planning.
      2. Describe treatment guidelines for periodontal patients.
      3. Explain when more aggressive forms of therapy are needed and thus appropriate times for referral to a periodontist.
      4. Explain “informed consent”.
      5. Describe geriatric patient considerations in periodontal treatment planning.
      6. Discuss periodontal prognostic signs.
    7. Recall the fundamentals of counseling periodontal patients on oral hygiene self-care.
      1. Describe preventive measures taken to prevent and control the progression of periodontal diseases.
      2. Discuss preventive care as it relates to private practice.
      3. Discuss the various tooth brushing methods used to maintain gingival health.
      4. Compare the effectiveness of a powered toothbrush versus a manual toothbrush.
      5. Discuss the importance of interdental cleaning in maintaining periodontal health.
      6. Discuss an effective plaque-control regimen following periodontal surgery.
    8. Recognize current concepts about the adjunctive use of chemical agents in the prevention and treatment of the inflammatory periodontal diseases.
      1. Discuss the rationale for the use of chemical agents in the treatment of the inflammatory periodontal disease.
      2. List and discuss the various types of drug delivery systems.
      3. Describe the newest types of controlled-release devices.
      4. Discuss enzyme suppression therapy.
    9. Recall the objectives and therapeutic outcomes of periodontal instrumentation.
      1. Discuss the rationale for periodontal debridement.
      2. Explain the clinical outcomes of periodontal debridement.
      3. Discuss the effects of nonsurgical treatment on the subgingival microflora.
      4. Describe the effects of combined oral hygiene self-care with subgingival periodontal debridement on clinical attachment loss.
      5. Describe the healing response in gingivitis and periodontitis after periodontal debridement.
    10. Describe the etiology, identifying features, and therapy of occlusal trauma.
      1. Identify and describe two types of occlusal trauma.
      2. Recognize and describe the clinical and radiographic signs of occlusal trauma.
      3. Discuss the interrelationship between occlusal trauma and periodontitis.
      4. Define the role of the dental hygienist in occlusal therapy.
    11. Recognize the basic principles, and postoperative care for periodontal surgical procedures.
      1. Discuss the rational of periodontal surgical therapy.
      2. Describe the indications and contraindications for periodontal surgical therapy.
      3. Compare and contrast the currently accepted surgical treatment modalities.
      4. Counsel patients on postoperative care following periodontal surgery.
      5. Identify and explain the management of postoperative complications.
      6. Discuss surgical wound healing and how soon after surgery a reevaluation can be performed.
    12. Identify the basic principles of periodontal regeneration.
      1. Describe the process of periodontal regeneration, including the type and origin of cells involved in the regenerative process.
      2. Compare and contrast the different clinical procedures used to attain periodontal regeneration.
      3. Discuss postoperative care after periodontal regenerative surgery.
    13. Describe dental implants and the proper implant evaluation and maintenance procedures.
      1. Define the role of the dental hygienist in the management of patients with dental implants.
      2. Discuss dental implant indications, contraindications, benefits, and risks.
      3. Explain the various types of dental implants rationale for use, and materials for each.
      4. Define the basic components of a dental implant.
      5. Discuss the general sequence of implant placement, uncovering, and restoration.
      6. Compare the tissues around natural teeth and dental implants.
      7. Discuss the steps in evaluating tissue conditions around dental implants.
      8. Describe peri-implantitis and its management.
      9. Describe proper instrument selection and therapeutic steps for in-office maintenance procedures.
      10. 13.10 Recommend appropriate home-care techniques for patients with dental implants.
    14. Participate in the initial preparation, treatment and post-care for the patient receiving periodontal surgical treatment requiring sutures and dressings.
      1. Recognize periodontal surgical procedures requiring sutures and dressings.
      2. Describe the purpose, characteristics and classification of suture materials.
      3. Describe needle components and characteristics
      4. Discuss knot characteristics, management and suturing procedures.
      5. List the supplies and steps for future removal.
      6. Explain the purposes, characteristics and types of dressing materials.
      7. Describe the characteristics of a well-placed dressing.
      8. Provide patient instructions
      9. Demonstrate the placement and removal of a periodontal dressing.
      10. Recognize the importance of bacterial plaque control follow-up.
    15. Recognize the role periodontal maintenance has in the treatment of inflammatory periodontal diseases.
      1. Discuss the objectives of periodontal maintenance.
      2. Describe the components of periodontal maintenance.
      3. Describe the role of the dental hygienist in periodontal maintenance visits.
      4. Discuss the role of the dental hygienist in smoking cessation.
      5. Discuss when retreatment is necessary.
      6. Explain the factors involved in patient compliance.
  
  • DHY 221 - Dental Materials

    Credits: 2
    Lecture Hours: 2
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    A study of materials utilized in the practice of dentistry. Properties of dental materials and ADA requirements are presented.
    Corequisite: DEA 256  and DEA 424  or DHY 114  and DHY 223  must be taken concurrently or prior to this course
    Competencies
    1. Formulate the reasons a dental assistant/dental hygienist should be knowledgeable in the science of dental materials.
      1. Generate the rationale for studying dental materials
      2. Rank the standards for dental materials
      3. Organize the classifications of dental materials
      4. Compare and contrast the classifications of dental caries and restorations
    2. Categorize Physical, Chemical, Electrical and Mechanical Properties in relation to the oral cavity.
      1. Compare and contrast the difference between physical, chemical, electrical and mechanical properties and the properties of each.
      2. Interpret how these properties may alter a restoration.
    3. Compare and contrast the use of Preventative materials including whitening agents, sealants, mouth protectors, and fluorides.
      1. Organize tooth whitening agents and assess the processes of use.
      2. Interpret the purpose, procedure, and efficacy of dental sealants.
      3. Rewrite the purpose of mouth protectors and organize the types used.
      4. Categorize the components in fluoride gels, rinses and varnishes and defend their uses.
    4. Generate the characteristics and uses of dental amalgam.
      1. Evaluate the types of silver alloy available for amalgam, in terms of content, particle shape and explain the clinical consequences of using different alloy types.
      2. Compose the factors that affect handling and performance of amalgam.
      3. Critique the physical properties and how those factors determine the life of a restoration.
      4. Assess mercury toxicity and proper protocol for dental personnel.
    5. Organize the composition, properties and application of direct esthetic restorations including:
      1. Categorize the uses, components, and factors affecting the placement of composites.
      2. Categorize the uses, components and factors affecting the placement of glass ionomers.
      3. Rewrite the steps for placement of a direct polymeric restoration.
    6. Formulate the Adhesive materials used with amalgam and direct polymeric restorations.
      1. Categorize the uses and properties of adhesives for each type of restoration.
      2. Compare and contrast the differences of the microanatomy of enamel and of dental regarding etching and bonding.
    7. Formulate the properties and uses of finishing, polishing, and cleansing agents.
      1. Assess the different types of polishing and the abrasives used.
      2. Rank the factors affecting abrasion and polishing.
      3. Generate uses, contraindications, and components in polishing agents and dentifrices.
    8. Compose the function of different categories of impression materials including:
      1. Assess the difference between direct and indirect restorative procedures.
      2. Organize the different uses and composition of impression materials.
      3. Compare and contrast the difference between reversible and irreversible impression materials and advantages/disadvantages of each.
      4. Critique infection control of the impression in relation to dental personnel.
    9. Organize the characteristics and uses of gypsum materials.
      1. Compare and contrast properties related to each type of gypsum material and why they are important.
      2. Design the general procedure for producing a quality gypsum product.
      3. Prove the chemical formulation that produces a gypsum material.
      4. Critique the procedure for a quality study model.
    10. Compare and contrast the properties and uses of waxes.
      1. Categorize the difference between pattern waxes and processing waxes.
      2. Organize the properties of waxes.
    11. Rewrite the properties and uses of casting alloys, wrought alloys and solders.
      1. Compare and contrast the composition of various metals used and support why they are important.
      2. Generate the steps needed to achieve the casting process for an indirect restoration.
      3. Categorize the different types of indirect restorations and argue the advantages or disadvantages of each.
      4. Organize the different types of metals and classifications of each.
    12. Compare and contrast the properties and uses of acrylic resins in removable prostheses and provisional restorations.
      1. Formulate polymerization.
      2. Organize the steps in the construction of a removable prosthesis.
      3. Structure the fabrication of a provision restoration.
    13. Compare and contrast the components and uses of cements, bases, cavity liners and varnishes.
      1. Organize the properties and function of each type of cement, base, liner and varnish.
      2. Predict the manipulation and chemical reactions of each type of cement, base, liner and varnish
      3. Categorize the different cements, base, liner or varnish used in reference to the type of restoration being placed.
    14. Compare and contrast the indications and contraindications for dental implants and the various types used.
      1. Categorize the materials used for implants.
      2. Critique the stages of osseointegration.
      3. Formulate the proper care of a dental implant by dental personnel and the patient.
    15. Compare and contrast the different types of sutures.
      1. Categorize the classification of suture materials.
  
  • DHY 223 - Dental Materials Lab

    Credits: 1
    Lecture Hours: 0
    Lab Hours: 2
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    Through laboratory experience, the student learns techniques in the preparation and utilization of dental materials.
    Corequisite: DHY 221  
    Competencies
    1. Produce safe practice in the laboratory.
      1. Perform laboratory housekeeping practices.
      2. Appraise emergency equipment, procedures and assess first aid supplies.
      3. Locate material safety data sheets (M.S.D.S.) for dental products
    2. Formulate infection control practices.
      1. Categorize the infectious, physical, and chemical hazards in a dental office
      2. Appraise the practice of universal precautions in dentistry.
      3. Prove the types of personal protective equipment (PPE) that must be used for the practice of dentistry in the operatory and laboratory and justify the criteria of selection.
      4. Rank the methods that may be used to prevent cross-contamination during distribution of dental supplies.
      5. Defend the significance of an office exposure control program and protocol for managing exposure to bloodborne pathogens for office personnel and the dental laboratory.
    3. Incorporate use of the instruments of measure.
      1. Predict mass on a gram scale
      2. Assess use of a milliliter graduate and ruler
      3. Prove volume using a cubic centimeter graduate.
    4. Generate care and use of dental equipment in the laboratory.
      1. The whip mix machine.
      2. The model trimmer
      3. The dental lab engine
      4. The dental lathes for wet and dry use
      5. The Sta-Vac machine
      6. The Triad machine
    5. Compare and contrast impression materials and perform the manipulation technique for each product including:
      1. Wax and impression compound
      2. Zinc oxide-eugenol (ZOE)
      3. Agar or reversible hydrocolloid, alginate
      4. Polysulfides, condensation silicones, polyethers and addition silicones
    6. Compare and contrast gypsum materials and perform the manipulation technique producing a variety of gypsum products to include:
      1. Materials: dental plaster, stone, and improved stone
      2. Products: study model, cast and die
    7. Create an alginate impression on a student partner.
      1. Appraise the aspects of patient preparation for alginate impressions including appropriate tray criteria and use of rope wax if needed.
      2. Perform mixing of the alginate, loading, seating and removal of the tray to obtain acceptable alginate impressions.
      3. Critique the impressions to acceptability of laboratory standards.
    8. Generate and trim a study model
      1. Assess the following laboratory procedures: a. use a gypsum product to pour a study model from an impression. b. trim the study model on the model trimmer using appropriate cast cuts for patient consultation and treatment planning
      2. Compare and contrast the two methods of diagnostic cast/study model fabrication.
      3. Critique the completed study model for diagnostic proficiency.
    9. Formulate the application and manipulation of dental waxes.
      1. Compare and contrast pattern and processing dental waxes.
    10. Formulate the application and manipulation of dental amalgam.
      1. Incorporate acceptable mercury hygiene practices.
      2. Perform by mixing and placing a dental amalgam restoration in a tooth cookie.
    11. Compare and contrast the application and manipulation of dental materials used in removal prostheses, bleaching trays and a variety of oral appliances.
      1. Assess the different oral appliances used in the dental profession.
      2. Interpret the different thermoplastic materials used in the fabrication of oral appliances and critique their properties.
      3. Prove the steps involved in fabricating an oral appliance.
    12. Compare and contrast the application and manipulation of adhesive and direct polymeric restorative materials.
      1. Evaluate the differences of the microanatomy of enamel and dentin regarding etching and bonding.
      2. Prioritize the properties of restorative resins.
      3. Interpret the differences between flowable and condensable composites.
    13. Perform the application of a variety of abrasive polishing materials used in the clinical or laboratory setting.
      1. Produce the steps of amalgam polishing.
      2. Compare and contrast the rate of abrasion for clinical and laboratory procedures.
    14. Compare and contrast the application and manipulation of a variety of dental cements.
      1. Critique the properties of Zinc oxide eugenol, zinc phosphate cement, polycarboxylate cement, glass ionomer cement, calcium hydroxide cement.
      2. Prove the mixing process and setting times for the cements stated above.
    15. Compare and contrast the application and manipulation of a variety of provisional restorations.
      1. Prove the construction and placement of provisional restorations.
      2. Perform the procedure for the construction and placement of provisional restorations.
  
  • DHY 230 - Oral Health Nutrition

    Credits: 2
    Lecture Hours: 2
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    This course relates nutrients and their effect on oral health throughout the life cycle. Course includes an introduction to the principles of dietary counseling for optimal oral health.
    Prerequisite: BIO 164 , CHM 132  
    Competencies
    1. Demonstrate behavior congruent with the American Dental Hygienists? Association Code of Ethics.
      1. Conduct and record the DMACC Caries and Periodontal Disease Risk Factors Assessment and counseling session on a student partner
      2. Communicate effectively and respectfully in classes.
      3. Participate in assigned classroom activities without disrupting others.
      4. Comply with program policies listed in your Dental Hygiene Student Policy Manual.
    2. Evaluate healthy eating habits
      1. List the general physiological functions of the six nutrient classes
      2. Identify factors that influence food habits.
      3. Name the food groups in MyPlate
      4. State the amounts needed from each of the food groups in MyPlate for a well-balanced 2000 calorie diet.
      5. Identify significant nutrient contributions of each food group, and assess their implications for oral health.
      6. State the Dietary Guidelines for Americans and their purpose.
      7. Analyze dietary intake of a patient, using the Dietary Guidelines for Americans and MyPlate Food Guidance System.
      8. Differentiate the purposes of dietary reference intakes (DRIs), MyPlate, and reference daily intakes (RDIs).
      9. Apply basic nutritional concepts to help patients with nutritional problems.
    3. Interpret the digestive system.
      1. Discuss factors that influence food intake.
      2. Rewrite general functions of each digestive organ.
      3. Point out chemical secretions necessary for digestion of energy-containing nutrients and in what parts of the gastrointestinal tract they are secreted.
      4. Chart the nutrients that require digestion and the digested products that can be absorbed.
      5. Summarize the role of gastrointestinal motility in the digestion and absorption process.
      6. Predict how the digestion and absorption processes may affect nutritional status and oral health.
    4. Evaluate the role carbohydrates play in nutrition and oral health.
      1. Identify major carbohydrates in foods and in the body.
      2. List ways glucose can be used in the body.
      3. State the functions of dietary carbohydrate and why carbohydrates should be included in the diet.
      4. Identify dietary sources of lactose, other sugars, and starches.
      5. State the role and sources of dietary fiber.
      6. Recall the number of kilocalories provided per gram of carbohydrate.
      7. Characterize the role of carbohydrate in the caries process.
      8. Compare and contrast carbohydrate consumption when counseling patients to reduce risk for dental caries.
    5. Defend the role of proteins and the role they play in oral health.
      1. List the possible fates of amino acids.
      2. Classify foods as sources of high-quality or lower-quality proteins.
      3. Explain how protein foods can be used to complement one another.
      4. Plan menus to include the recommended protein level for a meat-containing diet and a vegetarian diet.
      5. Propose why various physiological states require different amount of protein.
      6. Analyze the problems associated with protein deficiency or excess.
      7. Assess a patient’s protein consumption in terms of deficiency or excess.
      8. Incorporate nutrition principles regarding food intake to prevent protein deficiency and protein excess into patient counseling.
    6. Organize lipids and their role in nutrition and oral health.
      1. Identify the basic structural units of dietary lipids.
      2. Describe how fatty acids affect properties of fat
      3. Name the essential fatty acids and some of their functions.
      4. List the functions of fats in the body and explain how these affect oral health.
      5. Give examples of dietary sources of saturated, monosaturated, polysaturated, omega-3 and trans fatty acids, and cholesterol.
      6. State the number of kilocalories provided per gram of fat
      7. Plan appropriate interventions when dietary modification of fat intake has been recommended to a patient.
      8. Formulate nutritional directions for patients concerning fats.
    7. Relate energy metabolism and energy balance for a healthy diet.
      1. Calculate energy needs according to the patient?s weight and activities.
      2. Explain physiological sources of energy.
      3. Identify factors affecting the basal metabolic rate.
      4. Assess factors affecting energy balance.
      5. Describe the effects of inadequate energy intake.
      6. Explain the principles for regulating energy balance to a patient.
    8. Evaluate the role of vitamins and minerals in a healthy diet and how inadequacies can affect oral health.
      1. List the fat-soluble and water-soluble vitamins. and compare the characteristics of each.
      2. Identify functions, deficiencies, surpluses, toxicities and oral symptoms for vitamins A, D, E, K, and C.
      3. Select food sources for vitamins A, D, E, K, and C.
      4. Assess dental hygiene considerations for vitamin A, D, E, K, and C.
      5. Formulate nutritional directions for patients regarding vitamins A, D, E, K, and C.
      6. List the minerals found in collagen, bones, and teeth.
      7. Outline causes and symptoms of mineral excesses or deficits.
      8. Defend the role of water fluoridation in the prevention of dental caries
      9. Summarize nutritional directions for patients regarding calcium, phosphorus, magnesium, and fluoride.
      10. Apply dental hygiene considerations for trace elements present in calcified structures.
      11. Discuss nutritional directions for vitamins closely involved in maintaining healthy oral tissues.
    9. Outline the role of water and the minerals in a healthy diet and how they are required for oral soft tissues and salivary glands.
      1. Explain fluid and electrolyte balance.
      2. Describe oral signs and symptoms of fluid and electrolyte imbalances.
      3. Identify nutritional directions for patients with fluid and electrolyte imbalances.
      4. Predict the oral symptoms or signs of iron, zinc, and iodine deficiency.
    10. Justify nutritional requirements affecting oral health in women.
      1. Assess nutrients commonly supplemented during pregnancy and lactation
      2. Recommend food intake during pregnancy and lactation to provide adequate nutrients using national guidelines.
      3. Prioritize nutritional factors affecting fetal development.
      4. Create nutritional directions for patients who are pregnant or breastfeeding.
    11. Justify nutritional requirements during growth and development and prioritize eating habits which affect oral health.
      1. Describe the procedure for introducing solid foods after the initial stage of feeding by bottle or breast.
      2. Examine ways to handle typical nutritional problems that occur in infants, young children, school-age children, and adolescents.
      3. Assess nutrition education needs for patients during infancy, early childhood, elementary school years, and adolescents.
      4. Correlate physiological changes that alter the nutritional status of infants and adolescents.
    12. Critique nutritional requirements for older adults and eating habits which affect oral health.
      1. Identify nutrition education needs for older adults.
      2. Assess physiological changes altering an older patient?s nutritional status.
      3. Contrast differences in amounts of nutrients needed by older patients compared with younger patients
      4. Rank factors influencing food intake of older patients.
      5. Justify dietary changes that could be implemented to provide optimum nutrient intake for older patients.
    13. Design a nutrition counseling session for the prevention and management of dental caries and periodontal disease.
      1. Discuss the responsibility of the dental hygienist with regard to dietary counseling.
      2. Identify the type of patient who needs dietary counseling.
      3. Explain the role each of the following play in the caries process: tooth, saliva, food, and dental biofilm.
      4. Choose foods that stimulate salivary flow.
      5. Outline food choices and their timing to reduce the cariogenicity of a patient?s diet.
      6. Defend the role nutrition plays in periodontal health.
      7. Correlate the effects of food consistency and composition in periodontal disease.
      8. Describe nutritional factors associated with gingivitis and periodontitis.
      9. Relate the importance of a screening device for identifying patients nutritionally at risk for dental caries and/or periodontal disease.
    14. Conduct and record the DMACC Caries and Periodontal Disease Risk Factors Assessment and counseling session on a student partner
      1. Describe the components needed to assess the nutritional status of a patient.
      2. Explain the purpose and perform the CariFree CariScreen Assessment Test on a student partner.
      3. Formulate a dietary treatment plan for a dental problem influenced by nutrition.
      4. Identify the steps and considerations in implementing a dietary treatment plan.
      5. Describe the steps in a nutritional counseling session.
      6. Demonstrate several communication skills the dental hygienist should employ when counseling a patient
  
  • DHY 251 - Community Oral Health

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 2
    Lab Hours: 2
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    The course relates the concepts of dental public health and preventive dentistry, including principles of biostatistics, epidemiology, dental manpower and delivery systems. Students plan, implement and evaluate a community dental health project.
    Prerequisite: DHY 261  
    Competencies
    1. Recognize the connection between people’s health and community oral health
      1. Define the terms health, public health, and dental public health
      2. Identify public health problems within a community
      3. Identify public health measures or solutions
      4. Define dental disease as a public health problem with public health solutions
      5. Explain the role of the government in public health solutions
      6. Discuss the 10 greatest public health achievements of the 20th century
      7. Identify core functions of public health and the essential public health services
      8. Define various roles of the dental hygienist in order to determine how they relate to community oral health practice
    2. Consider responsibilities included in a public health career: Program development, implementation and evaluation in a variety of settings
      1. Explain public health career options for dental hygienists
      2. Differentiate between career options available independently and through community agencies
      3. Discuss public health careers as a means of addressing the problem of access to oral health care
      4. Define skills and educational requirements for various roles in public health
      5. Explain the relationship of private practice activities to public health activities
      6. Identify specific careers, categorized by the various roles of the dental hygienist.
    3. Describe how community health is affected by social, demographic, political, economic, and technologic changes
      1. Explain the importance of assessment as a core public health function
      2. Describe the roles of public health professionals in assessment
      3. Discuss the basic terms, concepts, and characteristics of epidemiology
      4. Describe the conceptual models that illustrate the determinants of health
      5. Identify the determinants of health that affect the health of individuals and communities
      6. Identify the specific stages of a planning cycle
      7. Discuss a community oral health improvement process
      8. Describe the main steps followed and key activities undertaken in a community oral health assessment
      9. Compare and contrast the different methods of data collection that can be used in community health assessments
    4. Identify factors that ensure that a comprehensive profile of a community?s health is depicted
      1. Discuss the health goals and health objectives of Healthy People 2010 and compare those to the goals and objectives of Healthy People 2020.
      2. Describe the oral health objectives of Healthy People 2010 and compare those to the oral health objectives of Healthy People 2020.
      3. Discuss the measures that can be used to assess oral health status and access to services in a community
      4. Compare and contrast the clinical and nonclinical measures used in oral health surveys
      5. Describe the current status and trends of oral health in the United States
      6. Discuss the factors that influence oral health in populations
      7. Identify oral health disparities among population groups
    5. Discuss community oral health programs as opportunities for achieving improved oral health and, consequently, overall health
      1. Identify oral health programs at the national, state, and local level
      2. Discuss the essential public health services for oral health
      3. Describe the four phases of organizing an effective community oral health program
      4. Define goals and objectives
      5. Explain how program goals and objectives are used in program planning, implementation, and evaluation
      6. Discuss the benefits of primary prevention programs, including fluoridation, sealants, and oral health education
      7. Describe the importance of community water fluoridation as a public health measure
      8. Identify the different funding streams and structures for obtaining dental services through public health systems
    6. Relate that it is important to understand where to find reliable answers to questions independently as well as to understand the process that provides these answers
      1. Differentiate between the hypothesis and the null hypothesis of a research study
      2. Explain the importance of the scientific method in research
      3. Define a population and a sample as related to research
      4. Discuss sampling techniques and their uses
      5. Discuss the difference between the independent and dependent variables
      6. Use the terms mean, median, and mode to express the results of data collection
      7. Define the terms continuous and discrete data and their respective scales of measurement
      8. Discuss the uses of various statistical techniques
      9. Use different types of displays to exhibit data
      10. Explain the difference between type I and type II errors
      11. Define probability and statistical significance
      12. Express the importance of evaluating dental literature
      13. Explain the criteria for reviewing scientific literature
      14. Donduct a comprehensive review of scientific journals relating to a topic of dentistry.
      15. Present a table clinic to peers and the local dental hygience component that summarizes the findings of an evidence-based review.
      16. Recall and incorporate oral presentation skills and a variety of educational methodologies and strategies.
    7. Recognize that promotion efforts can increase demand for care, use of dental services, and preventive self-care measures
      1. Discuss various health promotion theories and their application to promotion of oral health
      2. Discuss the distinctions between ?generic,? ?targeted,? ?personalized,? and ?tailored? health messages
      3. Identify strategies for delivering health information to consumer groups by using innovative visual materials and activities and methods for evaluating the effectiveness of the strategies
      4. Outline the basic components, advantages, and limitations of table clinics, poster presentations, oral papers, and round table discussions as methods of presenting scientific information to health professionals
      5. List examples of service-learning programs that can increase a dental hygienist? understanding of community dental health issues and approaches
      6. Identify professional organizations that offer opportunities for personal growth and development in the field of community health and dental public health
    8. Demonstrate social responsibility by adhering to personal and professional ethics and participating in the role of a professional in the context of the greater society
      1. Define the terms social responsibility and professional ethics
      2. Discuss the various opinions surrounding health as a right or a privilege
      3. Explain how the current delivery of oral health care services affects access
      4. Identify how the concept of need versus demand affects allocation of resources and the hygienist?s role as Consumer Advocate and Educator
      5. Explain the roles of the dental hygienist as they relate to community education, risk communication, and leadership
      6. Discuss the responsibility of dental hygienist with respect to cultural competence and their role in providing care to special populations
    9. Describe general characteristics and oral health and treatment needs of the geriatric population
      1. Discuss theories of aging
      2. Describe the significant demographic characteristics of the population older than age 64
      3. Describe normal age-related changes of the cardiovascular, pulmonary, musculoskeletal, neurosensory, gastrointestinal, genitourinary, and integumentary systems
      4. Describe prevalent chronic diseases associated with aging and discuss the implications for dental hygiene care
      5. Identify age-related oral changes commonly found in the older adult
      6. Discuss oral changes that occur as a result of diseases or medications
      7. Explain potential alterations in the dental hygiene process of care that need to be considered when treating an older adult
      8. Describe demographics, risk factors, disease patterns, and psychological factors associated with tooth loss
      9. Describe oral physiologic changes of the edentulous and partially edentulous client
      10. Identify appliances used in fixed and removable prosthodontic therapy
      11. Describe dental hygiene care implications for prosthodontic therapy
      12. Educate prosthesis-wearing clients and care givers abut expectations, personal responsibility for oral health, importance of oral hygiene measures and regular professional care, and nutrition to maintain oral health
      13. Plan and evaluate dental hygiene care for clients with fixed and removable prostheses
    10. Conduct a needs assessment, plan, implement, and evaluate two separate community dental health education projects.
      1. Submit a formal written review and documentation of all facets of a community dental health project.
      2. Submit a formal written lesson plan on an oral health topic designed for a second visit to the same classroom visited in DHY-261.
  
  • DHY 261 - Dental Health Education

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 2
    Lab Hours: 2
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    An introduction to the principles of instruction in health care. The course will include developing, presenting and evaluating dental health education programs for public schools and community groups.
    Prerequisite: DHY 170 , DHY 171  
    Competencies
    1. Perceive how the person relates to the community and factors that influence personal and community health
      1. Discuss the differences between the World Health Organization’s definitions of health and others’ definitions, as well
      2. Discuss the concepts of wellness and high-level wellness in relation to health
      3. Discuss the models of health and health behavior associated with the treatment-orientation and prevention-orientation paradigms of healthcare leading to the current health promotion paradigm
      4. Differentiate between the three levels of prevention: primary, secondary, and tertiary, and provide an oral health example for each
      5. Differentiate between health education, health prevention, and health promo­tion
      6. Describe health promotion strategies of social marketing, health education, mass media, community organization, advocacy, and legislation
      7. Recognize the themes from Healthy People 2010 and Healthy Iowans 2010: empowerment, eliminating health disparities, collaboration, and dynamic change
      8. Identify oral health goals, rational and action steps from Healthy Iowans 2010 that impact children
      9. Discuss the role of the dental hygienist as change agent, manager, consumer advocate, researcher, and educator in health promotion
    2. Recognize that oral disease remains a public health problem for Americans and how this problem can be addressed through dental health education.
      1. Recall the importance of dental health education and promotion
      2. Identify essential information that the dental health educator must be cognizant of as a part of program planning
      3. Recognize that behavioral theories applicable on an individual level may not be transferable to solving group and community level health problems
      4. List and describe key issues in dental health education
      5. State the factors related to the learner and social environment that influence the dental education process
      6. Apply current theories of health education that research has proved effective
      7. Describe a variety of dental health programs
      8. Provide a list of strategies to further the public’s oral health
    3. Explain the objectives, components, contents, and factors involved in general and dental health school programs
      1. Define health education.
      2. Distinguish between public health education and school health education; describe their interrelationship
      3. Briefly outline the growth and development of school health program policies.
      4. Identify the responsibility for public school education
      5. Identify the major content areas of health instruction.
      6. State the primary goals of a dental disease prevention program
      7. Recognize the several different areas in which dental health concepts can be reinforced in the elementary school curriculum
      8. Discuss dental health as a major area of health education
      9. Describe the potential roles of the dental hygienist in a school setting
    4. Recognize and apply principles of the teaching-learning process
      1. Describe the domains of learning
      2. Identify major theories of motivation
      3. Describe how teaching, learning, and communication are interwoven
      4. Give examples of application of principles to classroom and/or chairside education
      5. Analyze written descriptions of presentations and isolate strengths and weak­nesses, based on teaching-learning principles
      6. Describe the application of learning theory in behavioristic, cognitive, and humanistic psychology
      7. Identify communication, teaching and learning techniques appropriate
    5. Prepare to become a classroom oral health educator throughout childhood and adolescence
      1. Identify aspects to be considered in preparing to become an effective educator
      2. Apply knowledge regarding classroom management techniques.
      3. Increase awareness of multicultural issues in a diverse student population
      4. Identify general methods of teaching and their appropriate use, such as lecture, demonstration, discussion and inquiry, games and activities, role playing, small group/cooperative learning, problem-solving; field trips, and audiovisuals and visuals.
      5. Recognize the emotional and physical development for the age/grade being taught
    6. Identify and apply components of a dental health lesson plan
      1. Focus on topics appropriate for dental health education for grades K-6.
      2. Utilize current theories for lesson planning.
      3. Identify necessary adaptations to meet the requirements of special needs students in the classroom
    7. Plan, implement and evaluate a dental health unit of instruction for first grade students in an Ankeny elementary school
      1. Observe the classroom setting and students
      2. Prepare a formal written lesson plan that focuses on objective-driven areas of dental health education.
      3. Implement the lesson plan at a time to be coordinated with the classroom teacher
      4. Evaluate the lesson utilizing object-driven criteria.
      5. Reveive and analyze the teacher/classroom evaluation and compare it to self-evaluation for the benefit of future presentations.
    8. Recognize program evaluation as a method to provide accurate information for decision making.
      1. Distinguish between basic and applied research.
      2. Recall the importance of measurable objectives in relation to evaluation methods.
      3. Define the following: reliability and validity.
      4. Explain the meaning of and discern the differences between evaluation, measurement, and testing
      5. Discuss the need for multiple evaluation instruments.
      6. List recognized factors to consider in instrument selection.
    9. Recognize and apply an approach for preparing a community outreach program
      1. Identify basic components required
    10. Recognize specific problems, skills and opportunities that are required to understand and perform prevention and treatment for children under the age of 5
      1. Describe the fetal development of the oral cavity and oral findings during pregnancy
      2. Discuss the timing and location of common caries experience in children
      3. State the rationale for recommended age of first dental interaction and possible indications for referral to a pediatric dentist
      4. Develop policy and office protocol that follow the needs of the developing child, using anticipatory guidance
      5. Discuss components of dental caries risk assessment
      6. Describe preventive measures for high risk children
      7. List principles that can be used in treatment and management according to risk assessment
      8. State the benefits of managing the caries process before the cavi­ties
      9. Recall how you know the caries process has been successfully managed
      10. Define anticipatory guidance
      11. List and describe the domains of behavior.
      12. Recall common fears children have about dental experiences
      13. Discuss the parental dimensions in regard to informed consent and risk management
      14. Identify traumatic injuries to primary teeth
      15. Recall periodontal and soft tissue abnormalities of young children
      16. Recognize factors affecting dental and maxillofocial growth and development
      17. State the major stages of comprehensive orthodontic treatment
      18. Describe early orthodontic treatment initiated in the primary or mixed dentition
      19. Describe mechanical plaque control aids as well as the use of fluorides and antimicrobial agents for the orthodontic patient
  
  • DHY 281 - Dental Hygiene II

    Credits: 2
    Lecture Hours: 2
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    A continuation of clinical practices. Further instruction and application in techniques for a complete oral prophylaxis and Phase 1 therapy. Topics include smoking cessation, intraoral photography, sonic scaling and air polishing.
    Prerequisite: DHY 181 , DHY 182 .
    Corequisite: DHY 282  
    Competencies
    1. Apply principles of body movements for motion economy, including correct postural criteria for patient, operator, and assistant
      1. Relate the appropriate “clock” positions for the operator and the assistant
      2. Describe the four zones of activity
      3. Define the four basic principles of four-handed dentistry
      4. Explain how four-handed dentistry can be generalized to four-handed dental hygiene and recognize the effect on productivity
    2. Apply principles of time and motion management
      1. List the objectives of time and motion management
      2. Identify the primary considerations in motion economy
      3. Evaluate facilities’ design in terms of motion economy and traffic flow
      4. Identify how traffic flow, use of auxiliaries, and factors such as sound and illumination affect the efficient utilization of resources
      5. Specify those elements of time and motion management that are necessary for maximum productivity in the delivery of chairside dental hygiene care
      6. Identify primary benefits of an efficient program of time and motion management
    3. Discuss criteria and advantages for use of high velocity evacuation
      1. Define H.V.E. (high velocity evacuation)
      2. State three advantages of H.V.E
      3. Identify the basic methods for holding the suction tip
      4. State the primary criteria for suction tip placement
      5. Describe the various suction tip placements utilized in the oral cavity while maintaining soft tissue retraction
      6. Recall appropriate criteria for effective saliva ejector placement
      7. Discuss and demonstrate the proper procedures for maintaining oral evacuation equipment
    4. Describe the correct use of various sonic and ultrasonic scalers
      1. Recall the rationale for proper tip selection
      2. Describe how the tip moves to remove the deposits
      3. State the factors which affect the amount of energy developed at the tip
      4. Relate principles utilized in tuning an ultrasonic unit
      5. Contrast versatility of sonic and ultrasonic units
      6. State the indications and contraindications for using a sonic or ultrasonic unit
      7. Compare the effects of hand instrumentation, sonic, and ultrasonic instrumen­tation on tooth surfaces and gingiva
      8. Demonstrate appropriate decision making in choosing the use of a sonic or ultra­sonic unit
    5. Discuss the principles in effective utilization of the air polisher
      1. Describe the rationale for use of the air polisher
      2. State contraindications for use of the air polisher
      3. Compare the effects of rotary polishing and air polishing on tooth surfaces and soft tissues
      4. Describe and demonstrate procedures performed in maintenance of the air polisher
    6. Describe the correct use of the Diagnodent, and alternate methods for caris detection
      1. Assemble the KaVo Diagnodent correctly
      2. perform calibration with the selected tip
      3. perform proper examination of tooth surfaces on a student partner
      4. perform infection control and maintenance procedures according to manufacturer’s specifications
    7. Explain the appropriate use of site specific drug therapy in the treatment of periodontal disease
      1. State the optimal conditions for effective treatment
      2. Recall indications for use
      3. List armamentarium necessary for application
      4. Explain the key procedural steps in site-specific drug therapy
      5. Recall alternative and/or adjunctive treatment options for the following; deep pockets, furcations, consecutive teeth, and highly inflamed sites.
    8. Develop a tobacco use cessation program
      1. Recall the rationale for dentistry’s involvement with tobacco related issues
      2. Recognize the trends, issues, and effects of smokeless and smoking tobacco
      3. Apply the brief, simple and effective tobacco intervention methods for dental practice that have been identified by National Cancer Institute clinical re­search
    9. Recognize techniques that will produce intraoral photographs to enhance treatment planning, patient education, and document patient conditions
      1. State recognized reasons for the use of intra-oral photography in dentistry
      2. Identify the types of cameras commonly used in dental practices and recognize the advantages and disadvantages of each one.
      3. Summarize appropriate patient preparation for exposure of extraoral and intraoral photo­graphs
      4. Recall patient positioning and methods of implementation for the eight exta/intraoral exposures required in the DMACC Dental Hygience Clinic.
      5. List appropriate steps that can be used to prevent fogging of intra-oral mirrors
      6. Demonstrate the appropriate use of cheek retractors during the execution of the required intraoral photographs.
      7. Complete a student-partner experience of taking, saving, exporting, and formatting 8 extra/intraoral photographs.
    10. Interpret current research presented on products and techniques used in dentistry
      1. Critically evaluate scientific literature using appropriate evidence-based methods and termi­nology
      2. List the essential questions to be considered when critically evaluating scien­tific litera­ture
      3. Recall, describe, and compare standard types of research design
      4. Recognize and define the importance of Evidence-based-decision-making as it pertains to the practice of Dental hygiene.
      5. Prepare an oral and written presentation on an oral hygiene product that might or might not be recommended according to the guidlines of evidenc-based-decision-making.
    11. Recognize the responsibility of analyzing and appropriately incorporating evolving technology, techniques and products into the practice of dental hygiene
      1. Differentiate between dental hygiene theory and current research
      2. Contrast statistical significance and appropriate clinical application
    12. Demonstrate the influence of patient/clinician experiences as they pertain to professional growth opportunities.
      1. Create three written reflection papers that each document the accurate collection of patient data combined with the individual patient/clinician interaction that transpired; relate that to perceived professional growth on the part of the clinician for the express benefit of future patient care.
  
  • DHY 282 - Clinical Dental Hygiene II

    Credits: 2
    Lecture Hours: 0
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 6
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    See DHY 281 .
    Prerequisite: DHY 181 , DHY 182 .
    Corequisite: DHY 281  
    Competencies
    1. Demonstrate previous practicum competencies with progressive indepen­dence and greater efficiency
    2. Demonstrate actions in accordance with standards of personal and profes­sional account­ability
    3. Develop, implement and evaluate comprehensive preventive treatment based on the assessment of each patient’s needs
      1. Assess the patient’s
      2. Identify and discuss with patient
      3. Reach agreement with faculty and patient on planned treatment and tentative appointment schedule
      4. Attempt to evaluate treatment outcomes
    4. Perform local anesthesia when appropriate
      1. State, prepare and demonstrate optimum infection control protocol and the use of the correct armamentarium for the topical and local anesthetic procedures
      2. Recite the rational, procedure, and implications for the application of topical anesthetic and demonstrate proper application on a student partner
      3. Name and locate anatomical sites for specific injection techniques on a skull and student partner
      4. Identify and demonstrate the correct depth and tissues penetrated by the local anesthetic needle for each injection
    5. Implement safe, effective, non-traumatic clinical dental hygiene techniques in order to achieve and/or maintain the patient’s optimal oral health
      1. Detect and remove all supramarginal deposits for deposit classifications
      2. Detect and remove all submarginal deposits for deposit classification II
      3. Detect and remove most submarginal deposits for deposit classifications III, IV, and V
      4. Perform correctly the following additional adjunct services when appropri­ate
      5. Practice accurate dental and periodontal charting and record keep­ing
      6. Demonstrate basic instrumentation skills with all instru­ments
      7. Identify dull instruments and implement the appropriate sharpen­ing procedure
      8. Modify basic techniques based on patient variables
      9. Identify patients with special needs related to age group and/or unique health conditions for whom dental hygiene care is modified
      10. Select appropriate patient education and self-care techniques based on patient need
      11. Apply current research to patient education and techniques
      12. Produce diagnostic radiographs and begin to evaluate interpret and utilize films
    6. Demonstrate increasing proficiency within prescribed error margins
  
  • DHY 291 - Dental Hygiene III

    Credits: 2
    Lecture Hours: 2
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    A continuation of clinical practices. Topics include dental hygiene care for individuals with special needs, care planning, third-party payment applications, substance abuse and dependent adult abuse.
    Prerequisite: DHY 281 , DHY 282 .
    Corequisite: DHY 292  
    Competencies
    1. Review basic human need theory as related to the dental hygiene process
      1. Compare Maslow’s hierarchy of needs theory with nursing’s human needs theory to dental hygiene’s human needs conceptual model.
      2. Identify and define other paradigm concepts that impact the dental hygiene human needs conceptual model
      3. Define the 8 human needs related to dental hygiene care and describe their implications for dental hygienists
      4. For each of the 8 human needs, identify at least one related deficit and plan a dental hygiene intervention to meet the unmet need
      5. Discuss the relationship of human need theory to the dental hygiene process
      6. Describe the five stages of the dental hygiene process: assessment, diagnosis, planning, implementation, and evaluation
      7. Discuss the benefits of using the dental hygiene process as the core of professional practice
      8. Explain the importance of decision making in the dental hygiene process of care
      9. Note the similarities among processes such as the dental hygiene process, decision making, problem solving, and the scientific method
    2. Develop a written treatment plan utilizing the dental hygiene process to assimilate examination data, socio-economic factors and patient human need theory
      1. Define dental hygiene prognosis and recall how the use of assessment helps to determine that prognosis
      2. Differentiate between periodontal risk factors for periodontal infection, risk factors for caries and periodontal disease as a risk factor in systemic diseases
      3. Recall the five classifications of the ASA Physical Status Classification System and define possible treatment considerations for each classification
      4. Outline the appropriate steps in planning dental hygiene care for the patient
      5. Discuss the concept of informed consent and the types of information that must be presented to the patient
      6. Discuss the 5 steps of the dental hygiene process
      7. Differentiate between a dental hygiene diagnosis and a dental diagnosis
      8. Discuss the limitations of the dental hygiene diagnosis
      9. Identify appropriate dental hygiene diagnosis supported by clinical assessment data
      10. Identify needed dental hygiene interventions as related to the dental hygiene diagnosis
      11. Apply human need theory to support decision making throughout the dental hygiene diagnostic process
      12. Use the dental hygiene diagnostic decision-making process to analyze patient problems
      13. Assemble assessment data from a variety of patient cases (including medical history, vital signs, intraoral and extraoral examinations and chartings, radiographic surveys, diagnostic casts, and the patient’s expectations).
      14. Discuss the purposes of developing a dental hygiene care plan
      15. Design a treatment plan best suited to the specific needs of each patient based on the established dental hygiene diagnosis
      16. Design at least one alternative plan for each case
      17. Design a case presentation format for each patient that meets (1) the legal requirements of informed consent and (2) the basic principles of interpersonal communication
      18. Design a logical sequence of planned appointments to fulfill the treatment plan for each case
      19. Identify priorities for treatment, including: (1) urgency, (2) existing etiological factors, (3) severity and extent of the condition, (4) individual patient requirements
      20. Discuss the importance of collaborating with other healthcare professionals during the planning phase of the dental hygiene process
      21. Discuss all pertinent factors influencing overall prognosis.
      22. Identify the essential criteria for determining treatment sequence
      23. Recall the essential factors influencing periodontal prognosis.
      24. Explain the general categories related to phases of treatment
    3. Describe methods used to evaluate the status of the patient during and after active treatment suggesting modifications of the treatment plan as needed
      1. Record progress (Progress Notes) in terms of patient judgments, new clinical findings, and modifications in treatment
      2. Evaluate the success of treatment planning in relation to treatment goals, satisfactory solutions for the patient’s “Problem List,” and realistic expectations for both patient and dental hygienist
      3. Explain the professional and legal rationale for the evaluation of care
    4. Discuss the role of dental insurance as an economic force which requires the cooperation of the patient, employer, provider, and insurer to enhance access and quality care
      1. Describe the four parties involved in prepaid dental care plans
      2. Identify types of prepaid dental care programs
      3. Discuss alternative dental care delivery services
      4. Relate ways in which dental insurance may enhance a dental practice
      5. Identify actions on the part of the dentist and/or staff that constitute fraud in dental pre-payment
    5. Complete a standardized dental insurance form using ADA codes for diagnostic and non-surgical services
      1. Define common dental insurance terminology
      2. Explain the parts of an ADA approved claim form
      3. Explain the ADA code on Dental Procedures and Nomenclature
      4. Describe Medicaid benefits
    6. Discuss the signs and symptoms of substance abuse in dental patients and professionals, as well as the general population
      1. Identify the two categories of psychoactive agents
      2. Discuss the following terms: drug abuse, misuse, drug dependence, physical dependence, addiction, tolerance and abstinence syndrome
      3. Define addiction, habituation and dependence
      4. Discuss opiod analgesics with regard to drug abuse, effects, patterns of abuse, management of acute overdose and withdrawal, dental implications and common street drugs
      5. Discuss sedative hypnotic drugs, including alcohol, with regard to effects, pattern of abuse, management of acute overdose and withdrawal
      6. Describe central nervous system stimulants including names of agents abused, effects including oral, and management of acute overdose and withdrawal
      7. Recall effects of cocaine abuse
      8. Identify psychedelic drugs and the effects of each
      9. Recognize nitrous oxide as an abusive drug
      10. Identify nicotine as an abusive drug
    7. Evaluate community resources for aid and treatment of substance abuse problems
      1. Discuss the “disease” concept as it applies to alcoholism/drug addiction
      2. NamIdentify the “12-step” (AA) recovery programs designed to help addicts deal with their addiction.
      3. Identify contact methods for drug and alcohol treatment programs in your community
    8. Recognize characteristics of special needs patients and adaptive educational and clinical techniques to meet their needs
      1. Differentiate the following terms as related to special needs patients: impairment, disability, development disability, normalization and mainsteaming.
      2. Identify the objectives of the dental hygienist with regard to treating the disabled patient
      3. Review representative types of disabling conditions
      4. Relate the basic steps in pretreatment planning for the disabled patient in the private dental office
      5. Discuss means for providing a barrier-free environment in the area of
      6. Describe areas of considerations for the disabled patient.
      7. Discuss dental health care of the disabled patient in the areas of
      8. Describe the difference between type I, insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM), and type II, non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM).
      9. Describe the chronic complications of diabetes mellitus
      10. State the medications prescribed for the individual with diabetes
      11. Recognize a diabetic emergency and take appropriate action for management
      12. Understand the control of the diabetic condition through control of oral infections
      13. Develop client-centered dental hygiene care plans for the individual with diabetes
      14. Recognize oral complications of diabetes mellitus: salivary and oral changes, periodontal changes, infection and wound healing, tongue changes and opportunistic changes
      15. Apply the dental hygiene process of care to the individual with diabetes
      16. Discuss cardiovascular disease risk factors
      17. Discuss the oral complications associated with cardiovascular disease
      18. Complete an assessment of a client with cardiovascular disease
      19. Develop a dental hygiene care plan for clients with cardiovascular disease
      20. Determine a dental hygiene diagnosis related to the individual with cardiovascular disease
      21. Select alternative dental hygiene care procedures for the individual with cardiovascular disease
      22. Discuss the etiologies of mental retardation, autism, and Downs syndrome
      23. Describe the behavioral and physical characteristics of the client with mental retardation, autism, and Down syndrome
      24. Discuss the dental hygiene process of care used for a client with mental retardation, autism and Down syndrome
      25. Identify the factors to consider when planning educational interventions for a client with mental retardation, autism, and Down syndrome
      26. Outline an oral health instructional unit designed to overcome communication barriers inherent in the client with autism
      27. Describe medical conditions that may accompany Down syndrome and their effect on dental hygiene care
      28. Recognize the specific dental and oral manifestations seen in the client with Down syndrome
      29. Define the terms: paralysis, paresis, quadriplegia, paraplegia, hemiplegia and triplegia
      30. List causes of disruption of spinal cord function
      31. Define spinal cord injury
      32. Describe spinal cord injury with regard to: characteristic signs and symptoms, potential secondary complications, dental hygiene care and chair and patient positions, application of four-hand techniques, a complete preventive program and use of mouth-hel
      33. Define: myelomeningocele, meningocele and spina bifida
      34. Describe acquired immunodeficiency syndrome(AIDS)
      35. Explain the systemic manifestations of HIV infection
      36. Identify the oral manifestations of HIV infection
      37. Discuss dental hygiene care for HIV-positive patients
      38. Identify the general signs and symptoms of cancer
      39. Describe the treatment of oral squamous cell carcinoma and its complications
      40. Discuss the oral complications of different types of cancer therapies
      41. List dental hygiene diagnoses associated with patients who have cancer
      42. Develop a dental hygiene care plan for patients with cancer
      43. List appropriate dental hygiene interventions for a patient with cancer
      44. State the five leading causes of blindness
      45. Discuss personal factors for the visually impaired patient
      46. Name the causes of hearing impairment
      47. List clues which can be used to identify a hearing problem
      48. Discuss the management of a hearing impaired patient during a dental hygiene appointment
      49. Discuss psychological and physical characteristics of the anorexic and bulimic patient
      50. Identify oral characteristics of the bulimic, anorexic, and bulimorexic patient
      51. Identify the components of a comprehensive assessment that should be used for patients with eating disorders
      52. Outline dental hygiene diagnoses and interventions to be considered for each oral manifestation associated with these eating disorders
      53. Outline an appropriate plan for education and oral management for bulimic and anorexic patients
      54. Identify treatment modalities for both reversible and irreversible oral manifestations of bulimia and/or anorexia
      55. List the etiological factors of cerebrovascular accidents (strokes).
      56. Discuss the occurrence of strokes and the symptoms and signs of them
      57. Develop a dental hygiene care plan for patients who have had a cerebrovascular accident
      58. Describe muscular dystrophies and the occurrence, characteristics and prognosis of the two most common types
      59. Discuss dental hygiene care for patients with a muscular dystrophy
      60. List the cause, occurrence and signs and symptoms of myasthenia gravis.
      61. Outline an appropriate plan for education and oral management of a patient with myasthenia gravis
      62. Define multiple sclerosis
      63. Recall the occurrence, characteristics, categories and treatment of patients with multiple sclerosis
      64. List the characteristics of cerebral palsy
      65. Discuss the oral characteristics common in cerebral palsy patients
      66. Outline appropriate dental hygiene interventions for a patient with spastic cerebral palsy
      67. Recall Bell?s Palsy and its characteristics, medical treatment and dental hygiene interventions
      68. Describe the general manifestation of the body, face and oral cavity of the patient with Parkinson’s Disease
      69. Discuss Parkinson’s Disease and develop a client-centered dental hygiene care plan for the individual with Parkinson’s
      70. Identify the factors implicated in the cause of various joint diseases, including rheumatoid, juvenlie rheumatoid and osteo arthritis and degenerative joint disease
      71. Recall the occurrence, symptoms and signs, and medical treatment for the various types of joint diseases
      72. Determine a dental hygiene care plan for a patient with degenerative joint disease
      73. Define autorimmune disease and give definitions for systemic lupus erythematosus, gout, Sjogren?s disease and scleroderma
      74. Recall the general manifestations, oral characteristics and oral manifestations of each auto immune disease
      75. Outline a dental hygiene care plan for persons with systemic lupus erythematosus
      76. Describe the classifications of epileptic syndromes
      77. Recall the basic types of seizures and sub-categories within those types
      78. Discuss the etiology of epilepsy and clinical manifestations of seizures
      79. Outline the management of an epileptic patient during a dental hygiene appointment
      80. Explain the emergency care of a patient having a seizure during dental hygiene treatment
      81. Discuss the symptoms, treatment and dental hygiene care for patients with schizophrenia
      82. State the differences between the two major mood disorders, major depressive order and biopolar disorder
      83. Recall the characteristics of a major depressive episode
      84. Outline the three types of treatment for depression
      85. Plan for dental hygiene care for patients with depression
      86. Describe the phases and symptoms of bipolar disorder
      87. List appropriate treatment strategies for each phase of biopolar disease
      88. Develop a dental hygiene care plan for patients with bipolar disease
      89. Discuss the degrees of postpartem mood disturbances and the causes, symptoms and treatments for a patient with the most severe degree of disturbance
      90. Recall the recognized types of anxiety disorders
      91. Identify the accepted approaches to therapy for patients with anxiety disorders
      92. Develop a dental hygiene treatment plan for a patient with an anxiety disorder
      93. Explain the types of psychiatric emergencies that can occur and how the dental hygienist can prevent, prepare for and/or handle such emergencies
      94. Recall the genetic, psychosocial and environment factors influencing the development of alcoholism and/or substance abuse
      95. Outline the metabolism of alcohol
      96. List the recognized health hazards of alcohol abuse
      97. Discuss Fetal Alcohol Syndrome as to its etiology and physical characteristics
      98. Define Alcohol Withdrawal Syndrome
      99. Recall the predisposing factors, features and complications of Alcohol Withdrawal Syndrome
      100. State the overall objective of treatment for a patient who abuses alcohol or drugs
      101. Discuss the recognized treatment for patients who abuse alcohol and drugs, including opioid analgesics, sedative-hypnotics, CNS stimulants and nicotine
      102. Propose a dental hygiene treatment plan for a patient with an alcohol or substance abuse problem
      103. List the possible oral findings that may suggest a patient has a blood disorder
      104. Define anemia
      105. List the three classifications of anemias by general causes
      106. Recall the recognized clinical characteristics of anemia
      107. Discuss iron deficiency anemia
      108. Identify the recognized types of megaloblastic anemias
      109. Recall the etiologic factors, clinical findings and treatment of pernicious anemia
      110. Recall the etiologic factors, dietary factors and fetal development of foliate deficiency anemia
      111. Define sickle cell anemia
      112. Review the disease process, clinical course and oral implications of sickle cell anemia
      113. Define polycythemia
      114. Describe the three types of polycythemia
      115. Differentiate between leukopenia and leukocytosis
      116. List specific infections in which leukopenia occurs
      117. List the basic classifications of leukemias
      118. Discuss the disease process and effects of leukemias in the body
      119. Recall the treatments for leukemias and their effects on the oral cavity
      120. Plan a dental hygiene treatment plan for a patient with leukemia
      121. Identify the recognized types of hemorrhagic disordrs
      122. Discuss hereditory blood clotting disorders and differentiate between the most common types
      123. Name the recognized effects and long-term complications of hemophilias
      124. Design a dental hygiene care plan for a patient with Hemophilia A
      125. Define the following terms
      126. List the customary objectives to treating homebound patients
      127. Describe a home visit for a homebound patient, including preparation, instruments and equipment, approaching the patient and dental hygiene care and instructions
      128. Discuss the differences in the homebound patient and the helpless or unconscious patient
      129. List the recognized objectives of care for the helpless or unconscious patient
      130. Describe the toothbrush with suction attachment and the procedures for use of the brush
      131. Discuss the role of the dental hygienist in the care of the terminally ill patient
      132. Identify the recognized objectives of care for the terminally ill patient
      133. Recall general mouth care considerations for the terminally ill patient
      134. Outline an oral health instructional unit for care givers in a hospice
      135. List the customary questions to ask the asthmatic client prior to dental hygiene treatment
      136. Discuss possible alterations in dental hygiene care of older adults with asthma
      137. Relate the benefits of the use of nitrous oxide-oxygen sedation during dental hygiene treatment
      138. Discuss the role of stress at the dental hygiene appointment in precipitating an asthmatic episode
      139. Identify the signs/symptoms of an asthma attack
      140. Recall emergency procedures to use when a patient has an asthmatic episode
    9. Demonstrate the influence of patient/clinician experiences as they pertain to professional growth opportunities.
      1. Create six written reflection papers that each document the accurate collection of patient data combined with the individual patient/clinician interaction that transpired; relate that to perceived professional growth on the part of the clinician for the express benefit of future patient care.
  
  • DHY 292 - Clinical Dental Hygiene III

    Credits: 5
    Lecture Hours: 0
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 15
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    See DHY 291 .
    Prerequisite: DHY 281 , DHY 282 .
    Corequisite: DHY 291  
    Competencies
    1. Demonstrate previous practicum competencies with progressive indepen­dence, greater efficiency, and confidence
    2. Demonstrate actions in accordance with standards of personal and profes­sional account­ability
    3. Implement safe, effective, non-traumatic clinical dental hygiene techniques in order to achieve and/or maintain the patient’s optimal oral health
      1. Detect and remove all supragingival deposits for all Deposit Classifications
      2. Detect and remove all subgingival deposits for Deposit Classification II
      3. Detect and remove most subgingival deposits for Deposit Classification III, IV, and V
      4. Perform correctly the following additional adjunct service when appropri­ate
      5. Apply current research to preventive and treatment modalities
      6. Identify patients with special needs for whom dental hygiene care is modified
      7. Demonstrate basic instrumentation skills with all instru­ments
      8. Modify basic techniques based on patient variables
      9. Produce, evaluate, interpret, and utilize all radiographs
    4. Produce a written preventive treatment plan to meet the needs of each patient
      1. Assemble assessment data from a variety of patient cases (including medical history, vital signs, intraoral and extraoral examinations and chartings, radio­graphic surveys, diagnostic casts, and the patient’s expectations).
      2. Identify priorities for treatment including
      3. Design a treatment plan best suited to the specific needs of each patient based on the established dental hygiene diagnosis
      4. Include in the case presentation for each patient (1) the legal requirements of informed consent and (2) the basic principles of interpersonal communica­tion
      5. Complete a logical sequence of planned appointments to facilitate the outcomes for each case
      6. Implement efficient treatment and modify treatment plan as necessary
      7. Evaluate treatment outcomes and identify need for additional supportive therapy
    5. Demonstrate the ability to apply the ethical decision-making process when confronted with an ethical dilemma
    6. Recognize the business aspects of the dental office: appointment book management, financial records, telephone communication, dental insurance
    7. Demonstrate increasing proficiency within prescribed error margins
  
  • DHY 301 - Dental Hygiene IV

    Credits: 2
    Lecture Hours: 2
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    A continuation of clinical practices. Legal, ethical and management aspects of the dental care system are considered. Career alternatives and job-seeking skills are demonstrated.
    Prerequisite: DHY 292 , DHY 291 .
    Corequisite: DHY 302  
    Competencies
    1. Assessment of personal wants, needs and talents to enhance goal setting and selection of a career pathway
      1. Identify factors that health care providers often express as important considerations in selecting a practice setting
      2. Identify concerns that should be considered in assessing how a practice setting meets one’s priorities
      3. Explain how a formal decision making process applied to selecting an employment setting can clarify the strengths and weaknesses of each possible decision
    2. Identify how a dental hygienist can develop effective management and leadership skills that can be used by the dental hygiene clinician, office manager, change agent, consumer advocate, educator, or researcher
      1. Differentiate between leadership and management
      2. Explain how the dental hygienist uses the leadership process to benefit the client, the oral health team, society, and the dental hygiene profession.
      3. Demonstrate knowledge of how Iowa dental consumers have been affected by changes in the Iowa code and Rules for Dental Hygiene Practice.
      4. Explain how the dental hygienist uses the leadership process to benefit the client, the oral health team, society, and the dental hygiene profession
      5. Explain how leadership and management skills can be used to effect change
      6. Demonstrate knowledge of how Iowa dental consumers have been affected by changes in the Iowa Code and Rules for Dental Hygiene Practice
    3. Recognize the business aspects and resources needed to run a dental practice
      1. Develop a mission statement and goals for the dental hygiene component of a dental practice
      2. Discuss economic considerations for a profitable practice including production, collection and office overhead.
      3. Describe marketing plans for promoting a dental practice.
      4. Outline the three types of appointment book management systems
      5. Discuss economic considerations for a profitable practice including production, collection and office overhead
      6. Develop a marketing plan for promoting a dental practice
    4. Appreciate how dental hygiene productivity contributes to overall practice goals
      1. Outline a personal plan for career development in the profession of Dental Hygiene
      2. Describe job search strategies, including a list of sources and a prioritized list of job selection criteria
      3. Explain the contributions of the dental hygienist to the dental practice
      4. Compare and contrast the methods of remuneration, including elements of risk and security and range in value for each.
      5. Evaluate job performance, including expectations and techniques necessary for changing performance.
      6. Describe employment alternatives to clinical practice.
      7. Describe employment alternatives to clinical practice
    5. Prepare a resume and develop interviewing skills that will present the applicant as capable and confident for a specific job opportunity
      1. Explain what a resume is and how it can affect an employer’s decision to offer employment to an individual
      2. Specify the usual components of a resume and cover letter
      3. Identify which items are by law not to be considered by employers in offering employment
      4. Prepare a personal resume and cover letter.
      5. Explain briefly the purpose and significance of the interview in finding employment
      6. Prepare for an interview session by using pre-interview techniques including
      7. Outline follow-up procedures that can enhance the effectiveness of the interview and perhaps increase the possibility of receiving an offer of a position
    6. Develop a plan for personal financial management, including an annual budget, adequate insurance coverage, investment goals, and a retirement plan.
      1. Identify payment mechanisms related to the provision of health care
      2. Identify the advantages and disadvantages of remuneration types and select a method that is most compatible with one?s own personal goals
      3. Summarize ways in which cost effectiveness and overall productivity can be measured in a health care delivery system
      4. List functions of a good financial manager
    7. Discuss the principles of technology functioning and application to dental hygiene practice.
      1. Describe the basis for the selection of technology in a dental hygiene environment.
      2. Describe some current technology applications in clinical dental hygiene practice.
      3. Discuss the legal and thical issues of technology usage in dental hygiene practice.
    8. Recognize and apply the rights and duties in the patient-health care provider relationship.
      1. Describe key ethical principles and philosophies affecting healthcare.
      2. Identify the issues emphasized in a code of ethics for dental hygienists.
      3. Develop an awareness of ethical dilemmas encountered in the practice of ental hygiene.
      4. Recognize a theoretical framework to assit in ethical decision making.
      5. Describe the legal concepts and theories that apply to dental hygiene practice.
      6. Recognize methods to reduce risks within the practice of dental hygiene.
    9. Create an ethical framework which allows the student to sort through morally legitimate alternatives and develop an informed perspective for ethical decision-making in practice.
      1. Summarize the sources which guide moral reasoning within the profession such as code of ethics, standards of practice and quality assurance.
      2. Identify perspectives which force us to weigh personal and public interests against professional obligations as health care providers.
      3. State the ethical principles for guiding the ethic decision-making process.
      4. Describe a situation which constitutes an ethical dilemma.
      5. Discriminate among and between ethically legitimate courses of action.
      6. Given an ethical dilemma, apply components of a problem-solving model evaluating issues and approaching decision-making in a step by step rpocess to determine the ethically valid choice(s).
      7. Assume responsibility for making ethically valid decisions in practice.
    10. Evaluate methods of recognizing and eliminating sexual harassment in the workplace.
      1. Differentiate between sexism, sex discrimination, and sexual harassment.
      2. Identify the process for the legal determination of sexual harassment.
      3. Develop methods to stop unwelcome sexual behavior.
      4. Recognize a theoretical framework to assist in ethical decision making
      5. Describe the legal concepts and theories that apply to dental hygiene practice
      6. Develop an awareness of the legal concepts affecting the dental hygienist-client and dental hygienist- dentist relationship
      7. Recognize methods to reduce risks within the practice of dental hygiene
    11. Discuss the standard of skill and care in providing health and dental care.
      1. Discuss the concept of standards and criteria as applied to quality assurance.
      2. Describe the quality assurance cyle in terms of assessment, feedback to providers, corrective action, reporting on corrective action, and reporting to a responsible party.
      3. Describe quality assessment in terms of the assessment of structure, process and outcome, evaluation, and correction.
      4. Describe a situation which constitutes an ethical dilemma
      5. Discriminate among and between ethically legitimate courses of action
      6. Given an ethical dilemma, apply components of a problem-solving model evaluating issues and approaching decision-making in a step by step process to determine the ethically valid choice(s).
      7. Assume responsibility for making ethically valid decisions in practice
    12. Explain the concept of consumer advocacy and how it relates to the ethical duties owed to patients.
      1. Describe the evolution of quality assurance practices in oral healthcare.
      2. Discuss why public agencies, third parties, and employers have an incentive to evaluate the quality of healthcare.
      3. Discuss the following quality assurance mechanisms: client surveys; client complaints; on-site evaluations; treatment record audits; clinical examinations; utilization review and peer review; formal education requirements; accreditation standards; the acc
      4. Advocate quality assurance activities in the oral healthcare environment.
      5. View the field of qulaity assurance as a viable career direction for the dental hygienist.
    13. Interpret portions of Chapter 153-Code of Iowa that pertain to the practice of Dental Hygiene and Dentistry.
      1. Discuss the concept of standards and criteria as applied to quality assurance
      2. Differentiate among quality assurance, quality assessment, and quality assurance mechanisms
      3. Describe the quality assurance cycle in terms of assessment, feedback to providers, corrective action, reporting on corrective action, and reporting to a responsible party
      4. Describe quality assessment in terns of the assessment of structure, process and outcome, evaluation, and correction
    14. Summarize the “Rules and Regulations” established by the Iowa State board of Dental Examiners.
      1. Describe the evolution of quality assurance practices in oral healthcare
      2. Discuss why public agencies, third parties, and employers have an incentive to evaluate the quality of healthcare
      3. Discuss the following quality assurance mechanisms; client surveys; client complaints; on-site evaluations; treatment record audits; clinical examinations; utilization review and peer review; formal educational requirements; accreditation standards; the a
      4. Advocate quality assurance activities in the oral healthcare environment
      5. View the field of quality assurance as a viable career direction for the dental hygienist
  
  • DHY 302 - Clinical Dental Hygiene IV

    Credits: 5
    Lecture Hours: 0
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 15
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Open
    See DHY 301 .
    Prerequisite: DHY 292 , DHY 291 .
    Corequisite: DHY 301  
    Competencies
    1. Demonstrate previous practicum competencies with indepen­dence, efficien­cy, and confidence
    2. Demonstrate actions in accordance with standards of personal and profes­sional account­ability
    3. Implement safe, effective, non-traumatic clinical dental hygiene techniques in order to achieve and/or maintain the patient’s optimal oral health
      1. Detect and remove supragingival deposits for all Deposit Classifications
      2. Detect and remove all subgingival deposits for Deposit Classifications II and III
      3. Detect and remove most subgingival deposits for Deposit Classifications IV and V
      4. Take impressions and utilize study models as appropriate
      5. Integrate basic science knowledge with pertinent patient data to render individ­ualized comprehensive patient education and treat­ment
      6. Communicate with other health professionals when providing patient care with patient consent
    4. Demonstrate increasing proficiency within prescribed error margins

Drama-Film and Theatre

  
  • DRA 101 - Introduction to Theatre

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 3
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Core
    A survey of the elements and techniques of theatre with emphasis on acting, directing and playwriting. Attendance at dramatic production encouraged.
    Competencies
    1. Discuss the value of theatre and the broader functions of the arts
    2. Describe types of theatre spaces (proscenium, thrust, arena, black box).
    3. Discuss advantages and disadvantages of each type
    4. Analyze a script by applying Aristotle’s six elements of theatre (plot, character, thought, diction, music, and spectacle)
    5. Identify various forms (comedy, farce, tragedy etc.) of drama and their corresponding    characteristics
    6. Attend a play and describe how Aristotle’s six elements are applied in the performance
    7. Evaluate some aspects of the production-such as acting, lighting, set design, costumes, etc
    8. Describe functions of stage design
    9. Develop a vocabulary of basic scenic elements (flats, scrims, drops etc.)
    10. Identify characteristics/functions of costume design
    11. Discuss make-up techniques/functions
    12. Describe functions of lighting and sound
    13. Identify functions of a producer
    14. Describe the director’s responsibilities
    15. Develop a vocabulary of acting terms – such as focus, turn-in, etc
    16. Apply strategies and techniques for acting by participating in classroom exercises, and/or group project using body and voice for expression
    17. Prepare a short duet acting scene
      1. Score the beats
      2. Score vocal emphasis
      3. Suggest movement appropriate to the character
    18. Describe/identify various theatre conventions used in historical time periods and cultures (Greek theatre, Roman Theatre, Noh theatre, etc)
    19. Analyze plays/scripts (or portions of them) for each historical theatre experience/era
    20. Explain how selected plays reflect changes within society and culture
  
  • DRA 130 - Acting I

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 3
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: General
    Training of the body, voice and mind as acting instruments. Course includes acting exercises, scene analysis and performance.
    Competencies
    1. Develop a vocabulary of acting terms
    2. Practice vocal exercises
    3. Practice physical exercises
    4. Write a character analysis
    5. Perform a duet acting scene
      1. Block the scene
      2. Score the beats
      3. Score vocal emphasis
      4. Analyze the character
      5. Memorize the text
      6. Use movement appropriate to the character
      7. Use vocal qualities appropriate to character
    6. Perform a monolog
      1. Score vocal emphasis
      2. Memorize text
      3. Demonstrate emotional tone/mood through vocal qualities and movement
    7. Follow stage directions
    8. Discuss how to prepare for an audition
    9. Use various staging techniques
    10. Participate in improvisations
    11. Critique other actors’ scenes
  
  • DRA 147 - Creative Drama School/Rec

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 3
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: General
    Elements of improvisational acting. Students will learn approaches for participating in and leading creative drama activities.
    Competencies
    1. Define creative drama
    2. Identify goals of creative drama
    3. Describe different types of creative drama activities
    4. Participate in creative drama activities
    5. Explain dramatic activity variables
    6. Describe the leader’s choice of roles in participation
    7. Demonstrate behaviors conducive to positive group interaction
      1. Convey acceptance of self and others
      2. Convey acceptance of ideas/behaviors
      3. Convey acceptance of feelings
    8. Write creative drama goals
    9. Write lesson plans
    10. Lead a variety of creative drama activities
      1. Select or create materials/activities appropriate for purpose
      2. Edit if necessary
      3. Give clear instructions for the material/activity
      4. Facilitate participation
      5. Close participation
      6. Evaluate participant’s performance
      7. Evaluate self as leader
    11. Evaluate performance of other leaders
  
  • DRA 945 - Practicum I

    Credits: 2
    Lecture Hours: 0
    Lab Hours: 4
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: General
    Practical experience in acting, directing and stage design. Students will be involved in all stages of production from auditions to final performance. May be repeated for up to eight semester hours of credit.
    Competencies
    1. Memorize lines and cues
    2. Develop character
      1. Analyze script/scenes
      2. Incorporate gestures and other nonverbal appropriate to character
      3. Use vocal appropriate to character
      4. Record stage directions
    3. Attend all rehearsals as scheduled
    4. Follow stage directions/stage terminology
    5. Seek and respond to feedback from the director
    6. Help seek props and costumes for his/her character
    7. Perform on nights of shows
    8. Build set
      1. Operate tools appropriate to task
      2. Develop a vocabulary of stage construction terms (flat, stage brace, header, etc
      3. Assemble a flat
      4. Paint flats
      5. Join flats
    9. Attend set work as scheduled
    10. Strike set
    11. Make or find costumes in accordance to costume plot
    12. Care for costumes
      1. Repair costumes
      2. Launder/iron costumes
    13. Apply character makeup
    14. Clean makeup brushes, sponges, counters, etc
    15. Identify types of lighting interests and their functions
    16. Set lights
    17. Mark light cues in script
    18. Run light board during technical week and for performances
    19. Assemble program
      1. Collect biographies from actors
      2. Edit biographies
      3. Gather relevant data – list of characters, setting of play, list of crews, etc
    20. Create posters
    21. Distribute posters
    22. Assemble picture board
    23. Take publicity photos
    24. Print tickets
    25. Make prompt book
      1. Record stage directions for all actors
      2. Make property list/cues
      3. Not lights/sound cues
    26. Prompt actors on line cues
    27. Stand in for actors absent during rehearsals
    28. Help set stage for rehearsals
    29. Help run show once it opens
    30. List all necessary props and who uses them when – make poster of this for back stage
    31. Find/make all props
    32. Set props before all shows/reset after show
    33. Report breakage, necessary repairs and replacement of props
    34. Return props to owners after final show
    35. Open house
    36. Supervise ushers/ticket takers
    37. Assist in ticket sales/seating, etc
    38. Greet people
  
  • DRA 946 - Practicum II

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 0
    Lab Hours: 6
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: General
    See DRA 945 .
    Competencies
    1. Memorize lines and cues
    2. Develop character
      1. Analyze script/scenes
      2. Incorporate gestures and other nonverbal appropriate to character
      3. Use vocal appropriate to character
      4. Record stage directions
    3. Attend all rehearsals as scheduled
    4. Follow stage directions/stage terminology
    5. Seek and respond to feedback from the director
    6. Help seek props and costumes for his/her character
    7. Perform on nights of shows
    8. Build set
      1. Operate tools appropriate to task
      2. Develop a vocabulary of stage construction terms (flat, stage brace, header, etc
      3. Assemble a flat
      4. Paint flats
      5. Join flats
    9. Attend set work as scheduled
    10. Strike set
    11. Make or find costumes in accordance to costume plot
    12. Care for costumes
      1. Repair costumes
      2. Launder/iron costumes
    13. Apply character makeup
    14. Clean makeup brushes, sponges, counters, etc
    15. Identify types of lighting interests and their functions
    16. Set lights
    17. Mark light cues in script
    18. Run light board during technical week and for performances
    19. Assemble program
      1. Collect biographies from actors
      2. Edit biographies
      3. Gather relevant data – list of characters, setting of play, list of crews, etc
    20. Create posters
    21. Distribute posters
    22. Assemble picture board
    23. Take publicity photos
    24. Print tickets
    25. Make prompt book
      1. Record stage directions for all actors
      2. Make property list/cues
      3. Not lights/sound cues
    26. Prompt actors on line cues
    27. Stand in for actors absent during rehearsals
    28. Help set stage for rehearsals
    29. Help run show once it opens
    30. List all necessary props and who uses them when – make poster of this for back stage
    31. Find/make all props
    32. Set props before all shows/reset after show
    33. Report breakage, necessary repairs and replacement of props
    34. Return props to owners after final show
    35. Open house
    36. Supervise ushers/ticket takers
    37. Assist in ticket sales/seating, etc
    38. Greet people
  
  • DRA 948 - Practicum III

    Credits: 4
    Lecture Hours: 0
    Lab Hours: 8
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: General
    See DRA 945 .
    Competencies
    1. Acting: Memorize lines and cues.
    2. Acting: Develop character
      1. Analyze script/scenes
      2. Incorporate gestures and other nonverbal appropriate to character
      3. Use vocal appropriate to character
      4. 2.4 Record stage directions
    3. Acting: Attend all rehearsals as scheduled
    4. Acting: Follow stage directions/stage terminology
    5. Acting: Seek and respond to feedback from the director
    6. Acting: Help seek props and costumes for his/her character
    7. Acting: Perform on nights of shows
    8. Set Work: Build set
      1. Operate tools appropriate to task
      2. Develop a vocabulary of stage construction terms (flat, stage brace, header, etc.)
      3. Assemble a flat
      4. Paint flats
      5. Join flats
    9. Set Work: Attend set work as scheduled
    10. Set Work: Strike set
    11. Costumes and Makeup: Make or find costumes in accordance to costume plot
    12. Costumes and Makeup: Care for costumes
      1. Repair costumes
      2. Launder/iron costumes
    13. Costumes and Makeup: Apply character makeup
    14. Costumes and Makeup: Clean makeup brushes, sponges, counters, etc.
    15. Lighting: Identify types of lighting interests and their functions
    16. Lighting: Set lights
    17. Lighting: Mark light cues in script
    18. Lighting: Run light board during technical week and for performances
    19. Promotion: Assemble program
      1. Collect biographies from actors
      2. Edit biographies
      3. Gather relevant data – list of characters, setting of play, list of crews, etc.
    20. Promotion: Create posters
    21. Promotion: Distribute posters
    22. Promotion: Assemble picture board
    23. Promotion: Take publicity photos
    24. Promotion: Print tickets
    25. Stage Manager: Make prompt book
      1. Record stage directions for all actors
      2. Make property list/cues
      3. Not lights/sound cues
    26. Stage Manager: Prompt actors on line cues
    27. Stage Manager: Stand in for actors absent during rehearsals
    28. Stage Manager: Help set stage for rehearsals
    29. Stage Manager: Help run show once it opens
    30. Props Crew: List all necessary props and who uses them when – make poster of this for back stage
    31. Props Crew: Find/make all props
    32. Props Crew: Set props before all shows/reset after show
    33. Props Crew: Report breakage, necessary repairs and replacement of props
    34. Props Crew: Return props to owners after final show
    35. House Manager: Open house
    36. House Manager: Supervise ushers/ticket takers
    37. House Manager: Assist in ticket sales/seating, etc
    38. House Manager: Greet people

Diesel

  
  • DSL 145 - Basic Electricity

    Credits: 5
    Lecture Hours: 1
    Lab Hours: 8
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    An introduction to the basic electricity and electronic principles that apply to diesel-powered equipment. Systems and components covered include starting, charging, lighting and accessories.
    Competencies
    1. Explain the basic fundamentals of electricity
      1. Describe what electricity is
      2. Name the units for force, flow and resistance
      3. List the components of a basic circuit
      4. State the three forms of Ohm?s Law
      5. Describe the relationship of voltage, current and resistance in a circuit
      6. Explain general safety precautions when working with electricity
    2. Calculate values of resistance, current, voltage, using Ohms Law
      1. Solve for volts when amps and ohms are given
      2. Solve for amps when volts and ohms are given
      3. Solve for ohms when volts and amps are given
    3. Explore series circuits
      1. Define a series circuit
      2. Identify a circuit as being series
      3. Explain the rules for voltage, current and resistance in a series circuit
    4. Investigate parallel circuit
      1. Define a parallel circuit
      2. Identify a circuit as being parallel
      3. Explain the rules for voltage, current and resistance in a parallel circuit
    5. Examine series-parallel circuits
      1. Explain the series-parallel circuit
      2. Distinguish the series parts of the circuit from the parallel sections
    6. Demonstrate the proper use of a digital multi-meter
      1. Check voltage applied to a circuit
      2. Check voltage drop across two given points in a circuit
      3. Measure the current in a live circuit
      4. Measure the resistance of various components
      5. List the prefixes commonly used along with their symbols
      6. Convert a value of voltage, current or resistance from one prefix to another or two a straight value
    7. Explore common electrical components
      1. Identify the symbols for different electrical components
      2. Explain the different types of resistors and the operation of each
      3. Describe the operation of a bulb and how its resistance is affected
      4. Discuss the functions of several types of semi-conductors
      5. Differentiate the different types of switches and their functions
    8. Analyze the function and condition of a lead-acid battery
      1. State the safety and environmental concerns involved in working with batteries
      2. List the basic components of the battery
      3. Discuss the different categories, types and applications of batteries
      4. Explain the chemical changes occurring during charging and discharging
      5. Diagnose the condition of a battery, performing the necessary steps using a load tester and multi-meter
      6. Explain how to charge a battery and the charge characteristics of different batteries
      7. Describe the proper procedure for jump starting a vehicle
      8. Define and measure parasitic load on the vehicle
    9. Investigate the starter, its related components and circuits
      1. Differentiate between a solenoid and a relay relating their functions to starter operation
      2. Identify the basic starter components
      3. Outline the requirements for motor action, relating these to the starter motor
      4. Describe what to look for when examining a starter
      5. Draw basic starter circuit diagrams, with and without a relay, describing the operation of each circuit
      6. Wire a starter to the vehicle making all necessary connections
      7. Diagnose the condition of the starter circuits, performing the necessary steps using a load tester and multi-meter
    10. Explore the principles and components relating to the charging circuit
      1. Outline the requirements for electromagnetic induction of current and voltage relating this to the alternator
      2. Explain DC,AC, 3 phase AC, Full wave rectification and half-wave rectification
      3. Identify the basic components of an alternator
      4. Describe the procedure for checking an alternator and its individual components
      5. Summarize the operation of the alternator, explaining the two circuits involved
      6. Wire an alternator to the vehicle making all necessary connections
      7. Diagnose the condition of the alternator and vehicle charging circuits using a load tester and multi-meter
    11. Make solder connections and perform other basic electrical repair techniques
      1. Demonstrate the proper procedure to make a good solder connection
      2. Show other methods that can be used to repair wiring or terminals
  
  • DSL 155 - Advanced Electricity

    Credits: 4
    Lecture Hours: 1
    Lab Hours: 6
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    The electrical circuitry on diesel-powered equipment is covered. Included are troubleshooting, diagnosing and repair procedures. Experienced individuals may contact the instructor to gain admittance to this course.
    Prerequisite: DSL 145  
    Competencies
    1. Develop basic troubleshooting skills
      1. List the types of electrical faults
      2. Discuss the symptoms of an open, high resistance, short to voltage, short to ground
      3. Relate each type of fault to the proper troubleshooting strategy
      4. Explain the steps in a logical order used to locate each of the faults
      5. Identify the type of fault in an actual circuit
      6. Locate the fault in an actual circuit
      7. Troubleshoot a relay circuit
    2. Make measurements on or trace an electrical circuit
      1. Show how to measure voltage drops on a circuit
      2. Explain what is an acceptable reading for each voltage drop measurement made on the circuit
      3. Show how to trace power and ground on a circuit
      4. Explain what reading is acceptable at each point traced
      5. Compare testing with a multi-meter to using a test light explaining where each is appropriate to use
    3. Analyze the basic common circuits used with diesel equipment
      1. Draw basic electrical diagrams of common circuits
      2. Explain the basic operation of common circuits
      3. Explain the basic operation of a relay circuit
    4. Interpret electrical schematics and troubleshooting manuals
      1. Identify the symbols used on schematics
      2. Isolate and trace a given circuit on a schematic
      3. Locate various components, connectors, wires, etc. on the vehicle using a manual or schematic
      4. Troubleshoot a circuit fault on the vehicle
    5. Analyze battery condition on the vehicle
      1. Practice the proper procedures in testing the batteries
      2. Diagnose the battery condition
      3. Examine parasitic load
      4. Recommend any corrective measures needed with the batteries or vehicle
    6. Examine the starting system on the vehicle
      1. Identify each starting system circuit
      2. Inspect all relevant connections and wiring
      3. Test the condition of each circuit
      4. Recommend any corrective action required
    7. Assess the charging system on the vehicle
      1. Identify each charging system circuit
      2. Inspect all relevant connections, wiring and belts
      3. Test the condition of the charging circuit
      4. Test the condition of the alternator
      5. Recommend any corrective action needed
    8. Practice proper repair techniques
      1. Explore different connector types and related tools
      2. Make proper repairs to wiring and various connectors
      3. Demonstrate proper soldering and weatherproofing procedures
    9. Explore other unique circuits
      1. Describe trailer wiring, color-coding, pin configuration
      2. Explain 3+1, 2+2 starting systems
      3. Assess the operation of other unique electrical systems
  
  • DSL 330 - Diesel Engine Tune-Up

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 1
    Lab Hours: 4
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    Information on preventive measures to eliminate failures and diagnose engine problems. Instruction related to tune-up procedures.
    Competencies
    1. Identify and define fuel injection components and principles
      1. Define fuel injection terms
      2. Identify fuel sub-systems and components
      3. Troubleshoot possible fuel injection problems
    2. Identify and define the lubrication system and components
      1. Define properties and classifications of oil
      2. Identify and measure components
      3. Interpret oil analysis and define oil change intervals
      4. Troubleshoot lubrication system problems
    3. Identify and define cooling system and components
      1. Define properties and classifications of coolant, sca’s, and anti-freeze
      2. Identify and measure coolant systems components
      3. Troubleshoot coolant system problems
    4. Identify and define engine breathing systems and components
      1. Identify and measure intake and exhaust components
      2. Compare roots blower and turbo chargers
      3. Identify variable Geometry turbochargers and explain operation
      4. Identify and test charge air heat exchangers
      5. Troubleshoot engine breathing system
      6. Demonstrate waste gate adjustment
      7. Identify exhaust and emission components
    5. Identify and define compression brake components
      1. Identify electrical components and read electrical schematics for braking systems
      2. Identify components and trace oil and air flow in the braking compression systems
      3. Demonstrate adjustments for proper operation
      4. Troubleshoot engine compression braking systems
      5. Operate compression brake
    6. Demonstrate proper bridge, valve, valve actuators and injector adjustment on assigned engines
      1. Demonstrate correct procedure from the appropriate service manual
      2. Demonstrate correct bridge, (crosshead, yoke) adjustment
      3. Demonstrate correct unit injector adjustment
      4. Demonstrate correct valve adjustment
  
  • DSL 356 - Diesel Engines I

    Credits: 6
    Lecture Hours: 1
    Lab Hours: 10
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    Instruction provided in the technical and nontechnical aspects of diesel engines. This information will give students the basic understanding needed to continue in the Diesel Mechanic program.
    Competencies
    1. Use different types of hand, shop and measurement tools
      1. Identify various measurement tools
      2. Read an English micrometer
      3. Read a metric micrometer
      4. Read an English dial indicator
      5. Read a metric dial indicator
      6. Identify and demonstrate correct use of hand tools
      7. Identify, use and maintain shop tools
    2. Distinguish between fasteners
      1. Determine cap screw size
      2. Determine cap screw hardness
      3. Identify course thread cap screw
      4. Identify fine thread cap screw
      5. Identify metric thread cap screw
    3. Introduction of role technicians in the diesel industry
      1. Identify qualifications and careers in diesel industry
      2. Identify the types of training needed
      3. Identify people and inventions that have developed the diesel engine
    4. Identify, define and demonstrate basic diesel engine principles
      1. Define engine terms
      2. Compare four-stroke versus two-stroke engines
      3. Identify engine systems and circuits.
    5. Identify and define power formulas in diesel industry
      1. Identify and use power formulas
      2. Define how much power is needed
      3. Use calculations to define engine outputs 
    6. Disassemble a diesel engine
      1. Remove cylinder head correctly
      2. Remove all pistons correctly
      3. Remove wet liner, dry sleeve and cylinder pack correctly
      4. Remove camshaft and gear train correctly
      5. Remove flywheel correctly
      6. Inspect engine parts for reuse
      7. Measure parts per measurement sheet and service manual
      8. Prepare engine parts and surfaces for assembly
    7. Assemble a diesel engine per engine manual
      1. Install wet liner, dry sleeve and cylinder pack correctly
      2. Demonstrate the correct use of plastigage
      3. Install camshaft and gear train correctly
      4. Install all pistons and rods correctly
      5. Install cylinder head correctly
      6. Demonstrate ability to check flywheel housing concentricity
      7. Install flywheel correctly
    8. Start a diesel engine
      1. Demonstrate engine pre-lube process
      2. Demonstrate starter hook-up
      3. Identify engine leaks
      4. Analyze engine for proper operation
  
  • DSL 366 - Diesel Engines II

    Credits: 6
    Lecture Hours: 1
    Lab Hours: 10
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    Instruction in diagnosing problems and the nature of repairs needed. Information on preventive measures to eliminate failures.
    Prerequisite OR Corequisite: DSL 356  
    Competencies
    1. Identify, define and analyze fuel injection components and principles
      1. Define fuel injection terms
      2. Identify fuel sub-systems and components
      3. Troubleshoot possible fuel injection problems
    2. Identify, define and analyze the lubrication system and components
      1. Define properties and classifications of oil
      2. Identify and measure components
      3. Interpret oil analysis and define oil change intervals
      4. Troubleshoot lubrication system problems
    3. Identify, define and analyze cooling system components
      1. Define properties and classifications of coolant, supplemental coolant additive, and anti-freeze
      2. Identify and measure coolant system components
      3. Troubleshoot coolant system problems
    4. Identify, define and analyze engine breathing systems and components
      1. Identify and measure intake and exhaust components
      2. compare toots blower and turbo chargers
      3. Identify variable geometry turbochargers and explain operation
      4. Identify and test charge air heat exchangers
      5. Troubleshoot engine breathing systems
      6. Demonstrate wastegate adjustment
      7. Identify exhaust and emission components
    5. Identify, define and analyze engine exhaust brake, compression brake and retarding systems
      1. Identify electrical components and read electrical schematics fro braking systems
      2. Identify components and trace oil and air flow in the braking systems
      3. Demonstrate adjustments for proper operation
      4. Troubleshoot engine braking systems
      5. Operate compression brake and brakesaver hydraulic retarder
    6. Demonstrate the ability to rebuild a cylinder head
      1. Dissemble a cylinder head
      2. Inspect head for cracks
      3. Measure valve guides, valves, seats and springs for wear
      4. Resurface valves correctly
      5. Use valve seat grinder correctly
      6. Examine valve for proper contact
      7. Assemble cylinder head
    7. Perform Cummins fuel injection timing
      1. Demonstrate the correct procedure
      2. Explain each step of the procedure
      3. Read the gauges correctly
      4. Change the reading per instructor’s direction
    8. Demonstrate proper bridge, valve and injector adjustment on assigned engines: Detroit 60 series, Cummins M-11 and N-14, caterpillar 3176, 3406 E, C-11, Mack and seven other engines
      1. Demonstrate correct procedure from the appropriate service manual
      2. Demonstrate correct bridge, (crosshead, yoke) adjustment
      3. Demonstrate correct unit injector adjustment
      4. Demonstrate correct valve adjustment
    9. Demonstrate how to time and in-line fuel pump
      1. Remove fuel pump
      2. Position the engine for fuel pump timing
      3. turn the fuel pump for proper fuel pump timing
      4. Explain the importance of the engine and fuel pump positions
      5. Install the fuel pump correctly timed to the engine
      6. Instructor verification
    10. Demonstrate how to time a rotary fuel pump
      1. Remove fuel pump
      2. Position the engine for fuel pump timing
      3. turn the fuel pump for proper fuel pump timing
      4. Explain the importance of the engine and fuel pump positions
      5. Install the fuel pump correctly timed to the engine
      6. Instructor verification
    11. Demonstrate correct crankshaft and flywheel housing removal and installation
      1. Remove and install flywheel housing
      2. Demonstrate proper measurement of flywheel housing total indicated runout (TIR).
      3. Demonstrate removal and installation of crankshaft in block
      4. Demonstrate removal and installation of main bearings, in-chassis and out of chassis
      5. Demonstrate correct measurement techniques of crankshaft using plastigage, outside mic and dial indicator
      6. Instructor verification
    12. Demonstrate trouble shooting techniques
      1. Identify a cylinder with a miss
      2. Show the uses of a monometer
      3. Use a compression tester
      4. Use spill port timing to confirm correct fuel pump to engine timing
      5. Demonstrate ability to follow troubleshooting charts, manuals and logic to solve problems
    13. Disassemble a diesel engine
      1. Remove cylinder head correctly
      2. Remove all pistons correctly
      3. Remove wet liners correctly
      4. Remove camshaft and gear train correctly
      5. Remove flywheel correctly
      6. Inspect engine parts for reuse
      7. Measure parts per measurement sheet and service manual
      8. Prepare engine parts and surfaces for assembly
    14. Assemble a diesel engine per engine manual
      1. Install wet liners correctly
      2. Demonstrate the correct use of plastigage
      3. Install camshaft and gear train correctly
      4. Install all pistons and rods correctly
      5. Install cylinder head correctly
      6. Demonstrate ability to check flywheel housing concentricity
      7. Install flywheel correctly
    15. Start a diesel engine
      1. Demonstrate engine pre-lube process
      2. Demonstrate starter hook-up
      3. Identify engine leaks
      4. Analyze engine for proper operation
  
  • DSL 409 - Diesel Electronics

    Credits: 5
    Lecture Hours: 2
    Lab Hours: 6
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    A study of electronic fundamentals, lab work with electronic components and testing equipment. Computer-controlled diesel engines are used in lab to demonstrate applications of electronics on diesel power that will meet the demands of the future. Experienced individuals may contact the instructor to gain admittance to this course.
    Prerequisite: DSL 145  
    Competencies
    1. Explain the categories of components in an electronically controlled system
      1. List the three major categories of components
      2. Identify all components and circuits relevant to a particular computerized system
      3. Distinguish an item’s function as an input, control or output
    2. Examine the common types of input circuits and components
      1. List the types of basic input circuits
      2. Define common terms such as: reference voltage, supply signal, return, etc
      3. Explain the basic function of a thermistor and potentiometer
      4. Discuss the operation of two wire and three wire sensor circuits
      5. Explain the function of switch to ground and switch to power circuits
      6. Summarize the operation of speed/position sensors
      7. Relate each type of circuit with its susceptibility to problems like electrical noise and corrosion
      8. Distinguish an analog signal from a digital signal
    3. Analyze the operation of control components, the related service equipment and software
      1. Connect an electronic and/or PC based diagnostic service tools to various electronically controlled systems
      2. Navigate through the menus of a variety of service tools and diagnostic software
      3. List several common screens or menus explaining the purpose of each.
      4. Differentiate factory parameters from customer parameters
      5. Outline common parameters explaining the purpose of each
      6. Describe the difference between a prom and an eeprom
      7. Retrieve diagnostic codes from an ECM
      8. Make necessary programming changes to an ECM using the electronic or PC based service tool
    4. Examine the electronic operation of several types of output devices
      1. Relate electronic terms such as pulsewidth and response time to the operation of electronic unit injector systems
      2. Correlate electronic outputs to the operation of servos and solenoids as used with electronic injection pump systems and timing advances
      3. Compare electronic outputs to the function of regulators and solenoids as used with hydraulically actuated electronically controlled injector systems
    5. Develop skills to systematically troubleshoot and correct a problem
      1. Organize all facts regarding the problem or complaint
      2. Identify all relevant components and their locations
      3. Interpret the manufacturer’s schematics to determine the operation of various electronic systems
      4. Identify and locate specific wires and connectors
      5. Relate the schematics to the actual hardware
      6. Interpret the manufacturer’s troubleshooting manual to determine an effective strategy
      7. Measure voltages and resistance’s in a system using the manufacturer’s adapters or tees as required
      8. Analyze measurements and test results to form a diagnosis
    6. Explore the different manufacturer’s electronic systems
      1. Relate basic concepts to the manufacturer specific systems such as Caterpillar, Cummins, Detroit, Mack, International, John Deere and others
      2. Examine the unique components used by manufactures such as Caterpillar, Cummins, Detroit, Mack, International, John Deere and others
      3. Analyze the software features of the ECM’s and service tools of manufacturer?s such as Caterpillar, Cummins, Detroit, Mack, International, John Deere and others
      4. Practice manufacture specific adjustment of and/or replacement procedures for the manufacturer specific components relating to the electronic system
      5. Review various connector types and repair procedures
    7. Investigate other electronic concepts
      1. Examine the function and application of transistors
      2. Outline the operation of several spark-ignited systems
      3. Explore computer-related principles
  
  • DSL 438 - Diesel Fuel Systems

    Credits: 5
    Lecture Hours: 1
    Lab Hours: 8
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    The student will be introduced to basic fuel system principles, operational theory and fundamentals of electronic systems of commonly used fuel systems, as well as general repair and diagnostic procedures with exposure to several electronically controlled engines and their diagnostic tools.
    Prerequisite: DSL 366  
    Competencies
    1. Explain the basic principles involved in a diesel fuel system.
      1. List the five operations any fuel system must perform.
      2. Explain the combustion cycle in a diesel engine.
      3. Compare the characteristics of diesel fuel.
      4. Describe the difference between cetane and octane.
      5. Compare the different fuel sybsystems.
      6. Test transfer pump inlet restriction.
      7. Test transfer pump pressure.
    2. Investigate the fundamentals of the injection nozzle.
      1. Identify the components of a nozzle.
      2. Inspect the parts of a nozzle.
      3. Describe the fuel flow of a nozzle.
      4. Explain the operation of a nozzle.
      5. Text a nozzle.
    3. Examine the principals of diesel engine controls.
      1. Explain the basic operation of mechnaical governor.
      2. Identify the adjustments of amechanical governor.
      3. Explain the operation of a ECM.
      4. Interpret the parameters of the ECM.
      5. Describe the inputs, outputs, and processing of the ECM.
    4. Investigate the fundamentals of Detroit Diesel fuel system.
      1. Indentify the components of a Detroit unit injector.
      2. Explain the operation of a Detroit unit injector.
      3. Indentify the components of a DDEC fuel system.
      4. Describe the fuel flow of a DDEC fuel system.
      5. Examine the status of the DDED fuel system.
      6. Describe calibration codes for a DDEC injector.
      7. Inspect the parameters of the DDEC fuel systems.
      8. Describe the fuel flow of a detroit fuel amplified common rail system.
    5. Analyze the fundamentals of Catepillar fuel system.
      1. Identify the components of a new scroll pump.
      2. Describe the fuel flow of a new scroll pump.
      3. Indentify the components of a PEEC fuel system.
      4. Identify the components of a MEUI fuel system.
      5. Describe the fuel flow of a EMUI fuel system.
      6. Indentify the components of a HEUI fuel system.
      7. Describe the fuel flow of a HEUI fuel system.
      8. Describe the E-Trim codes for a MEUI injector.
      9. Inspect the parameters of the ADEM electronic system.
      10. Describe the fuel flow of a Catepillar common rail system.
    6. Examine the fundamentals of Cummins fule system.
      1. Identify the components of a PT fuel system.
      2. Describe the fuel flow of a PT fuel system.
      3. Identify the components of a Cummins CELECT Plus fuel system.
      4. Describe the fuel flow of a Cummins CELECT Plus fuel system.
      5. Indentify the components of a Cummins CAPS fuel system.
      6. Describe the fuel flow of a Cummins CAPS fuel system.
      7. Identify the components of a Cummins HPI-TP fuel system.
      8. Describe the fuel flow of a Cummins HPI-TP fuel system.
      9. Inspect the parameters of the Cummins electronic system.
      10. Describe the fuel flow of a Cummins common rail fuel system.
    7. Explore the principles of the Bosch and Delphi fuel system.
      1. Identify the components of a Bosch injection pump.
      2. Describe the fuel flow of a Bosch injection pump.
      3. Indentify the components of a Bosch EUP fuel system.
      4. Describe the fuel flow of a Bosch EUP fuel system.
      5. Identify the components of a Delphi EUI fuel system.
      6. Describe the fuel flow of a Delphi EUI fuel system.
      7. Describe the claibration codes for a Delphi EUI injector.
      8. Describe the fuel flow of a Bosch common rail system.
    8. Explore the fundamentals of diesel exhause emissions.
      1. Identify noxious exhauset gases.
      2. Describe a diesel exhaust gas recirculation system.
      3. Explain the operation of a diesel particulate filter.
      4. Classify the different types of diesel particulate filter regeneration.
      5. Understand the use of selective catalytic reduction.
  
  • DSL 546 - Power Trains I

    Credits: 6
    Lecture Hours: 2
    Lab Hours: 8
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    Class and lab activities in the design and operation of drivetrain components including clutches, manual transmissions, drive lines, rear axles and wheel bearings.
    Competencies
    1. Demonstrate knowledge of clutches on a written test
      1. Identify the parts of a clutch assembly
      2. Describe the operation of a clutch
      3. Describe the adjustment of a push-release clutch
      4. Describe the adjustment of a pull-release clutch
      5. Outline the procedure for removing and replacing a clutch
      6. Describe the function of a clutch brake
    2. Adjust a pull release clutch in a vehicle
      1. Obtain specific procedure from service manual
      2. Adjust to manufacturer’s specifications
    3. Remove a pull-release clutch from a flywheel
      1. Select proper tools to remove the clutch
      2. Inspect the clutch for wear patters
      3. Reinstall the clutch in the correct order
      4. Install the transmission with the release linkage in the correct position
    4. Remove a SOLO clutch
      1. Demonstrate the procedure obtained from service manual
      2. Demonstrate ability to reset pressure plate to correct clearance for reuse
      3. Demonstrate ability to reinstall clutch assembly and remove caging bolts
      4. Explain setup procedure and demonstrate application of the setup procedure
    5. Explain how the DM clutch operates
      1. Demonstrate ability to remove and install a DM clutch
      2. Identify the parts in a DM clutch
      3. Evaluate a clutch for worn components
    6. Demonstrate a working knowledge of clutch linkages
      1. Describe how to perform adjustments for the clutch brake with mechanical linkage
      2. Explain how to adjust clutch pedal free travel when mechanical linkage is used
      3. Describe how to perform clutch brake adjustments when hydraulic release mechanisms are used
      4. Demonstrate the ability to bleed a hy6draulic release clutch
      5. Identify the parts of a mechanical release and a hydraulic release clutch
    7. Demonstrate knowledge of standard transmissions on a written test
      1. Identify various gear designs
      2. Identify the components of the air systems found on the RT, RTLO, and FR series Eaton transmissions
      3. Describe how each of the air system components functions in the air system
      4. Demonstrate the ability to install and trouble shoot the transmission air system
      5. Explain the relationship between speed and torque
      6. Identify the major components found in the back box on a RT, RTO, and RTLO transmission
      7. Describe how the inertia clutch performs in the RTLO series transmissions
      8. Describe the major types of shift bar housings
      9. Describe the difference between driven components and driving components
    8. Evaluate a twin countershaft transmissions
      1. Select proper tools to disassemble the transmission
      2. Inspect wear patterns
      3. Trace the power flow through each speed, including reverse
      4. Calculate the gear ratios for all speeds, including reverse
      5. Reassemble the transmission
      6. Demonstrate the ability to time the needed components
      7. Demonstrate the ability to shim the needed bearings and shafts in the transmission
      8. Test run the transmission to check for correct operation and assembly procedures
      9. Demonstrate knowledge of twin countershaft transmissions on a written evaluation
    9. Demonstrate knowledge of automated mechanical transmissions on a written test
      1. Identify the differences between an automated and standard transmission case and internal parts
      2. Identify the components that are added to the transmission to allow for automated shifting
      3. Demonstrate an understanding of how each shift is managed
      4. Perform the electrical precheck
      5. Demonstrate the ability to complete the pneumatic test
      6. Perform the electrical start up test
      7. Retrieve fault codes using the ignition switch
      8. Retrieve active and inactive codes using diagnostic software
      9. Clear all fault codes
    10. Demonstrate knowledge of drive shafts on a written test
      1. Name the parts of a drive line
      2. Define the importance of phasing a drive line
      3. Explain drive line alignment
      4. Calculate driveshaft operating angles
      5. Demonstrate the ability to remove and install a u-joint
      6. Measure drive shaft run out
      7. Demonstrate the ability to field balance a drive shaft
    11. Demonstrate knowledge of wheel bearings and wheel rims on a written test
      1. Explain the TMC method of adjusting a wheel bearing
      2. Identify Budd type wheel mounting
      3. Identify Hub Piloted wheel mounting
      4. Identify Dayton wheel mounting
      5. Explain why the different wheel mountings can not be intermixed
    12. Demonstrate knowledge of rear axles on a written test
      1. Identify different types of rear axles as used in trucks
      2. Name the basic parts of a driving axle
      3. Explain the operation of the carrier and differential assembly
      4. Explain the operation of a double reduction rear axle
      5. Explain the operation of an inter-axle differential
      6. List the five general reassembly steps for a carrier assembly
    13. Assess one single reduction carrier assembly
      1. Select the proper tools to disassemble the carriers
      2. Inspect the wear patterns
      3. Check and set the pinion bearing pre-load
      4. Set the pinion assembly depth
      5. Set the carrier bearing pre-load
      6. Set the ring gear assembly position (backlash).
      7. Check gear tooth contact pattern
    14. Evaluate a double reduction carrier assembly
      1. Select the proper tools to disassemble the carrier
      2. Inspect wear patterns
      3. Check and set the pinion bearing pre-load
      4. Set the pinion assembly depth
      5. Set the carrier bearing pre-load and the backlash
      6. Check the gear tooth contact
    15. Evaluate one forward rear axle carrier assembly
      1. Select the proper tools to disassemble the carrier
      2. Inspect wear patterns
      3. Check and set the pinion bearing pre-load
      4. Set the pinion assembly depth
      5. Set the carrier bearing pre-load
      6. Set the backlash
      7. Check the gear tooth contact pattern
      8. Reassemble the inter-axle differential (power divider).
      9. Demonstrate ability to set input shaft end play 
    16. Remove a forward rear axle carrier assembly
      1. Select proper tools to remove the carrier assembly
      2. Remove inter-axle drive shaft and through shaft
      3. Remove full floating axle shafts
      4. Remove carrier assembly
      5. Reinstall the carrier assembly and all related parts
  
  • DSL 555 - Power Trains II

    Credits: 5
    Lecture Hours: 1
    Lab Hours: 8
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    Instruction will include the basics of automatic transmissions, power shift transmissions, final drives and hydrostat drives.
    Prerequisite: DSL 546 , DSL 606  
    Competencies
    1. Demonstrate knowledge of Torque Converters
      1. Identify the three main components
      2. Understand torque multiplication
      3. Understand power flow through converter
      4. Explain Vortex flow
      5. Explain rotary flow
      6. Identify the components in a four element torque converter
      7. Explain stall speed
      8. Explain the operation of an impeller clutch torque converter
      9. Demonstrate an understanding of a torque divider torque converter
    2. Demonstrate knowledge of planetary drive transmissions on a written test
      1. Identify parts of a planetary gear set
      2. Understand torque multiplication
      3. Demonstrate knowledge of how a multiple disk clutch works
      4. Understand power flow through an Allison AT/MT transmission
      5. Understand the hydraulic circuits of an Allison AT/MT transmission
    3. Demonstrate knowledge of Allison MD transmissions on a written test
      1. Identify the clutches found in the rotating clutch module
      2. Identify those clutches that are stationary
      3. Explain the differences between stationary and rotating clutches
      4. Demonstrate how to measure clutch clearances
      5. Demonstrate how to adjust shaft clearances internally on the transmission
      6. Explain hydraulic flow through the valve module
      7. Demonstrate the ability to test main oil pressure
      8. Explain what pressure should be recorded at the main pressure tap for each gear
      9. Understand what control main pressure is and how it is regulated
      10. Retrieve fault codes using the shift control panel
      11. Perform a stall test
      12. Monitor operating conditions using software and PC
      13. Demonstrate ability to take apart and reassemble the transmission by modules
    4. Demonstrate knowledge of heavy equipment powershift transmission
      1. Understand power flow through transmission
      2. Explain hydraulic circuits
      3. Demonstrate knowledge of directional clutches and speed clutches
      4. Explain the purpose of the pressure differential valve
      5. Explain how neutral is achieved
      6. Identify high and low clutches
      7. Identify solenoids used for each gear
      8. Demonstrate ability to retrieve clutch application pressures
      9. Demonstrate ability to test solenoids used to apply clutches
      10. Perform clutch calibration procedure
      11. Retrieve clutch calibration values
      12. Explain park brake operation
      13. Explain the function of the clutch pedal
    5. Demonstrate knowledge of hydraulic drive axles
      1. Identify components
      2. Explain power flow
      3. Explain controls for operation
      4. Explain operation of an open loop system
    6. Demonstrate knowledge of hydrostatic drives
      1. Identify components
      2. Explain how components work
      3. Explain operation of a closed loop system
      4. Understand testing of system and results
    7. Demonstrate knowledge of control by wire hydrostatic systems
      1. Identify the components needed in the system
      2. Follow electrical diagrams to determine component locations on equipment
      3. Perform electrical checks on wiring harness
      4. Use manufactures software and demonstrate ability to calibrate pump displacements
      5. Demonstrate ability to calibrate hand controls and/or foot controls
  
  • DSL 606 - Hydraulics and Brakes

    Credits: 6
    Lecture Hours: 1
    Lab Hours: 10
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    The study of basic mobile hydraulics and vehicle brake systems. Introduces principles, components, fluid systems and circuits of hydraulic systems. Vehicle braking studies hydraulic and air brake systems.
    Competencies
    1. Calculate the force of a given cylinder under given pressures.
      1. Compute the area of a piston.
      2. Calculate the force of the cylinder using the force-area pressure formula.
      3. Compute the effective area on the rod side of the piston.
      4. Calculate the force of the cylinder when retracting using the force-area pressure formula.
    2. Inspect a hydraulic jack.
      1. Exmaine the seals on the pump and piston.
      2. Examine the valves.
      3. Trace the hydraulic oil passage ways.
    3. Evaluate a gear pump for possible repairs.
      1. Disassemble the gear pump.
      2. Inspect the pump for wear patterns.
      3. Make any necessary gear pump repairs.
      4. Reassemble the gear pump.
      5. Explain the operation of the gear pump.
    4. Evaluate a vane pump for possible repairs.
      1. Identify this pump as a balanced or unbalanced pump.
      2. Disassemble the vane pump.
      3. Inspect the pump for wear patterns.
      4. Make any necessary repairs.
      5. Reassemble the vane pump.
    5. Examine a piston pump for possible repairs.
      1. Identify this pump as a radial or an axial piston pump.
      2. Disassemble the piston pump.
      3. Inspect wear patterns.
      4. Make any necessary repairs.
      5. Reassemble the piston pump.
    6. Examine a hydraulic cylinder.
      1. Disassemble the hydraulic cylinder.
      2. Analyze the piston seal.
      3. Reassemble the cylinder.
      4. Inspect cylinder condition.
      5. Make any repairs to cylinder.
      6. Reassemble the hydraulic cylinder.
    7. Flow rate a pump on the test stand (Megatech).
      1. Connect the flow meter to obtain the proper readings.
      2. Compare flow rate readings with specifications.
      3. Assess the condition of the pump.
    8. Explore the principals of the Vickers RC valve.
      1. Convert Vickers RC valve to a sequence valve.
      2. Connect a sequence valve circuit on the test stand (Megatech).
      3. Use the Vickers RC valve to sequence two double acting cylinders.
      4. Convert Vickers RC valve to a counterbalance valve.
      5. Connect a counterbalance valve circuit on the test stand (Megatech).
      6. Demonstrate the use of a counterbalance valve.
    9. Analyze the principals of circuits on the test stand (Amatrol).
      1. Connect a pressure relief valve and pump flow rate circuit.
      2. Predict which vlave is passing oil.
      3. Adjust relief valves.
      4. Check the flow rate of the pump.
      5. Connect a cylinder cushion circuit on the test stand.
      6. Observe the cushion action of the cylinder.
      7. Adjust the cushion.
      8. Connect a regenerative circuit on the test stand.
      9. Compute the extending time and retracting time of the cylinder.
      10. Time the extending and retracting times of the cylinder.
      11. Connect a non-compensated flow control circuit on the test stand.
      12. Adjust cylinder extension time.
      13. Explain the use of a needle valve.
      14. Connect a compensated flow control valve on the test stand.
      15. Adjust the cylinder extension time.
      16. Explain the use of a pressure comprensated flow control vlave.
      17. Explain the use of a reverse free flow check valve.
    10. Explore the fundamentals of hydraulic ISO symbols.
      1. Identify hydraulic component symbols.
      2. Identify hydraulic line symbols.
      3. Interpret the meaning of hydraulic symbols.
      4. Draw a schematic of each of the test stand exercises using symbols.
    11. Explore the fundamentals of the JD backhoe.
      1. Time the extension and retrction of the cylinders on the JD backhoe.
      2. Compare the actual times to the specifications.
      3. Analyze the readings for any problems.
      4. Check the cylinder drift of the cylinders on the JD backhoe.
      5. Analyze the readings for any problems.
    12. Examine the fundamentals of the air system.
      1. Identify the major components of an air compressor.
      2. Describe the operation of an air dryer.
      3. Name the various pneumatic valves and cotnrols used in a air brake system.
      4. Explain the operation of a dual circuit air brake system.
      5. Explain the operation of an air brake chamber.
      6. Describe the operation of cam actuated drum brakes.
      7. Describe the components and operation of praking and emergency braking systems.
      8. Define the operation of manual and automatic slack adjuster.s
      9. Define brake balancing.
    13. Explain the operation of brake valves.
      1. Explain proportioning valve.
      2. Explain pressure differential valve.
      3. Explain metering valve.
      4. Explain combination valve.
    14. Explore the principals of brakes.
      1. Explain the factors the effect braking.
      2. Understand friction.
      3. Determine the effects of speed and weight.
      4. Describe fluid vapor lock.
      5. List the types of brake fluid.
      6. Explain dual master cylinder operation.
      7. Explain the operation of wheel cylinders.
      8. Explain the operation of drum brakes.
      9. Understand the operation of hydraulic anti-lock brakes.
    15. Understand the hydraulic drum brake rebuild procedure.
      1. Remove drum brakes.
      2. Inspect lining and components.
      3. Machine the brake drums.
      4. Assemble drum brakes.
      5. bleed the brakes.
      6. Adjust the brakes.
    16. Understand the hydraulic disc brake rebuild procedure.
      1. Explain the operation of hydraulic disc brakes.
      2. Remove calipers.
      3. Inspect brake pads and components.
      4. Machine brake rotors.
      5. Assemble the disc brakes.
      6. Bleed the brakes.
    17. Understand different types of power brakes.
      1. Explain vacuum suspended.
      2. Explain air suspended.
      3. Explain hydraulic booster.
      4. Explain electro-hydraulic booster.
  
  • DSL 733 - Air Conditioning

    Credits: 3
    Lecture Hours: 1
    Lab Hours: 4
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    A course on basic air conditioning theory and design. Emphasis will be placed on various system controls and service operations.
    Competencies
    1. Explain basic air conditioning terms
      1. Explain heat and its movement
      2. Explain temperature and its units of measurement
      3. Define a British thermal unit
      4. Describe latent heat and how it is useful
      5. Explain sensible heat
      6. Define boiling
    2. Explore air conditioning concepts
      1. Describe how temperature and pressure are related
      2. Explain what happens to heat during evaporation and condensation
      3. Describe how pressure affects the boiling and condensation point of refrigerant
      4. Relate superheat and sub-cooling to an a/c system
      5. Correlate air temperature and humidity to a/c
      6. Relate the importance of the non-compressibility of a liquid to an a/c system
    3. Demonstrate over all operation of AC systems
      1. Show the components, in proper order, that are involved with TXV and CCOT systems
      2. Differentiate the high and low sides of an a/c system
      3. Differentiate where liquid and gas exists in an a/c system
      4. Identify major components on the vehicle
      5. Trace refrigerant flow, identifying its state, on the vehicle
      6. Explain the purpose and operation of different a/c compressors
      7. Describe the functions of a thermostatic expansion valve and orifice tube
      8. Explain the function of a condenser
      9. Explain the function of an evaporator
      10. Describe the purpose of a receiver/dryer and accumulator
      11. Tell what a suction throttling valve does for a system
    4. Explain important safety issues involved with AC service
      1. List safety precautions to take when working with refrigerants
      2. Explain the hazards involved with refrigerants
      3. Explain important precautions to take when using a gauge set or recovery equipment
    5. Examine environmental issues related to AC
      1. List the common refrigerants used in mobile a/c systems and how they affect the environment
      2. Tell what types of contaminates must be removed when recycling used refrigerant
      3. Explain EPA requirements for refrigerants including alternatives
      4. Describe some common changes that may have to be made for a conversion
    6. Service an AC system
      1. Explain the operation of a gauge set and its valves
      2. Locate the vehicle’s service ports
      3. Describe the major operations performed when servicing a/c
      4. Demonstrate how to properly recover refrigerant
      5. Demonstrate how to properly evacuate a system
      6. Tell what types of oils are used and how they can be added to the system
      7. Explain how to charge on the high side and low side
      8. Tell several ways to determine the amount of charge
      9. Demonstrate how to make a complete charge using a recovery/recycle machine
      10. Demonstrate how to charge using a gauge set
      11. Replace common components
    7. Evaluate the condition of an AC system
      1. Tell what can harm an a/c system
      2. Explain the purpose of an identifier
      3. Describe the procedure for stop-leak detection
      4. Describe several methods to detect refrigerant leaks
    8. Examine the electrical subsystem
      1. Explain the operation and purpose of each electrical component including clutches
      2. Identify symbols for electrical components
      3. Explain the functions of binary and trinary switches
      4. Trace an electrical schematic and check a basic system
      5. Describe the basic principles of a computer-controlled system
    9. Describe blend air operation
      1. List components in proper order of air flow
      2. Identify air door functions
      3. Tell several methods used to control air temperature
      4. Explain the reasons for re-circulating the air different applications
    10. Diagnose the operation of the AC system
      1. Give examples of questions to ask the customer
      2. List various observations to make
      3. Explain normal gauge readings to have under different conditions
      4. Relate abnormal gauge readings to possible causes
      5. Relate other abnormal observations to possible causes 
  
  • DSL 830 - Operation & Maintenance

    Credits: 5
    Lecture Hours: 1
    Lab Hours: 8
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    Instruction in the proper methods of maintaining all equipment. Safety will be emphasized.
    Competencies
    1. Explain safety in operation
      1. State personal safety rules
      2. State rules for general job safety
      3. State safety rules for operating different pieces of equipment
      4. State safety rules for driving truck
    2. Demonstrate general shop knowledge
      1. Identify different fasteners
      2. Identify hose
      3. Identify tubing
      4. Using measuring tools properly
      5. Demonstrate use of lifting equipment
      6. Demonstrate use of hand tools
      7. Demonstrate use of air tools
    3. Demonstrate maintenance of truck and equipment systems
      1. Demonstrate knowledge of different oil and grease lubricants
      2. Perform oil change and grease equipment
      3. Demonstrate knowledge of cooling systems
      4. Perform cooling system tests
      5. Demonstrate knowledge of air intake and exhaust systems
      6. Perform air intake system checks
      7. Demonstrate knowledge of air brake systems
      8. Perform air brake system tests
      9. Demonstrate knowledge of steering components
      10. Perform steering inspection
      11. Demonstrate knowledge of suspension components
      12. Adjust truck rear air suspension
      13. Demonstrate knowledge tires
      14. Perform tire inspection
      15. Demonstrate knowledge of wheel alignment
      16. Perform wheel alignment inspection
      17. Demonstrate knowledge of track components
      18. Perform track inspection
    4. Demonstrate knowledge of truck operation
      1. State duties and responsibilities of operator
      2. Perform DOT walk around inspection
      3. Demonstrate proper application for shifting gears
      4. Demonstrate the ability to back-up a tractor/trailer combination
      5. Perform trailer hook-up and unhook
      6. Demonstrate dynamometer tests
    5. Demonstrate equipment operation
      1. State responsibilities of operator
      2. Perform equipment walk around
      3. Demonstrate knowledge of equipment controls
      4. Operate equipment in designated area
      5. Demonstrate knowledge to load and lash equipment
  
  • DSL 845 - Heavy Equipment Repair

    Credits: 5
    Lecture Hours: 1
    Lab Hours: 8
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    Instruction in the repair and service of equipment relating to the heavy equipment industry. This includes all phases normally done in a general repair shop. Instruction is given under structured lab and field conditions. Experienced individuals may contact the instructor to gain admittance to this course.
    Prerequisite: DSL 366 , DSL 546 , DSL 606 , DSL 145  
    Competencies
    1. Demonstrate safe use of following shop tools
      1. Jack and jack stands
      2. Hoists
      3. Battery chargers
      4. Welder
      5. Cutting torch
      6. Grinders.
    2. Service brake systems
      1. Inspect brake chambers, shoes, disc, and parking brakes (Visual inspection).
      2. Check for air leaks
      3. Repair worn shoes or discs
      4. Adjust all brakes (wheel and parking).
      5. Check brake pressures
    3. Perform cooling system checks
      1. Pressure test radiator
      2. Check anti-freeze protection
      3. Inspect all hoses
      4. Inspect belt tension and condition 
    4. Perform engine tune-up
      1. Remove and install injectors/nozzles
      2. Clean injectors
      3. Test injectors/nozzles
      4. Adjust valves
      5. Adjust injector travel
      6. Remove injection pump
      7. Re-time injection pump to engine
      8. Test turbo wastegate
      9. Test air-air cooler
    5. Examine a drive line
      1. Inspect u-joint
      2. Inspect slip-shaft
      3. Measure driveline angles
    6. Perform transmission inspection
      1. Check charge pressure
      2. Check pressure regulator setting
      3. Check forward/reverse clutch pressure
      4. Check high/low clutch pressure
      5. Measure hydrostatic transmission pressures
    7. Perform differential inspection
      1. Check differential lock pressure
      2. Check FWD disengagement pressure
    8. Perform safety and operational checks on the electrical system
      1. Inspect battery condition and connections
      2. Perform battery load test
      3. Measure voltage drop at starter
      4. Perform alternator output test
    9. Perform hydraulic system checks on equipment
      1. Check fluid level and check for leaks
      2. Measure pump output
      3. Check relief valve pressure setting
      4. Check actuation times and record
    10. Evaluate track condition
      1. Measure track pitch
      2. Measure track rollers
      3. Measure support rollers
      4. Measure bushing wear
      5. Inspect sprocket wear
      6. Adjust track tension
    11. Investigate failure analysis
      1. Demonstrate knowledge of types of cast iron
      2. Demonstrate knowledge of difference between cast iron and steel
      3. List types of fractures
      4. List types of wear
  
  • DSL 855 - Truck Repair

    Credits: 5
    Lecture Hours: 1
    Lab Hours: 8
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    Instruction in the repair and service of equipment relating to the trucking industry. This includes all phases normally done in a general repair shop. Instruction is given under structured lab, classroom and field conditions. Experienced individuals may contact the instructor to gain admittance to this course.
    Prerequisite: DSL 366 , DSL 546 , DSL 606 , DSL 145  
    Competencies
    1. Demonstrate safe use of the following shop tools
      1. Jack and jack stands
      2. Hoist
      3. Battery chargers
      4. Welder
      5. Cutting torch
      6. Grinders
    2. Repair king-pins
      1. Inspect for wear
      2. Remove king-pin
      3. Investigate repair procedures
      4. Assemble and adjust clearances
    3. Inspect suspension systems
      1. Identify suspension types
      2. Identify wear points
      3. Measure air ride height
      4. Adjust ride height
      5. Perform steering gear tests
    4. Perform wheel-bearing inspection
      1. Remove wheel
      2. Remove bearings
      3. Inspect wheel bearings
      4. Install wheel seals
      5. Adjust wheel bearings
    5. Service brake systems
      1. Inspect brake chambers, shoes, disc and parking brakes (visual inspection).
      2. Check for air leaks
      3. Repair all air leaks
      4. Replace worn shoes or discs
      5. Adjust all brakes (wheel and parking).
    6. Perform cooling system checks
      1. Pressure test radiator
      2. Check anti-freeze protection
      3. Inspect all hoses
      4. Inspect belt tension and condition
    7. Perform engine tune-up
      1. Remove and install injectors/nozzles
      2. Clean injectors
      3. Test injectors/nozzles
      4. Adjust valves
      5. Adjust injection travel
      6. Remove injection pump
      7. Re-time injection pump to engine
      8. Test turbo wastegate
      9. Test air-air cooler
    8. Examine a drive line
      1. Inspect u-joints
      2. Inspect slip-shaft
      3. Inspect center support bearings
      4. Measure driveline angles
    9. Inspect a clutch
      1. Evaluate clutch operation
      2. Inspect linkage/cable
      3. Measure internal adjustment
      4. Measure free-play adjustment
      5. Check clutch brake contact
      6. Investigate hydraulic clutch
    10. Perform safety and operational checks on all electrical equipment
      1. Inspect battery condition and connections
      2. Perform battery load test
      3. Measure voltage drop at starter
      4. Perform alternator output test
    11. Perform ABS brake inspection
      1. Check system for fault codes
      2. Identify ABS system
      3. Measure AC voltage at wheel end
      4. Measure component resistance
      5. Remove inactive fault codes
    12. Evaluate electronic engine
      1. Hook-up test equipment
      2. Check active and inactive fault codes
      3. Troubleshoot active fault codes
      4. Perform system tests
      5. Follow manufactures schematic
      6. Investigate latest engine technology

Dietary Management

  
  • DTM 350 - Health Field

    Credits: 1
    Lecture Hours: 1
    Lab Hours: 0
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    Roles of dietary personnel in health facilities and state and federal guidelines. Explore managerial aspects within facilities.
    Competencies
    1. Interpret the organization chart of a health care facility
    2. Create an organization chart for a dietary department
    3. Distinguish levels of care in health care facilities
    4. Identify characteristics (the meaning) of a mission statement
    5. Identify the role of a licensed dietician in patient assessment, care planning, menu planning, recipe standardization, and in-service education
    6. Identify the role of a dietary manager in patient assessment, care planning, recipe standardization, and in-service education
    7. Describe motivational techniques for the health care team members to work together to promote improved nutritional care plans for residents
    8. List the agencies that survey health care facilities and the procedure they use
    9. Discuss ethics as a supervisor in all employee and resident relationships
    10. Identify techniques for dealing with a fragile segment of our population
    11. Identify self-help devices available for maintaining residents’ independence in eating
    12. Evaluate and discuss the role of the dietary department personnel and their relationships with other departments for the purpose of providing optimum resident care
    13. Summarize information in a medical record pertinent to the nutritional care plan
  
  • DTM 351 - Food Preparation

    Credits: 1
    Lecture Hours: 0
    Lab Hours: 2
    Practicum Hours: 0
    Work Experience: 0
    Course Type: Voc/Tech
    Basic principles and development of techniques as they apply to the preparation of each food group and the criterion for evaluating product quality. Laboratory experience.
    Competencies
    1. Apply accepted principles of quantity food preparation to the serving of quality food which contributes to the health and satisfaction of residents in health care facilities
    2. Compute and prepare ingredient and texture modification variations as needed for individualized nutritional care plans for residents
    3. Develop standardized recipes
    4. Identify cost-control measures
    5. Maintain good kitchen sanitation practices for infection control
    6. Prepare appetizing high quality food in the most efficient method possible
    7. Garnish plates and present food in a creative fashion
    8. Operate efficiently and clean equipment used in food preparation, service and storage
    9. Present in-services on food preparation and sanitation
    10. Integrate principles of work simplification in all areas of food production
 

Page: 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 -> 16